官方社群在线客服官方频道防骗查询货币工具
坐席多开

					What Is ERP? And Is LIKE.TG ERP?
What Is ERP? And Is LIKE.TG ERP?
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) is software used by organisations to integrate multiple business functions into one system. It includes various activities, such as accounting, human resources, project management, sales, inventory and order management, and compliance. An ERP system uses a shared database that enables employees from across a business to see the same information — a ‘single source of truth’. With everyone’s data in the same place, companies can use an ERP to streamline processes and information across the entire business. An ERP is different from a customer relationship management (CRM) system, like LIKE.TG’s Customer 360. But you can integrate them to work together. This guide outlines the benefits of using an ERP system, the difference between an ERP and CRM, and why you should consider integration. What are the benefits of using an ERP system? There are many benefits of using an ERP system for businesses. Having one unified place for all data can reduce silos and improve efficiency across an enterprise. Some of the main advantages of using an ERP include: Enhanced collaboration Collaboration is simplified when all data is shared, and employees can easily see and share information on contracts, requisitions, and purchase orders. When everyone in the business is connected to the same information, collaboration comes far more easily. Improved business insight Real-time information allows everyone in an organisation to have an up to date view of data, which can improve decision making across all areas of a business. With an ERP, everyone is looking at the same information simultaneously, and there is no risk of specific departments looking at outdated documents. Better financial compliance The financial controls with an ERP reduce any margin for error. Increased data integrity means users will always be working with up to date information, which also reduces the chances that something will be missed, and can improve financial compliance. Is LIKE.TG ERP? LIKE.TG is not an ERP. LIKE.TG offers various business solutions, which can be integrated to enhance and support your ERP but it does not provide an ERP product. At the heart of LIKE.TG is its CRM — Customer 360, which is the world’s #1 CRM system. ERPs and CRMs are both used by businesses to improve efficiency and streamline operations, but they serve distinct purposes. An ERP helps businesses connect their financial and operational systems to a central database, while a CRM helps manage customer interactions specifically. Although CRMs are not ERPs, you can integrate them to enhance all aspects of business operations and processes. LIKE.TG also offers other solutions, such as Revenue Cloud, designed to complement ERPs. Part of the LIKE.TG Customer 360 Platform, Revenue Cloud brings together Configure, Price, Quote (CPQ) and Billing, Partner Relationship Management and B2B Commerce capabilities. This helps businesses take control of their revenue growth across every channel and make billing more strategic. Revenue Cloud is not an ERP and works best when integrated with an ERP. One thing that differentiates Revenue Cloud and an ERP is that Revenue Cloud helps users transition to recurring revenue, consumption, and usage-based models. Revenue Cloud is designed to handle these models, whereas ERPs are suited to one time transactions. Why integrate ERP and CRM? A CRM provides businesses with consolidated views of various functions, such as sales and service, while an ERP includes functionality like inventory management, production, supply chain, and finance. Integrating them gives your business a complete view of its customers and its financial performance in one place. There are many reasons why businesses should consider integrating their ERP with their CRM, including: End-to-end visibility of your business processes You can take complete customer views to the next level with the added understanding of how they impact your business financials. Improved efficiency Workflows can automate tasks between CRMs and ERPs and enhance your productivity. There is no need to manually enter CRM data into an ERP once integrated. Better employee collaboration Empower your employees with access to critical customer information, even if they do not work in your service or sales team. Giving everyone access to real-time data helps ensure the right decisions are made across the organisation. Reduced data duplication When you have an ERP and a CRM working separately, you may have customer data existing in both, leading to inaccuracies and out-of-date information. But even when it is accurate, it can cause unnecessary duplication, and it’s hard to determine which should be the master record. Integrating ensures there is only one record. Speed up sales approvals Sales and operations teams can move customers through an approvals process much quicker when they can be sure they have real-time customer data. Lowered cost of IT support When you have just one system to maintain, your IT support cost will reduce. With a fully integrated solution, you only need to train teams on one platform, reducing downtime. More accurate reporting and forecasting Because all of your data is accurate and in one place, an ERP improves reporting processes. Accurate forecasting is critical for a growing business, and integrating with an ERP automates some of the manual processes that can cause errors and delays in reporting. How can you integrate LIKE.TG CRM with an ERP? Nowadays, it is simple to integrate LIKE.TG with your ERP and reap the benefits. You used to need to use complex systems to integrate legacy ERP systems with LIKE.TG CRM. However, modern cloud-based ERPs allow for easy integration. With some providers building ERP natively on the LIKE.TG platform, it is possible to run both CRM and ERP seamlessly on LIKE.TG. One aspect of LIKE.TG that makes for straightforward integration is LIKE.TG Billing. LIKE.TG Billing converts LIKE.TG CPQ’s lead-to-order data into transactional data. The conversion allows ERP systems to inherit matching data, which they can use for accounting functions. LIKE.TG’s MuleSoft also makes it easy to integrate CRM, ERP, and other applications. The MuleSoft Anypoint Platform helps businesses integrate data and connect experiences from any system. With MuleSoft, you can bring data from any third-party system such as SAP, Oracle, Workday into LIKE.TG. Visit our MuleSoft Anypoint Platform overview to learn more.

					10 Essential Skills Every Sales Manager Needs in 2024
10 Essential Skills Every Sales Manager Needs in 2024
The role of a sales manager is all-important to the success of any sales team. They are responsible for motivating and inspiring their team, setting sales goals, and developing sales strategies. Today, sales managers need a varied skill set that includes both technical and soft skills. This blog post will discuss the essential skills that every sales manager needs in 2024, including technical skills such as data analysis and CRM software proficiency, as well as soft skills such as leadership and communication. We will also provide tips on how to be a good sales manager and how LIKE.TG can help sales managers be more successful. What are the roles and responsibilities of a sales manager? Today more than ever, sales managers are at the centre in driving revenue growth and achieving organisational success. They are entrusted with the critical task of leading, developing, and motivating a team of sales representatives to consistently exceed sales targets. A competent sales manager oversees the entire sales process, from prospecting and qualifying leads to nurturing customer relationships and closing deals. Furthermore, they work closely with the marketing team to generate qualified leads and develop effective sales strategies that align with market trends and customer needs. Sales managers are also responsible for designing and implementing training programs to enhance the skills and knowledge of their sales team, ensuring they possess the necessary expertise to navigate the complexities of modern sales environments. Another important aspect of a sales manager’s role is managing the sales budget and forecasting sales performance. They must allocate resources efficiently, optimise sales operations, and accurately predict future sales trends to support strategic decision-making within the organisation. By fulfilling these diverse responsibilities, sales managers empower their teams to achieve peak performance, drive business growth, and contribute significantly to the overall success of the company. 5 Technical skills of a sales manager It’s imperative for sales managers to possess a solid foundation of technical skills to drive success. One such crucial skill is the ability to analyse and interpret data effectively. Sales managers must be proficient in utilising data from various sources, including CRM systems, sales reports, and market research, to gain insights into sales performance, customer behaviour, and market trends. This enables them to make data-driven decisions, optimise sales strategies, and identify areas for improvement. Another essential technical skill for sales managers is proficiency in using CRM (Customer Relationship Management) software. CRM systems serve as central hubs for managing customer interactions, sales activities, and pipeline management. Sales managers must be well-versed in navigating and utilising CRM software to track sales progress, monitor team performance, and ensure effective customer relationship management. This proficiency allows them to streamline sales processes, enhance customer satisfaction, and drive overall sales growth. Excellent presentation skills are another vital technical skill for sales managers. They are often required to deliver presentations to their sales team, stakeholders, and clients. Effective presentation skills enable sales managers to convey their ideas, strategies, and sales pitches with clarity, confidence, and persuasion. Whether presenting during team meetings, sales conferences, or client pitches, sales managers must be able to engage their audience, deliver compelling messages, and inspire action. Project management skills are also essential for sales managers. They are responsible for managing sales campaigns, projects, and initiatives, often involving multiple team members and stakeholders. Effective project management skills enable sales managers to plan, organise, and execute sales projects successfully. This includes setting clear objectives, allocating resources, tracking progress, and managing timelines. By mastering project management techniques, sales managers ensure that sales initiatives are completed efficiently and effectively, contributing to overall sales success. In today’s digital era, understanding e-commerce and online sales has become a crucial technical skill for sales managers. With the rapid growth of online shopping, sales managers must possess knowledge of e-commerce platforms, online marketing strategies, and digital sales techniques. They need to be able to leverage technology and digital channels to reach and engage customers effectively, optimise online sales performance, and drive revenue growth through e-commerce. By staying updated on the latest e-commerce trends and best practices, sales managers can adapt their sales strategies to meet the evolving demands of the digital age. 10 Sales management skills that make a sales manager stand out Today, sales managers are pivotal in driving revenue growth and achieving organisational success. To be successful in this kind of environment, sales managers must possess a diverse range of skills that go beyond technical proficiency. While technical skills are undoubtedly important, it is the combination of technical expertise and soft skills that truly sets exceptional sales managers apart. Here are 10 essential sales management skills that make a sales manager stand out in 2024: Strategic Vision and Planning:The ability to develop and execute a well-defined sales strategy is crucial for sales managers. They must have a clear vision of the sales goals and objectives, and the ability to create a roadmap to achieve those targets. This involves analysing market trends, identifying growth opportunities, and allocating resources effectively. Motivating and Inspiring Leadership:Sales managers are responsible for building and leading high-performing sales teams. To do this, they must possess strong leadership skills, including the ability to motivate and inspire their team members. This involves creating a positive work environment, recognising and rewarding achievements, and providing ongoing support and guidance. Effective Communication:Excellent communication skills are essential for sales managers. They must be able to clearly articulate their expectations, provide constructive feedback, and effectively resolve conflicts. Additionally, they must be able to communicate effectively with customers, building strong relationships and fostering trust. Expert Negotiation:Sales managers often find themselves in negotiation situations, whether it’s with customers, suppliers, or team members. Strong negotiation skills enable them to achieve favourable outcomes while maintaining positive relationships. This involves understanding the interests of all parties involved, finding common ground, and reaching mutually beneficial agreements. Closing Deals: The ultimate measure of success for a sales manager is the ability to close deals. This requires a combination of sales acumen, persuasion skills, and the ability to handle objections effectively. Sales managers must be able to identify and address customer concerns, build trust, and ultimately convince customers to make a purchase. Time and Resource Management:Sales managers have a lot on their plates, and effective time and resource management skills are essential to their success. They must be able to prioritise tasks, allocate resources efficiently, and manage their time wisely to achieve their goals. This involves setting clear priorities, delegating tasks, and avoiding distractions. Data Analysis and Decision-Making: Sales managers must be able to analyse and interpret data to make informed decisions. This involves understanding sales metrics, identifying trends, and using data to drive sales strategies. By leveraging data, sales managers can optimise their sales processes and improve overall performance. Relationship Building:Building strong relationships with customers, team members, and industry peers is crucial for sales managers. They must be able to establish trust, rapport, and mutual respect with all stakeholders. This involves listening actively, understanding customer needs, and providing exceptional customer service. Adaptability and Resilience: The business outlook is constantly changing, and sales managers must be adaptable and resilient to succeed. They must be able to quickly adjust to new market conditions, embrace change, and learn from setbacks. This involves staying up-to-date with industry trends, being open to new ideas, and continuously seeking opportunities for improvement. Continuous Learning and Development:The world of sales is constantly evolving, and sales managers must be committed to continuous learning and development. They must stay updated with the latest sales techniques, technologies, and industry trends. This involves attending workshops and conferences, reading industry publications, and seeking out opportunities for personal and professional growth. By cultivating these 10 essential sales management skills, sales managers can position themselves for success in 2024 and beyond. They will be able to lead their teams to exceptional performance, drive revenue growth, and achieve organisational objectives, making them indispensable assets to their organisations. Sales metrics that managers should keep on top of Sales managers should closely monitor key performance indicators (KPIs) to assess their team’s performance and identify areas for improvement. These metrics serve as quantifiable measures of sales success and help managers make data-driven decisions. Here are some essential sales metrics that managers should keep on top of: Revenue and Profit: These are the fundamental indicators of a sales team’s success. Managers should track total revenue, profit margins, and revenue growth rate over time. By analysing these metrics, managers can assess the overall financial performance of the sales team and make adjustments to sales strategies as needed. Sales Growth Rate: This metric measures the percentage change in sales revenue over a specific period, usually compared to the previous year or quarter. A positive sales growth rate indicates that the sales team is effectively expanding its customer base and increasing revenue. Managers should analyse trends in the sales growth rate to identify periods of growth or decline and take appropriate actions to sustain or accelerate growth. Customer Acquisition Cost (CAC): CAC measures the cost incurred to acquire a new customer. It includes expenses such as marketing, advertising, and sales commissions. Managers should monitor CAC to ensure that the cost of acquiring new customers is sustainable and does not outweigh the revenue generated from those customers. By optimising CAC, managers can allocate marketing and sales resources more efficiently. Customer Lifetime Value (CLV): CLV represents the total revenue that a customer is expected to generate throughout their relationship with the company. It considers factors such as average purchase value, purchase frequency, and customer retention rate. Managers should track CLV to identify high-value customers and develop strategies to retain them, as they contribute significantly to long-term revenue growth. Sales Team Productivity: This metric assesses the efficiency and effectiveness of the sales team in generating revenue. It can be measured by metrics such as the number of sales per salesperson, average deal size, and sales cycle length. By monitoring sales team productivity, managers can identify underperforming individuals or areas and implement training or process improvements to enhance overall team performance. Sales Forecast Accuracy: Sales forecasting involves predicting future sales based on historical data and market trends. Managers should track the accuracy of sales forecasts to evaluate the effectiveness of their sales planning and decision-making. Accurate forecasting enables better resource allocation, inventory management, and proactive response to market changes. Win Rate: The win rate measures the percentage of sales opportunities that result in closed deals. It provides insights into the effectiveness of the sales team in converting leads into customers. Managers should monitor the win rate to identify any issues in the sales process and take steps to improve conversion rates. Customer Satisfaction: While not directly a sales metric, customer satisfaction plays a major role in long-term sales success. Managers should track customer satisfaction metrics, such as customer retention rate, customer feedback, and Net Promoter Score (NPS), to ensure that customers are satisfied with the products or services and the sales experience. High customer satisfaction leads to repeat business, positive word-of-mouth, and increased customer lifetime value. By closely monitoring these sales metrics, managers gain valuable insights into the performance of their teams and can make informed decisions to drive revenue growth, optimise sales strategies, and enhance customer satisfaction. How to be a good Sales Manager? To be a successful sales manager, it’s important to set clear goals and expectations for your team. This means communicating the organisation’s overall sales objectives and breaking them down into individual targets for each sales representative. Make sure your team understands what is expected of them and provide them with the resources and support they need to achieve their goals. Regular feedback and coaching are essential for helping your sales team improve their performance. This involves providing constructive criticism, as well as recognising and rewarding achievements. By offering guidance and support, you can help your team members identify areas where they can improve and develop their skills. Motivation and inspiration are key to driving success in sales. As a sales manager, it’s your role to create a positive and supportive work environment where your team feels valued and motivated. This can be achieved through recognition and rewards, as well as by providing opportunities for professional development and growth. Finally, it’s important to create a positive and supportive work environment for your sales team. This means fostering a culture of collaboration and teamwork, where team members feel comfortable sharing ideas and supporting each other. By creating a positive work environment, you can help your team stay motivated and engaged, which will ultimately lead to improved sales performance. How LIKE.TG can help LIKE.TG is a powerful customer relationship management (CRM) tool that can help sales managers be more successful. It provides a variety of features and tools that can help sales managers with sales forecasting, lead management, opportunity management, sales performance management, and reporting and analytics. With LIKE.TG, sales managers can easily create and manage sales forecasts, track leads and opportunities, and monitor sales performance. They can also use LIKE.TG to generate reports and analytics that can help them identify areas for improvement and make informed decisions. In addition to its CRM capabilities, LIKE.TG also offers a variety of other tools that can help sales managers be more successful. These tools include: LIKE.TGIQ:A lead generation and management tool that helps sales managers find and qualify leads. Pardot: A marketing automation tool that helps sales managers nurture leads and convert them into customers. Einstein Analytics:A business intelligence tool that helps sales managers analyse data and make informed decisions. By using LIKE.TG and its suite of tools, sales managers can improve their efficiency and effectiveness, and ultimately drive more revenue for their organisations.

					9 Steps to Achieving Sales and Marketing Alignment
9 Steps to Achieving Sales and Marketing Alignment
In the current business sphere, achieving sales and marketing alignment is crucial for organisations that want to thrive. Sales and marketing misalignment can lead to missed opportunities, wasted resources, and decreased revenue, underscoring the urgent need for businesses to address this issue for growth. It’s the key to ensuring a seamless customer experience, driving revenue growth, and boosting overall business performance. This blog post will explore the essential steps to help businesses establish effective sales and marketing alignment, which is pivotal for successful sales. From breaking down silos and fostering collaboration to leveraging technology for seamless integration, we’ll provide practical strategies to help you create a cohesive sales and marketing team that works together towards achieving common business goals. What Is Sales and Marketing Alignment? Sales and marketing alignment is a strategic approach emphasising the collaborative efforts between sales and marketing teams to achieve a common business goal, specifically aligning sales for maximum effectiveness. It involves a tightly integrated relationship where both departments work seamlessly to attract, engage, and retain customers. Effective sales and marketing alignment ensures that the marketing team generates qualified leads for sales while the sales team provides valuable insights and feedback to marketing. When sales and marketing are aligned, it creates a cohesive customer experience, resulting in increased customer satisfaction, higher revenue, and improved overall business performance. Aligning sales and marketing is essential. It can significantly shorten the sales cycle, increase conversion rates, and foster greater interest in products and services by ensuring that both teams work towards shared KPIs and strategies. Customers receive consistent messaging, personalised interactions, and efficient problem resolution, leading to increased loyalty and repeat business. Alignment also fosters a culture of collaboration and communication between sales and marketing teams. They share data, insights, and best practices to develop targeted strategies that address customer needs and drive business growth. This collaborative approach eliminates silos, promotes teamwork, and ensures that both departments are working towards the same objectives. Sales and marketing alignment isn’t just an option but a necessity. It is the key to unlocking both teams’ full potential and achieving sustainable business success. What Does Marketing Do for Sales? Marketing is vital when it comes to supporting sales. It provides valuable insights, generates leads, and builds brand awareness. Marketing departments are necessary for aligning sales and marketing efforts to work towards shared objectives, offering assistance through cross-departmental shadowing, ensuring sales-focused marketing efforts, and facilitating the sharing of valuable information. Here are some essential functions that marketing performs to assist the sales team: Market Research and Insights: The marketing team conducts thorough market research to understand industry trends, customer behaviour, and competitor activities. They provide sales with comprehensive insights into target markets, customer needs, and pain points. This information enables sales representatives to tailor their pitches and strategies to address customer challenges and preferences better. Demand Generation and Lead Nurturing: Marketing creates demand for the company’s products or services. They develop and execute campaigns that attract potential customers and generate leads. This can include various strategies such as content marketing, search engine optimisation (SEO), social media marketing, email marketing, and paid advertising. The marketing team nurtures these leads by providing valuable content, building relationships, and guiding them through the sales funnel. By focusing on marketing qualified leads, marketing assists sales by not only generating but also qualifying leads, ensuring that the sales team can concentrate on the most promising prospects. Branding and Positioning: Marketing develops and manages the company’s brand identity, positioning, and messaging. They create compelling brand narratives, visual identities, and unique selling propositions that differentiate the company from competitors. Effective branding helps sales representatives communicate the company’s value proposition and build customer trust. Content Creation and Thought Leadership: The marketing team creates high-quality content that educates, informs, and engages the target audience. This content can take various forms, including blog posts, articles, infographics, videos, podcasts, etc. By establishing thought leadership and providing valuable insights, marketing supports sales in building credibility and positioning the company as an industry expert. Online Presence and Social Media Management: Marketing manages the company’s online presence, including the website, social media channels, and online reputation. They create and curate engaging content, respond to customer inquiries, and monitor online conversations. A solid online presence and effective social media management help sales teams connect with potential customers, build relationships, and generate leads. By aligning marketing and sales efforts, businesses can create a seamless customer journey, deliver a consistent brand experience, and more effectively achieve their revenue goals. What Does Sales Do for Marketing? Sales reps, through their close collaboration and communication with the marketing team, play a significant role in providing valuable insights and feedback. This partnership enhances the creation and utilisation of sales content, aligns goals, and leverages data to improve lead quality and customer insights. In return, sales also play a vital role in supporting marketing. Here are some key functions that sales perform to assist the marketing team: Customer Insights and Feedback: Sales representatives interact directly with customers and have a deep understanding of their needs, preferences, and pain points. They provide valuable insights and feedback to the marketing team, which helps refine marketing strategies, improve messaging, and develop more effective campaigns. Lead Qualification: Sales representatives qualify leads generated by marketing efforts. They evaluate the potential and readiness of leads to determine if they are a good fit for the company’s products or services. This helps marketing focus its resources on high-quality leads and optimise its lead generation strategies. Content Validation and Improvement: Sales representatives can provide feedback on marketing content, ensuring it aligns with customer needs and effectively communicates the company’s value proposition. Their input helps improve marketing materials’ relevance, accuracy, and effectiveness. Building Customer Relationships: Sales representatives build customer relationships, establishing trust and credibility. They can provide valuable insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns, which helps marketing develop more personalised and targeted campaigns. Competitive Intelligence: Sales representatives are often at the forefront of competitive activities and have a good understanding of competitors’ strategies, strengths, and weaknesses. They can provide valuable intelligence to the marketing team, enabling them to develop more effective competitive strategies and differentiate the company’s offerings. By working together and sharing information, sales and marketing teams can create a synergistic relationship that drives business growth and success. Aligning these two critical functions ensures that the company’s efforts are cohesive, effective, and focused on achieving common goals. Understanding the benefits of sales and marketing alignment for revenue growth Achieving alignment between sales and marketing functions offers numerous advantages that can significantly enhance the overall success of a business, especially in driving revenue growth and improving customer experience through collaboration, unified communication, and mutual support. One of the primary benefits is the potential for increased revenue. When sales and marketing teams are aligned, they work cohesively to generate qualified leads, shorten the sales cycle, and increase conversion rates. This collaborative effort leads to improved sales performance, resulting in higher revenue growth for the organisation. Another advantage of aligning sales and marketing functions is cost reduction. Businesses can save valuable resources and reduce operational costs by eliminating duplicate efforts, optimising marketing campaigns, and streamlining lead management processes. This cost efficiency allows companies to allocate resources to other strategic initiatives that drive business growth. Sales and marketing alignment also contributes to improved customer satisfaction. When sales and marketing teams work together, they better understand customer needs and preferences. This knowledge enables them to deliver a consistent and seamless customer experience, from the initial marketing interaction to the final sale. Satisfied customers are more likely to become loyal brand advocates, increasing customer retention and positive word-of-mouth referrals. Furthermore, sales and marketing alignment enhances brand reputation. When both teams collaborate effectively, they create a unified brand message and present a cohesive brand image to the market. This consistency builds trust and credibility among customers, stakeholders, and industry peers. A strong brand reputation attracts new customers, improves customer loyalty, and differentiates the business from competitors. Last but not least, sales and marketing alignment facilitates better organisational decision-making. By sharing data, insights, and feedback, sales and marketing teams can make informed decisions based on real-time information. This data-driven approach minimises guesswork and allows businesses to allocate resources effectively, optimise marketing campaigns, and improve sales strategies. Breaking down silos and promoting collaboration between sales and marketing teams The first step to achieving sales and marketing alignment is to break down silos and promote collaboration. This can be challenging, as sales and marketing teams often have different goals and priorities. However, it is essential to overcome these challenges to create a cohesive customer experience. One way to break down silos is to foster a culture of open communication and transparency between the two teams. This can be done by holding regular cross-functional meetings, sharing information and data, and encouraging employees to collaborate on projects. Another way to promote collaboration is to create shared goals and incentives. When sales and marketing teams work together towards common goals, they are more likely to be successful. To further this goal, aligning marketing and sales teams is needed to break down silos and foster collaboration, ensuring both departments work together seamlessly. To foster a culture of open communication and transparency, it is important to create opportunities for sales and marketing teams to interact with each other. This can be done through regular meetings, workshops, and social events. It is also important to encourage employees to share their ideas and feedback and create a safe environment where they feel comfortable doing so. Aligning the sales and marketing teams on the company’s overall objectives is important for creating shared goals and incentives. This can be done by developing a shared vision and mission statement and setting clear goals and metrics for success. Incentives that reward sales and marketing teams for working together, such as bonuses or commissions, are also important. By breaking down silos and promoting collaboration, sales and marketing teams can create a more cohesive customer experience and achieve more tremendous success. Establish clear roles and responsibilities Establishing these clear roles and responsibilities for sales and marketing departments is an all-important step for achieving alignment and ensuring that both teams work cohesively towards shared objectives. Establishing a clear understanding of roles, continuous communication, and joint efforts towards shared objectives between sales and marketing departments is essential. Here are some key considerations for defining roles and responsibilities: Define Objectives and Key Performance Indicators (KPIs): Clearly outline the overall goals and objectives for both sales and marketing departments. Set specific and measurable KPIs that align with the company’s strategic priorities. These KPIs should be tied to the business’s overall success and should be regularly monitored and evaluated to ensure alignment and improve business performance. Outline Specific Tasks and Responsibilities: Detail each team member’s specific tasks and responsibilities within sales and marketing. This includes defining who is responsible for lead generation, qualification, nurturing, and closing deals. It also outlines who is responsible for market research, content creation, branding, and online presence management, ensuring a shared understanding of roles. Empower Teams to Make Decisions: Empower both sales and marketing departments to make decisions within their respective domains. Provide them the autonomy to execute their strategies and make necessary adjustments based on market conditions and customer feedback. This fosters a sense of ownership and accountability, leading to more effective decision-making. Regular Review and Updates: Roles and responsibilities should not be set in stone. They should be regularly reviewed and updated to ensure they align with changing market dynamics and business priorities. This adaptability allows sales and marketing departments to respond swiftly to new opportunities and challenges, maintaining alignment and optimising performance. Create a unified sales and marketing strategy This is essential for achieving alignment between the two departments. This involves developing a shared vision and objectives for both departments, ensuring their goals align with the overall business strategy. Regular joint planning sessions should be held to discuss strategies, brainstorm ideas, and ensure that both teams are on the same page. Creating a content calendar supporting sales and marketing goals is critical, as it allows for consistent messaging and campaigns. Additionally, sharing customer insights and data between sales and marketing teams is essential for understanding customer needs and preferences and developing targeted strategies that meet those needs. By fostering a collaborative environment and breaking down departmental silos, businesses can create a unified sales and marketing strategy that drives revenue growth, improves customer satisfaction, and enhances overall business performance. Leverage technology for seamless integration Technology is vital in achieving seamless integration between sales and marketing teams. One essential tool is customer relationship management (CRM) software. CRM systems provide a centralised platform for managing customer interactions, including contact information, communication history, and sales opportunities. By sharing this data, sales and marketing teams can comprehensively understand customers, enabling them to deliver personalised and consistent experiences. Marketing automation tools are another valuable technology for sales and marketing alignment. These tools help automate repetitive tasks like email marketing, social media management, and lead generation. By automating these tasks, teams can focus on higher-value activities, such as building customer relationships and closing deals. Integrated sales and marketing platforms offer a comprehensive sales and marketing alignment solution. These platforms combine CRM, marketing automation, and other tools into a unified system. This allows teams to access all the information they need in one place, making collaborating and executing campaigns easier. Finally, analytics and reporting tools are essential for measuring the success of sales and marketing alignment efforts. These tools provide insights into customer behaviour, campaign performance, and overall business results. By analysing this data, teams can identify areas for improvement and make data-driven decisions to optimise their strategies. Technology is essential for achieving sales and marketing alignment. By leveraging the right tools, businesses can break down silos, improve communication and collaboration, and create a unified customer experience. This leads to increased customer satisfaction, higher revenue, and improved business performance.

					What is Upselling?
What is Upselling?
Because acquiring new customers can be far more expensive than selling to existing ones, companies will often employ techniques like upselling to increase sales revenues. For example, a salesperson could show a customer the luxury model of a car side by side with the basic model or point out the benefits of an upgraded computer with a faster hard drive. Upselling is often confused or used interchangeably withcross-selling, which is the practice of offering customers additional products to compliment an existing purchase. An example of cross-selling would be to recommend speakers to go with the computer, rather than an improved version of the computer itself. Both upselling and cross-selling are methods of increasing sales to existing customers, but use slightly different approaches in doing so. LEARN MORE ABOUT CROSS SELLING What we will cover: Steps Involved in UpsellingHow to Identify Upselling OpportunitiesUpselling TechniquesIt’s All About Customer RelationshipsWhat is Upselling? Key facts and FAQs Steps Involved in Upselling CRM helps users focus on their organisation’s relationships with individual people including customers, service users, colleagues, or suppliers. 1) Building Customer Trust and Loyalty Upselling should function as a two-way street: customers gain added value in exchange for their loyalty and trust. Often, when people think of being upsold, they imagine a used car salesman trying to trick them into buying a sports car when all they needed was something practical. That is not how successful upselling works.Instead, sales personnel should be working tobuild reciprocal relationships with customersand encourage long-term customer loyalty. To start with, this can be done by taking on the role of a consultant instead of a salesperson: Know your product inside and out.It’s important to be well informed about the product or service you are selling and prepared to help customers and offer individualised support as needed. If you are unable to answer questions or address individual issues, they could lose faith in your company or product. Make suggestions based on customer preferences.Customers can easily be alienated if they feel like they are being pushed to buy something that they don’t need. Instead, it should be clear that making the purchase provides them with a real added value. Make customer service a priority.Overall, apositive customer experiencecan be the deciding factor in whether or an offer is accepted, while indifference accounts for more than half of lost customers. 2) Get to Know Your Customers and Their Needs Thorough knowledge of your clients is essential to upselling. Understanding customer wants, needs, and preferences increases their trust in your relationship. One way this is done is by listening to prospective buyers: often, customers will contact sales staff themselves and inquire about specific features and benefits – this is the exact information you want, being handed to you voluntarily. It can also be helpful for the sales team to have personal experience with the products and services they are selling. This will allow them to put themselves in the customers’ shoes and better anticipate customer needs. Another way to acquire more information is togather and analyse all relevant customer data and history. Using software for sales automation and analytics can help with this process and make it easier to engage with and understand existing customers. This information can be used to optimise customer service, providingindividualised offers and information based on customer needs. In fact, one LIKE.TG survey found that customers are not onlyhappy to share personal datain exchange for personalised deals and offers but that they also tend to be more loyal to companies that use this practice. LEARN HOW A CRM CAN HELP DISCOVER CUSTOMER NEEDS 3) Making the Right Recommendations As mentioned above, customers can start to lose interest if you offer them products and services that they don’t want or need.Making the right recommendations is key to successful upselling and should be done using the knowledge you’ve acquired about your client. Understand the customer’s wants and needs.Whatever you are upselling should somehow reflect the customer’s overall needs. While it may seem to be in the company’s best interest to make as many offers as possible,recommendations should be limitedto avoid confusing or overwhelming the customer with too many options. Upsell, don’t oversell.Additionally, recommending upgrades that are too expensive in proportion to the original purchase could drive the customer away. The general rule of thumb is thatan upsell should not increase the total price by more than 25%. Using available data from CRM and marketing automation, appropriate recommendations can be tailor made to best suit a customer’s needs. How to Identify Upselling Opportunities In a nutshell, the ideal upsell customers are the ones who are most engaged with your products and services. The whole concept of upselling is based on growing relationships with existing customers, meaning that upselling inherently involves regularly following up with clients to asses their current status and needs. That can involve a variety of methods, such as: Ask open-ended questions and listen to customers.When they talk about their needs. Consider whether a product or service exists on the market already.If so, how can you improve upon it? If not, would it be possible to develop one? Investigate whether there are ways to improve upon your own existing product.If you already offer a satisfactory version, can you also provide an extraordinary version? Analyse your revenue sources.Seeing where your company earns the most can help to identify your clients’ needs and how to best upsell strategically. Determine what your market segment can actually use and afford.For example, if you are selling a software package to college students, you may not spot many opportunities to upsell them the business suite. On the other hand, you could potentially offer a student discount on a more comprehensive package. Look at customer data across departments.Customers have different contacts within a company depending on what they need. All of those contacts will have information about them. Learn more about your customers through information available online.Such as customer reviews, interactions over social media, page views, shares, etc. Upselling should happen almost organically as a means of solving a problem or filling a need. Staying informed about what customers need from a variety of angles is the most effective way of identifying upselling opportunities. Upselling Techniques Upselling opportunities can arise out of a wide variety of situations. Because of that, companies employ a wide variety of techniques to ensure customer satisfaction and maximise success. Some suggested techniques include: Make sure you deliver what you promise. Customer satisfaction is critical to upselling and fulfilling any promise you’ve made – whether it be writing an email or resolving a service issue – is a major part of that. Communicate the value to everyone involved. It’s easy to overlook stakeholders that aren’t your main contact. Even if you have communicated the value to some of the stakeholders, you should make sure that everyone on the client side is aware of the benefits that have been created for them. Upsell as part of the solution to a customer service issue. Once an issue has been resolved, upselling (and cross-selling) can be used to improve the situation further. Nurture existing customers. No matter what type of selling you are doing, it is always important to nurture and maintain relationships with existing customers. This is part of building trust and loyalty. What is LIKE.TG? Learn more about how LIKE.TG CRM can help you and your business. What is LIKE.TG? – What does LIKE.TG do? Take away the risk. When a free trial or money back guarantee is available, customers are more likely to make purchases and have confidence in your product or service. Consider time-based issues. Remind customers of issues they had in the past or how your products and services can prevent or improve issues in the future. Use sales automation and analytics. Sales and analytics software is designed help you interact with customers and keep track of any relevant information. Upsell with Sales Cloud Discover how Sales Cloud can help your teams improve the customer experience and increase sales. It’s All About Customer Relationships Upselling is an effective sales strategy for increasing revenue while continuing to build relationships with clients. It should be a give and take scenario, in which customers gain added value in exchange for making a larger purchase or commitment to a company. For upselling to be successful, it is particularly important to know your customers well, earn and maintain their trust, and make appropriate recommendations. While there are a number of upselling techniques and ways to identify upselling opportunities, understanding the customer’s needs and experience is at the core of all of them. That’s a lot of info! Here’s what you should take away from this article: What is upselling?Upselling is the process of recommending a more expensive or higher-end item or service when a customer is making a purchase. What are the steps involved in upselling?Upselling starts by building customer trust and loyalty, identifying needs in the customer, and then addressing those needs through the right product or service. How do you know when to upsell?To identify upselling opportunities, analyse your customer data, look for gaps in the market, gather customer feedback and identify unmet needs. What are some upselling techniques?Upselling techniques include communicating value, delivering on promises, identifying and solving problems, and using analytics to address personal needs. Can upselling help build customer relationships?Yes. Upselling involves understanding customers and their needs, and then providing value. This in turn builds trust and stronger relationships. FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS What is upselling? Upselling is the practice of selling a customer a higher-end version of an item they’re interested in. For instance, an electronics retailer pointing out the benefits of a better TV, a faster laptop or a more durable tablet would be an example of upselling. For many businesses, upselling is an important technique for driving revenue. What is the difference between upselling and cross selling? Upselling is the practice of offering a higher-end version of a product to a customer, while cross-selling is offering customers additional products that are compatible with their purchase. For example, if a customer were buying a laptop, offering them a case would be cross-selling, while offering them a better laptop would be upselling. Why is upselling important? Upselling is important because it adds value for both businesses and their customers. Successful upselling addresses customers’ needs or solves a problem by offering them better or more relevant products or services, which in turn builds trust and loyalty. This not only leads to higher revenue, it leads to better long-term relationships.

					Sales Prospecting: How to Find the Right-Fit Customers You’re Looking For
Sales Prospecting: How to Find the Right-Fit Customers You’re Looking For
Prospects — the potential customers you want to sell to — are the fuel for the sales pipeline. Every prospect represents a possible deal. Growing your base of sales prospects and working to nurture them will grow your revenue. Even though sales prospecting is important, it may sometimes feel like you’re just wishing and hoping the right people will show up. Let’s see how to make prospecting a science instead — less like drilling for oil and more like filling up on gas. What you’ll learn: What is sales prospecting? Why is sales prospecting important? How does sales prospecting work? The stages of the sales prospecting process How to find sales prospects Inbound vs. outbound prospecting How to move sales prospects to the next stage in the sales cycle How to qualify a sales prospect Sales prospecting questions to ask Prospecting email examples How to use sales prospecting tools What is sales prospecting? Prospects are potential customers, and prospecting is the process of finding them. Sales reps use sales prospecting to expand the size of their potential customer base. They’ll reach out to leads (potential sales contacts) and nurture them into opportunities (leads who have been warmed up over time). There are various sales prospecting techniques, from making calls to sending direct mail, attending networking events, and connecting on social media platforms such as LinkedIn. (Back to top) Why is sales prospecting important? Sales prospecting is fundamental to what we do because it sets the stage for everything that follows in our sales funnel. It’s about focusing on and engaging those most likely to benefit from our products or services. From my experience as an account director, effective prospecting directs our resources toward the most promising opportunities and gives us a steady stream of leads for conversion. By focusing on the right leads, we enhance our chances of conversion and align our sales strategies with the expectations and needs of our prospects. That drives our business forward. (Back to top) How does sales prospecting work? Reps need to understand that the lead coming to a website has likely already done a lot of legwork. Eighty-one percent of prospects conduct research before inquiring about your product or service, according to the latest State of Sales report. They’ve formed opinions about your offerings before they’ve even engaged with any of your content, such as articles, white papers, or webinars. The challenge? Capture the attention of these well-informed prospects and convert their interest into engagement. Reps may face a prospect with preconceptions and opinions based on generic messaging received from others. So the rep’s outreach has to be personalised. It has to resonate. A rep must do their own legwork to understand the prospect’s needs, the technologies they’re using, and how they make buying decisions. That helps move them through the sales funnel, from interest to an actual sale. (Back to top) The stages of the sales prospecting process The sales process goes from cold leads to warm opportunities to red-hot deals. Prospecting is what happens in between: From leads … Sales and marketing source leads.Leads are unqualified prospects. Leads can come from marketing (think a webinar that requires a form fill) or sales (think cold outreach). … to opportunities … Sales qualifies leads into prospects.Sales gets to know leads and decides whether they’re a good fit for the product. If they are, the lead is “qualified” to become a prospect. Sales nurtures prospects into opportunities.As sales works to make prospects more and more interested in the sale, these prospects become “opportunities” who are more and more likely to buy. … to customers Sales closes opportunities into deals.In the end, after many conversations, there will be two kinds of opportunities: “closed-lost” (boo) or “closed-won” (yay!). (Back to top) How to find sales prospects We could talk about all the other platforms out there. However, we’ll let Stephanie Svanfeldt, LIKE.TG Strategic Sales Vice President, Auto Vertical, say it for us: “When it comes to sourcing prospects online, LinkedIn is the biggest game in town.” Indeed. So, here are some tips to get into that game: Identify top target accounts: When choosing prospects, start with a strategic approach and focus your list. If you’re assigned 100 accounts, concentrate on the top 10. Plan meticulously to ensure every engagement is targeted and relevant. Tap into the power of social selling: Social selling and sales management tools can help reps better understand the organisational dynamics of target companies. For example, reps can map out the decision-makers within a company and learn about their roles and influence. That helps tailor messages to the person who can make or steer purchasing decisions. Use your CRM to speed up research on your prospect: Let your customer relationship management (CRM) system do the heavy lifting by automating prospect and account research. This saves you time and gives you instant access to the insights you need to connect with your prospects more effectively. Personalise your outreach: Reach out with custom messages that demonstrate a clear understanding of each prospect’s business needs and challenges. For example, you could send a video message to a potential lead to introduce yourself and briefly cover how your solution could address a specific challenge they mentioned in a recent LinkedIn article or post. The goal is to make every communication feel customised and relevant, showing you’ve done your homework. Continue to deliver value: Keep the conversation going by offering value in every interaction. This could be by sharing industry insights and relevant articles or inviting your prospect to events that align with their interests. It’s about continuously reinforcing their positive opinion of you and subtly positioning yourself as a go-to resource in their professional network. Evaluate and refine: Monitor and analyse the effectiveness of your outreach strategies. Adjust your approach based on what’s working and what isn’t. Pay attention to the technologies your prospects use and look for integration points that can streamline their processes or enhance their existing systems. This iterative adjustment ensures your tactics remain fresh and effective. (Back to top) Inbound vs. outbound prospecting Inbound and outbound prospecting are key tactics in a sales strategy. Though they serve different purposes, each presents unique advantages. Inbound prospecting attracts prospects through content, SEO, online chats, and social media interactions. The main advantage is that it draws in higher-quality leads who initiate contact on their own terms, making it less intrusive. However, this strategy requires a significant investment in time and resources to develop effective content and optimise digital channels that attract these leads. On the other hand, outbound prospecting involves actively reaching out to potential customers via email, phone calls, and direct messaging on platforms such as LinkedIn. It allows for quicker lead generation because you’re directly initiating conversations with potential buyers. However, it can be seen as more of an intrusion, and the quality of leads might vary if they haven’t shown previous interest in your offerings. Combining the two strategies covers more ground — capturing those looking for solutions and those who may not yet be aware of how a product or solution can help them. (Back to top) How to move sales prospects to the next stage in the sales cycle Research is important, but you’ll need more than that to take the conversation to the next level. After all, it’s just as easy for prospects to research you as it is for you to research them. You won’t get anywhere with them by repeating the same general information from your company’s website. How can you go deep and deliver an insight no one else has? You’ll need to learn their accent — not just their language — and become knowledgeable about their lives at work. That means learning about specific trends in their industries, their companies, and even their lives. Keep the conversation moving. Don’t just think about closing the deal. Think about closing every step of the deal. It can be easy to get carried away in your excitement to move the conversation along. But don’t forget to cover all your bases: Obsess over the next step: Don’t forget to end every conversation with a question. “Can we connect for five minutes after you’ve taken a look?” “Is there someone on your team I could work with on that?” “If you’re not the right person to ask, can you tell me who is?” Advance but qualify: Prospecting is all about marching onward. But don’t over-focus on a deal that won’t be worth the effort. As you move the conversation forward, you need to keep qualifying at the same time. At every stage, ask whether the prospect is still a fit. Qualification also means making sure that they’re ready to move on to the next step. You won’t have all the answers, but someone else will: Selling is a team sport. You need to lean on everyone you can to get the information you need. Ask subject matter experts at your company to teach you about a new domain. Reach out to technical and digital advisors to help you map out a solution. Ask marketing for help with a new pitch. You don’t have to do this alone. Qualifying a prospect is an important piece of the puzzle, but don’t mistake “qualifying” for “deciding whether someone is important.” Everyone you talk to is important — because if they’re not the right person to talk to, then they can point you to the person who is. (Back to top) How to qualify a sales prospect Qualifying a prospect is an essential part of the sales process, and a highly qualified prospect will check most of these boxes to move to the next stage of the sales cycle. Remember, though: “Qualifying” doesn’t mean “deciding whether someone is important.” Everyone you engage with is significant. If they’re not the right contact, they could lead you to someone who is. To qualify whether a prospect is a good fit, consider these questions: Is this the right person? Does the prospect fit your ideal customer profile? Are they already interested in your product? Do they have the influence to push the deal forward, or the authority to make buying decisions? Is this the right company? Is the company within your designated territory? Is the industry compatible with your business model? What is the organisation’s size? Think beyond the number of employees. For instance, if you’re selling a subscription or usage-based service, consider the potential volume of its usage. Is this the right project? Is the department funded to pay your price? Will the project be a priority for the company this year? Will the team be using the product for the right use case — in a way that will create an impact? (Back to top) Sales prospecting questions to ask Good sales prospecting questions start a dialogue that qualifies the prospect and builds a relationship by showing genuine interest in their needs and challenges. Here are a few to start with: What challenges are you currently facing with [insert relevant topic or service]? This question helps identify their pain points, allowing you to build your discussion around how your product addresses these issues. What has been your experience with similar products or solutions? This tells you what has (or hasn’t) already worked for them, helping you position your solution better. Can you tell me about your decision-making process? Who else should I invite to the next call? Knowing that is crucial for understanding how decisions are made and ensuring all decision-makers are engaged early on. What is your timeline for implementing a solution? This helps determine their urgency and expectations, which can guide your engagement strategy. Do you have the budget allocated for this project? Directly addressing the budget helps you qualify the prospect in terms of financial capacity. It also guides the conversation toward realistic solutions within their price range. (Back to top) Prospecting email examples From my perspective, standout emails and smart LinkedIn engagement strategies can make all the difference. Here are some tried-and-true examples from my own experience: Email outreach: When it comes to sales prospecting, it’s all about making that connection count. Here’s an email I sent during the holidays. It wasn’t just a pitch; it started with a genuine “thank you” for the recipient’s military service, which creates a moment of personal recognition and gratitude. It’s about finding common ground. Here’s an example that worked well: [Name], We connected briefly on LinkedIn before the holidays. I wanted to thank you for your service. My brother-in-law, a lieutenant colonel, has served in Iraq and Afghanistan, and I’ve seen the challenges firsthand. I noticed your work in driving transformation and improving processes at major financial institutions, which is crucial for staying competitive. Digital acceleration makes understanding customer journeys and reducing friction challenging. Leaders like you have shared that personalisation and efficiency are key struggles. Glassbox is designed to address this, providing session replay and analytics for improved customer experience visibility, helping banks optimise journeys, enhance quality, and cut costs. If you’d like to connect to discuss this further, let me know. Regardless, thank you for your service. Best, Lindsey Video outreach: One of my reps used this video strategy, sending a personalised video right after connecting with a prospect on LinkedIn. That’s going the extra mile. It shows you’re about more than just words; you’re making real connections. The response? An immediate engaged reply that opened the doors to further conversation. Hi [Name], Great to connect! I see you’re working with [tool] for digital experience analytics. I’d love to show you how [company] can add even more value. Let’s chat soon if you’re up for it! LinkedIn outreach: And let’s not forget the power of a LinkedIn notification. Tagging a prospect in a post tailored to their interests gets their attention. It’s like giving them a virtual tap on the shoulder and saying, “Hey — thought you might find this interesting.” This works because it directly engages them with content relevant to their interests, making your approach feel personal and showing that you understand their professional needs. (Back to top) How to use sales prospecting tools CRM systems don’t just keep track of data; they turn it into a tool of its own. These systems keep a history of prospect interactions within reach, so every touchpoint is relevant and personalised. However, in my experience, the key is not just to rely on sales tools, but to use them to enhance the human elements of sales. Identify your ideal customer profile (ICP): Get a clear picture of who your ideal customer is. What are their pain points? What solutions are they seeking? Understanding your target audience is the first step in effective prospecting. Build a list of contacts: Cast a wide net. Scour various channels — from LinkedIn to industry forums — to identify potential leads that match your criteria. It’s all about finding those needles in the haystack. Create an omnichannel approach: To connect with prospects effectively, you’ve got to be everywhere they are. Don’t limit yourself to one channel of communication. Connect with prospects in their preferred space, whether it be email, social media, in person, or a phone call. Use the right tools at the right time: Don’t just use sales prospecting tools for the sake of it. Be strategic. Tools such as Sales Engagement or LinkedIn Sales Navigator are for understanding the landscape: who the decision-makers are and what messages will resonate with them. It’s about crafting persona-based messaging that hits the mark. Build real connections: Think beyond just generating leads, and use soft skills as a prospecting tool. Whether sending an email acknowledging professional milestones or sharing tailored content, a rep who leans into active listening and empathy skills can help prospects feel valued — and more than just a potential sales target. (Back to top) Fuel your sales prospecting engine Sales prospecting isn’t just about wishing and hoping for the right opportunities — it’s about making it a science. By using a combination of inbound and outbound strategies, personalised engagement, and effective sales tools, sellers can rev up sales prospecting and turn more potential leads into closed deals.

					The 2024 Connectivity Benchmark Report: Key Trends Shaping APAC’s Digital Landscape
The 2024 Connectivity Benchmark Report: Key Trends Shaping APAC’s Digital Landscape
The latest data from IT leaders around the world reveals how AI, automation and APIs are driving business value and innovation, and where organisations still have work to do on their digital transformation efforts. Digital transformation isn’t just a trend. It’s a core shift to the business landscape, with IT leaders refining their strategies, headcounts and budgets to cater to growing customer expectations and project demands. The 2024 Connectivity Benchmark Report sheds light on the state of digital transformation worldwide, with the latest trends in AI, integration, automation and API management. So how do businesses in the APAC region measfure up in the evolving digital landscape? IT leaders are optimistic about AI The report reveals that 88% of organisations in APAC are already using AI, and adoption is continuing to grow. IT leaders in the region foresee an 89% increase in their usage of Large Language Models (LLMs) over the next three years, exceeding the 69% increase expected globally. Moreover, 86% are confident that AI will increase developer productivity at their organisations in that timeframe. This optimism is a good thing, considering they’re simultaneously reporting a 39% increase in IT requests. AI will play an essential role in sustaining productivity under these demands, helping IT teams to manage growing workloads and expectations both efficiently and cost-effectively. Organisations need to get their data ready for AI Despite the optimistic outlook, 69% of APAC IT leaders say their organisation is ill-equipped to harmonise data systems to fully leverage AI, with 82% pointing the finger at data silos as hindering digital transformation efforts. While this figure is lower than the 81% global average, organisations across APAC still have a way to go to break down silos and better integrate data across the business. Integration hurdles are blamed by IT leaders for stalling digital transformation for 82% of APAC organisations. Kurt Anderson, Managing Director and API Transformation Leader at Deloitte Consulting LLP explains, “A lack of integration is the top barrier to adopting emerging technologies, especially AI. And as demand grows for seamless, personalised customer experiences, the interoperability of systems is crucial for harnessing the full potential of data, AI, and automation. That’s why integration should be the cornerstone of every IT leader’s digital transformation efforts in 2024.” The potential of AI is limited only by the data that organisations can connect it to, and the outcomes they can drive from it. The report shows that IT leaders across APAC are increasingly aware of these integration and automation challenges, and underscores the need for a robust data strategy, with a focus on data currency, reuse and access. IT teams are under pressure, but workflow automation can help With 98% of APAC IT teams struggling to integrate efficiently, workflow automation emerges as a solution. Robotic Process Automation can drive efficiency and reduce the workload on IT teams. As automation is demanded across businesses, IT often plays a gatekeeper role, but workflow automation permits other teams to self-serve. The global investment in RPA is now 31%, up significantly from 13% in 2021, as IT teams realise its potential. Singapore Institute of Management (SIM) underwent its digital transformation with LIKE.TG and MuleSoft, integrating multiple back-end systems to streamline the end-to-end experience for its learners and administrators. Learners can now access courses with a single sign-on and automated processes encourage self-service and more efficient case management. APIs become a strategic lever for growth APIs are now a staple in the digital ecosystem, with 99% of organisations using them to streamline data access and fuel growth. In APAC APIs and API-related offerings contribute to 33% of all revenue. Furthermore, APIs have contributed to increased revenue for 41% of APAC respondents and cut operational costs for 27%. M1, Singapore’s most dynamic communications company, found its legacy on-premise API gateway was too labour-intensive and slowed down the delivery of new offerings. Supported by MuleSoft Professional Services, it migrated to a more agile solution in just 9 months and is now completing 13% more projects a year through API reuse, while saving 15 man-days per project. “I’m really excited about the scalability we have with MuleSoft. In a fast-paced industry, we now have the confidence that we can stay ahead of the game with a future-proofed environment and delight our customers as we grow our business,” says Chiam Chee Kong, Deputy Head of Software Engineering Architecture at M1. With outlets in Thailand and Malaysia, popular retail brand Lotus’s chose LIKE.TG and MuleSoft to unify its systems and data so it can provide more personalised and streamlined customer experiences. MuleSoft’s API reuse and prebuilt assets helped it complete its digital transformation in just 14 months – half the time it allotted.“We knew that with MuleSoft as our API gateway and integration layer we would be able to be more agile and transform more quickly,” says Wiphak Trakanrungsi, Head of Technology Software Development and Innovation at Lotus’s. Digital transformation is the competitive advantage An enterprise API strategy that facilitates data integration across applications will empower leaders to accelerate innovation and operationalise AI to drive business value and growth for the future. Through revenue generation, operational cost reduction and the promotion of self-service, integration, automation and APIs will help businesses maintain their competitive edge in 2024 and beyond. Read the full 2024 Connectivity Benchmark Report for a comprehensive understanding of the digital transformation landscape in APAC and beyond.

					The Most Crucial Small Business Departments You Need To Succeed
The Most Crucial Small Business Departments You Need To Succeed
Connecting small business departments is one of the best ways to leverage expertise and get the most out of the workforce. A lack of data sharing between departments can lead to inefficiencies. Team members may lack the understanding of how exactly their work fits into the bigger picture. Just as importantly, businesses that haven’t empowered departments to share information do not give those departments a complete view of the business or the customer. This makes it more difficult to deliver exceptional service and relevant offers. Compartmentalisation may have been the norm not long ago. But now, in an era of massive digital transformation, small businesses are smashing silos, cross-skilling workforces and getting connected. Traditional departments like sales are targeting a range of new channels and touchpoints – becoming much more data-driven. Other departments like marketing are leveraging AI to automate mundane tasks, freeing up their reps to focus on the customer. As small business departments change, roles in those departments are changing as well. New training platforms make it easier for businesses to empower team members to work across functions and roles. And while the most popular organisational structure still prioritises grouping departments by expertise, it’s becoming more and more important to create flexibility and agility. Let’s look at which small business departments are the most important and how those departments can be organised. What are the six central functional units of a business? The six central functional units are production, research and development, sales, marketing, human resources, and accounting/finance. Some businesses, especially those with smaller teams, will combine these functions, requiring team members to take on multiple roles. Larger companies may have dedicated departments beyond the six functional business units, such as technology and equipment, business strategy, and purchasing. What small business departments are needed? Some small business departments include: Administration/operations Research and development Marketing and sales Human resources Customer service Accounting and finance Some small businesses may combine these departments, for instance, by making HR and customer service part of operations. Other companies may require additional departments, such as a dedicated IT unit. Others still may have just a small number of people handling all of these functions, especially if a business is starting. Businesses with smaller teams can implement technologies to streamline processes and work smarter. For example, a business without an IT department can use cloud-based technologies that rely on off-site infrastructure and then utilise LIKE.TG’s Lightning Platform to create apps with no coding knowledge. What is the structure of a small business? Most small businesses use a functional organisational structure. This type of structure has both benefits and drawbacks. In a functional organisational structure, departments are separated by skill sets. This means that while team members are uniquely qualified to excel within their dedicated silos, they have limited insights into the business as a whole. Without a holistic view of the business, it’s difficult for these team members to support other functions and departments, even if their expertise could be helpful elsewhere. What is the best organisational structure for a small business? The best organisational structure for a small business is one that helps its workforce realise its full potential. How this is done depends on the nature of the company and its unique needs and objectives, but there are several things to consider. Using a functional organisational structure where departments are separated by expertise is an excellent way to keep the workforce focused. But by going a step further to smash silos and unite data, businesses can empower their teams to provide support across departments, thus getting the most out of their workforce’s collective brainpower. Flexibility and agility are increasingly important in the new normal. By upskilling and cross-skilling their teams, businesses can take a more hybrid approach to organisational structure. Digital, on-demand tools such as My Trailhead offer organisations a quick and easy way to cross-skill their workforce. What departments are needed to run a small business? Small businesses don’t usually have the same resources or objectives as their larger counterparts and occasionally have to be creative with their departments. This means that a small team or even a single person is responsible for handling various duties. That said, there are three essential departments needed to run a small business – even if those departments consist of just the owner. Sales and marketing: Sales are the lifeblood of small businesses, so every business will need to generate sales and build relationships. In a smaller company, this will often also include marketing and account management. Operations and production: While marketing and sales drive brand awareness and revenue, the operations department delivers on a business’s promise. This means handling production, fulfilment and customer service. Finance and administration: A finance department will track revenues and expenses, provide balance sheets, handle payroll and file end-of-year taxes. Admin functions typically include management and hiring. Creational an organisational structure for your small business departments A small business may have fewer resources than a bigger company, but that doesn’t mean it should lack structure. Having an organisational structure enables businesses to clarify roles and improve efficiency. Small businesses can start creating an effective organisational structure by focusing on the three essential elements highlighted above: Sales and marketing, operations and production, and administration and accounting. Look at what sub-roles these three small business departments might require. For example, sales and marketing may need a public relations executive, a copywriter or a digital marketing specialist. Operations may require an IT expert and service reps. Other functions, such as accounting and product development, might be handled by external contractors. The future of small business departments is flexibility A business should be able to transform its organisational structure to keep up with new objectives and needs, so maintaining flexibility is crucial. As technology and customer behaviour change, so will roles and responsibilities. And as businesses grow – or use technology to streamline their operations – their organisational structure should evolve along with them. With new customer-centric tools, on-demand training platforms, and innovative strategies that prioritise flexibility and agility, the sky is the limit for today’s small business.

					Marketing Trends: 3 Things to Know for 2024
Marketing Trends: 3 Things to Know for 2024
We surveyed thousands of marketing leaders about today’s marketing trends. What did we find? Marketers ranked artificial intelligence (AI) implementation as both their number one priority and number one headache — highlighting its pivotal role as both a beacon of promise and a daunting challenge. Key takeaways from our new State of Marketing report To some, the words “new era” mean big ideas and fresh innovations. To others, it means unanswered questions, uncharted territory, and unsolved challenges. No matter which camp you find yourself in, we’re all trying to build better relationships that move our business forward. We surveyed marketers about how they are tackling this new era. The results found in our new State of Marketing report reveal trends that are impacting marketers —emerging AI, data unification, and personalisation tools — and the challenges they face to continue to create customer connections in a new era. Let’s take a look at highlights from the report. 1. Successful AI implementation leads 2024 marketing trends There’s a difference between AI implementation and successful AI implementation. In our survey, only 34% of marketers are completely satisfied with their efforts to reap the value of AI. Even fewer are fully satisfied with their attempts at unifying customer data to improve the customer experience. The two go hand in hand. Unlike other marketing trends and technologies, AI isn’t a standalone tool. It can touch and impact almost every aspect of a marketing strategy. Looking to build better personalisation? Predictive AI can forecast customer behaviour and trends, allowing businesses to anticipate needs and tailor their strategies accordingly. Curious about how to create engaging content quickly? Generative AI generates various types of content at scale based on data analysis and natural language processing algorithms. Our report found that 71% of marketers plan to use both predictive and generative AI within the next 18 months. While marketers are embracing AI, they’re also considering associated risks — data risks in particular. Marketers are focused on making AI successful with the right data but are concerned about its integrity, protection, and customer trust as adoption ramps up. But it’s not just data that keeps marketers on their toes. One in four team leads is worried about generative AI replacing human workers.However, unlocking AI’s full potential requires a strategic fusion of human expertise and cutting-edge technology. What better AI means for marketers Predictive insights, segmentation, and content generation is just the beginning when it comes to better AI. But don’t let the magnitude of AI scare you away — or worse, jump in without a vision. Start small and focus on solving a specific, well-defined problem that aligns with your organisation’s goals and capabilities. Gradually scale up as you gain experience and insights from initial deployments. There’s power in experimentation — as long as it’s followed by implementation. 2. Trustworthy data powers genuine customer connection More than two thirds (68%) of customers said advances in AI make it more important for companies to be trustworthy. And 98% of marketers say trustworthy data is more important in times of change. Marketers who prioritise trustworthy data may just have a head start in the new era. Trustworthy data is free from errors, biases, or manipulation, and adheres to established standards and best practices for data collection, storage, and usage. Access to this data builds better external and internal relationships. Externally, it allows you to build better connections with your customers, and a foundation built on trust and fulfilled expectations. When you have a clean set of data, you know you’re making decisions based on accurate, up-to-date information. It allows you to personalise messages and put the customer first in marketing decisions, knowing that you’ve got a complete picture of their journey and preferences. Personalisation isn’t just one of the hot marketing trends today — it’s the expectation. Internally, marketers are using trustworthy data to track and assign value to accounts and move sales forward through approaches like account-based marketing, which require close marketing and sales team collaboration. Our survey found that marketers use an average of nine different tactics across the customer experience to collect this data, with customer service data, transactional data, mobile apps, website registration/account creation, and loyalty programs topping the list. It’s clear that there’s no shortage of data. Putting that data to work is the challenge. As third-party cookies are deprecated and AI continues to develop, marketers are trying to bring that data together into a holistic understanding of customers. But how important is data if you can’t act on it when you need it? More than half of marketers can get real-time data, but they need technical assistance to activate it. What better data means for marketers The right data is the backbone to actionable customer profiles, analytics, and decision-making — actionable as the key differentiator. Centralised data management platforms that aggregate and harmonise data from various sources in real-time are that much more critical as marketers navigate new marketing trends. 3. Marketers are all in on personalisation Personalisation is the new marketing mantra, but what that means can vary. A lifecycle approach is evolving as more than half of marketers (57%) aim to provide personalised content across the entire customer journey — not just their journey to become a customer. In fact, marketers are more likely to personalise content for existing customers, including support and customer retention content. But they’re not forgetting about their prospects either. Effective personalisation, although a work in progress for many, requires cross-channel recommendations. Let’s say a customer has recently been browsing your website. Based on this history, they later receive an email promoting a new product, followed by a social media ad showcasing the same product. Suddenly, you’ve created a connected and personalised experience across multiple channels. The challenge with implementing cross-channel personalisation is not only the ability to access trustworthy data across all these channels, but do so consistently on the channels customers prefer. And there’s a stark difference between how the highest- and lowest-performing marketing teams are adapting. Underperforming marketers are fully personalising across only three channels, compared with five channels for moderate performers and six channels for high performers. What better personalisation means for marketers When marketers personalise across more channels, they are customising their messaging and interactions to what customers want — and where they want it. Doing this creates a more consistent experience for customers, strengthening brand relationships and making it more likely they keep engaging and converting. Adopting AI and machine learning algorithms can help automate data analysis and segmentation. This allows you to derive actionable insights and give your customers a more tailored experience, no matter where they interact with your brand.. New marketing trends are pushing progress for marketers as expectations around data and AI rise. Marketers are still figuring out what they can and can’t do – and how they can make this tech work for them. However, what’s fuelling this new era is still the same: building strong relationships that deliver value for both the business and the customer.

					Unlocking Excellence in Customer Support: Understanding Customer Service in BPO
Unlocking Excellence in Customer Support: Understanding Customer Service in BPO
Delivering exceptional customer service is a necessity within the business space. Businesses across various sectors are increasingly turning to Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) to enhance their customer service capabilities. But what exactly is customer service in BPO, and how can it transform your business? This article explores the intricacies of BPO customer service and its pivotal role in modern business strategies. What is Customer Service in BPO? A Business Process Outsourcer (BPO) is a third-party service provider that manages customer interactions on behalf of other businesses, specialising in BPO customer service to handle client queries, resolve issues, and ensure a seamless customer journey. These interactions can range across various channels such as telephone, email, chat, and social media. Essentially, a BPO acts as an extended arm of a company, handling all aspects of customer communication and service. By partnering with a customer service BPO provider, businesses can leverage specialised teams dedicated to offering personalised assistance and improving the overall customer experience. How Does Customer Service BPO Work? The core function of a customer service BPO is to enhance the quality and efficiency of client interactions. This is achieved through a combination of expertise, technology, and a well-trained workforce, including customer service representatives. BPOs may operate as call centres managing both inbound (customer queries) and outbound calls (telesales or market research), IT help desks providing technical support, or omnichannel services ensuring a seamless customer experience across multiple platforms. The goal is to deliver exceptional customer service by leveraging the latest tools and technologies, along with thorough training for customer service representatives to ensure they can promptly respond to customer queries, deliver customised financial advice, and minimise waiting time while minimising the potential for miscommunication. The Benefits of Engaging a Customer Service BPO for Customer Satisfaction Expertise and Specialisation: BPOs bring specialised knowledge and skills that can be pivotal in managing complex customer service scenarios. They often employ experts who are adept at navigating the nuances of customer interactions effectively. Cost Efficiency: By outsourcing customer service, companies can significantly reduce operational costs associated with hiring, training, and maintaining an in-house team. BPOs leverage their infrastructure and economies of scale to provide services at a lower cost. Flexibility and Scalability: Customer service demands can fluctuate with seasons and market trends. BPOs provide the flexibility to scale operations up or down based on the business’s needs, ensuring that customer service quality does not dip during peak times. Extended Coverage: BPOs can operate across different time zones, offering 24/7 services that are especially beneficial for businesses with a global customer base. Improved Customer Satisfaction: By ensuring quick and efficient service, BPOs can help improve overall customer satisfaction, which is essential for retaining clients and enhancing brand reputation. Customer Loyalty: Achieving customer loyalty is paramount in the BPO industry, as it directly contributes to a business’s success. BPOs play a critical role in building a base of loyal customers by providing exceptional customer service that not only retains existing customers but also satisfies them to the extent that they become brand ambassadors. Through personalised communication, real-time support, and efficient issue resolution, BPOs enhance customer satisfaction and loyalty, leading to reduced turnover, attracting new customers, and ultimately driving profits. Access to Advanced Technology: BPOs often invest in the latest technologies including AI and machine learning to streamline customer service processes and provide data-driven insights that can improve service delivery. Challenges and Limitations in Achieving Customer Loyalty Despite the advantages, outsourcing customer service to BPOs is not devoid of challenges. Issues such as loss of control over the customer service process, potential data security concerns, and the need for continuous coordination can pose significant challenges. Additionally, for businesses in highly regulated industries such as healthcare or finance, BPOs might not always be a viable option due to stringent compliance requirements. Choosing the Right BPO Selecting the right BPO customer service partner is critical for outsourcing customer service needs. Businesses should consider factors such as the BPO’s industry experience, technological capabilities, language and cultural alignment, and the ability to provide personalised services. It’s also essential to assess their performance metrics, such as customer satisfaction scores and response times, to ensure they align with your business objectives. Maximising Business Potential through Customer Service BPOs Excellent customer service and exceptional customer service are foundational to the BPO industry, setting the stage for businesses to elevate customer satisfaction and loyalty. Customer service in BPO is an effective strategy for businesses looking to enhance their customer interactions, reduce costs, and focus on their core competencies. By choosing the right BPO partner and leveraging their expertise, businesses can significantly improve their customer service operations and, by extension, their market competitiveness. As customer expectations continue to rise, the role of customer service BPOs will become even more integral to business success. Understanding and implementing effective BPO strategies will not only help businesses manage their customer service needs more efficiently but also enable them to adapt to changing market dynamics and consumer behaviours. Incorporating good customer service and great customer service is crucial in enhancing market competitiveness and adapting to consumer behaviours.

					What is a salary slip or payslip?
What is a salary slip or payslip?
Understanding your salary slip is important for managing your finances and staying informed about your compensation. A salary slip, also known as a payslip or wage slip, is a detailed breakdown of your earnings and deductions for a specific pay period. It is an important document for payroll processing and can be useful for tax filing, budgeting, and applying for loans. We’ll take a closer look at salary slips, including what they are, why they are important, and how to keep accurate records. We will also answer some common questions about salary and pay slips, and discuss how a Financial Services CRM like LIKE.TG can help you manage your salary slips more effectively and improve your overall financial operations. What is a Payslip? A payslip, also known as a salary slip or wage slip, is a document issued by an employer to an employee, providing a detailed breakdown of an employee’s earnings and deductions for a given pay period. It is a critical tool for financial management and offers insight into an individual’s compensation. Payslips are a detailed summary of an employee’s compensation, providing proof of income. They typically include the employee’s name, the pay period, gross salary, deductions, and net pay. Payslips are more than just a record of your pay. They are also important for tax purposes. They help you to declare your income accurately to the tax authorities. Payslips are also useful when you apply for a loan or credit. They show how much you are earning and help lenders decide if you can afford to repay what you have borrowed. Understanding and analysing your payslip is important for getting a clear picture of your financial situation. It can help you budget your income, allocate funds to different areas of your life, and plan for future financial goals. It can also help you catch any mistakes or discrepancies in your pay, so you can make sure you’re getting the right amount of money for the work you do. When are payslips distributed or salary slips given out? Salary slips are usually handed out on the same day you receive your salary. However, there are instances when they might be distributed a few days before or after payday. The timing can also depend on your company’s payroll schedule. Some companies distribute salary slips weekly, while others do so biweekly or monthly. Many companies now offer the ability to create payslips using online tools, which can be accessed anytime through a company portal or HR system. You must be aware of your company’s salary slip and bonus distribution schedule to plan your finances effectively. For instance, if you know that your salary slip is issued on the last day of the month, you can ensure that you have sufficient funds to cover your expenses until your next payday. In some instances, you may not receive a hard copy of your salary slip. Instead, your employer might provide access to an online version through a company portal or HR system. This can be a convenient option, allowing you to view your salary slip at any time without the need to keep track of a physical document. Whether in print or digital form, your salary slip is an all-important piece of documentation to retain for your personal records. It serves multiple functions, from tax declarations to financial planning and loan applications. Salary slip format Although the format of a basic salary slip can differ from one company to another, there are certain key elements that are typically included. These are: Using online tools to generate payslips ensures statutory compliance and data security, allowing users to input various details about the company and employees to create and download payslips. Employee Information: This section includes basic details about the employee, such as their name, employee ID, and job designation. Pay Period: The pay period tells you the dates you’re being paid for, for example, 1 January 2023 to 31 January 2023. Gross Salary: This is the total amount of earnings before any deductions are applied. It includes basic salary, allowances, bonuses, and any other earnings during the pay period. Deductions: Here you can see all the items that were subtracted from your gross pay. Common deductions include federal and state income tax, Social Security, Medicare, and health insurance. Each deduction is listed separately, and typically includes the amount taken out of your paycheck. Net Pay: Net pay is the final amount an employee receives after all deductions have been subtracted from gross pay. This is the amount that is typically deposited into the employee’s bank account. Other Details: Some salary slips may also include additional information about employees such as the number of hours worked, overtime pay, leave balances, and any bonuses or incentives earned. Meticulously examine your salary slip, verifying the accuracy of all details and ensuring a clear understanding of the deductions. Should you detect any discrepancies or errors, promptly engage with your employer’s payroll department to seek clarification and resolution. Components of a salary slip A salary slip, also known as a payslip or wage slip, is a document that details an employee’s earnings and deductions for a specific pay period. It serves as an essential financial record and offers valuable insights into an individual’s compensation. Understanding the components of a salary slip is essential for employees to effectively manage their finances and ensure fair remuneration. Personal Information: This section includes your name, employee ID, and contact details such as your address, phone number, and email address. This information is a key player for identification and communication between you and your company or employer. Equally vital is the employer’s name and contact information. This section should feature the employer’s legal name, business address, and contact details, including a phone number and email address. By including this information, you enable all your employees to easily get in touch with you should they have any questions or concerns about their salary slip or their employment in general. The pay period and date are also prominently displayed on a salary slip. The pay period refers to the specific timeframe for which the employee is being compensated. It is typically a fixed duration, such as a month or a fortnight, and is indicated on the payslip. The pay date, on the other hand, refers to the specific date on which the employee receives their salary. Gross salary is the total amount of income you earn before any deductions are made. This includes your base salary and any additional earnings, such as bonuses, commissions, or overtime pay, that you may have received during the pay period. It’s important to understand your gross salary so that you can calculate your total income and plan your finances accordingly. Net salary, on the other hand, is what an employee takes home after all deductions have been made. This includes taxes, social security contributions, health insurance premiums, and any other authorised deductions. The net salary is the actual amount of money that an employee can spend or save, making it a critical component of financial planning and budgeting. In summary, a salary slip is a vital document that provides a clear breakdown of your earnings and deductions for a specific pay period. By familiarising yourself with its components, you can take charge of your finances, ensure the accuracy of your compensation, and make well-informed financial choices. 7 essential elements to include on a payslip A payslip is a vital document that provides information about an employee’s pay and any deductions. To make sure your payslips are clear and contain all the necessary information, they should include: 1. Employee Information: The payslip should prominently display the employee’s full name, employee identification number, and contact information, including their address and phone number. This information helps identify the employee and ensures accurate record-keeping. 2. Pay Period: Clearly indicate the specific pay period covered by the payslip. This information is crucial for employees to understand the timeframe for which they are being compensated. 3. Gross Salary: Your gross salary is the sum you earn before any deductions are made. It includes your base salary, any bonuses, and any other forms of compensation or benefits you receive from your employer. 4. Deductions: This section is where you detail all the different deductions you make from your employee’s gross pay. Common deductions include federal and state taxes, FICA taxes, health insurance premiums, and retirement plan contributions. Each deduction should be clearly labelled and the amount deducted should be specified. 5. Net Pay: Net pay, also known as take-home pay, is the amount that remains after all deductions have been subtracted from the gross salary. This is the actual amount of compensation that you receive. 6. Employer Information: Your payslip should include your employer’s name, address, and contact information, and if applicable, the company logo. This information is important for verifying the payslip’s authenticity and for any inquiries you may have. 7. Additional Details: Depending on your company’s policies and practices, your pay stub might include additional information. This could be the number of hours you worked, any overtime pay, your leave balances, and any bonuses or incentives you’ve earned. These details can give you a more complete picture of your compensation and work status. By including these key components, a payslip becomes a clear and informative document that helps both employers and employees understand their pay, manage their money, and make sure they’re being paid fairly and accurately. The importance of salary slips The salary slip’s importance cannot be overstated. These documents serve as a crucial tool for you to understand your financial standing and manage your finances effectively. One of the primary reasons why salary slips are important is that they provide a detailed breakdown of your compensation and deductions. This information is essential for you to accurately track your income and expenses, and to make informed financial decisions. Salary slips are indispensable for loan applications and visa processing. Lenders often require them as proof of income when you apply for a loan. Similarly, when applying for a visa, they demonstrate your financial stability and income source. Without accurate employment, and up-to-date salary slips, you may face challenges in securing loans or obtaining visas. Salary slips are a key component in tax compliance. They furnish a detailed account of your taxable income and deductions, simplifying the process of filing your taxes accurately and avoiding potential discrepancies. Armed with access to this information, you can fulfil your civic duties and contribute to the smooth operation of the tax system. For many financial transactions are essential. When you apply for a credit card or open a bank account, you may need to provide your salary slip as proof of income. This helps the financial institution understand your financial situation and make a decision about whether to provide you with credit or other financial services. Your salary slip is a document of great importance. It’s not just a piece of paper that shows your earnings; it’s a tool that can help you manage your finances better, apply for loans, process visas, and comply with tax regulations. By understanding the significance of your salary slip and using it to your advantage, you can take control of your finances, make informed decisions, and secure your financial future. Frequently asked questions How frequently should you receive a payslip? The frequency of receiving a payslip can vary depending on your company’s payroll policies and practices. Generally, payslips are distributed on the same day that employees receive their salaries. However, some companies may distribute them a few days before or after payday. It is important for you to be aware of your company’s salary slip distribution schedule so that you can plan accordingly. What to do if you find an error on your payslip If you spot an inaccuracy on your payslip, don’t hesitate to reach out to your employer’s payroll or human resources department. Offer the specifics of the error and any relevant documentation, such as prior payslips or bank statements. The payroll department will investigate and ensure the necessary adjustments are made. How Long to Retain Payslips It is recommended to keep your payslips for at least one year, as they may be required for various purposes such as tax filing, applying for loans, or calculating your average income. Some individuals may choose to keep their payslips for a longer period for their own records and financial management purposes. What details are usually found on a payslip? A payslip typically includes the following information: – Employee information: name, employee ID, contact information – Pay period: start date and end date of the pay period – Gross salary: total earnings before deductions – Deductions: various deductions such as taxes, social security contributions, health insurance premiums, etc. – Net pay: the amount of salary paid to the employee after all deductions have been made – Employer information: name, contact information, employer identification number Can I use my payslip as proof of income? Absolutely. Your payslip is a valuable document that can be used to confirm your income when applying for a loan, renting an apartment, or obtaining a visa. It provides a clear and verifiable record of your earnings and deductions. Financial Services CRM and payslip generator at LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud is a cloud-based financial services CRM software that delivers a complete, 360-degree view of your customers and their needs. It includes features such as lead management, opportunity management, account management, and customer service. It also offers integrations with other LIKE.TG products and third-party applications. This helps financial services companies to improve customer service, increase sales, and reduce costs. Let’s break down the features: Lead Management: Track, generate and manage leads from various sources, such as online forms, phone calls, and referrals. Opportunity Management: Manage your sales pipeline and track the progress of deals. Account Management: Get a centralised view of customer accounts, including contact information, account history, and open opportunities. Customer Service: Track and resolve customer issues and requests. Beyond these core capabilities, Financial Services Cloud offers a suite of features tailored to the financial services industry. These include: * Compliance management: Assisting financial services companies in meeting regulatory requirements and industry standards. * Wealth management software: Equips you with the tools to manage your investments and monitor your financial progress. * Insurance: Features for managing insurance policies and claims. * Lending: Equips you with the tools to create and manage loan applications and monitor loan performance. Financial Services Cloud is a robust CRM platform designed to elevate your customer service, boost sales, and streamline operations. By offering a comprehensive, unified view of your customers across all channels and business lines, Financial Services Cloud empowers your financial advisors to provide personalised, efficient service to their clients. Discover what a salary slip or payslip entails, including its importance for managing finances, tax filing, budgeting, and applying for loans.

					LIKE.TG Report: Teams Tap AI and Data to Drive Revenue as Service Expectations Rise
LIKE.TG Report: Teams Tap AI and Data to Drive Revenue as Service Expectations Rise
Both service and field service organisations are increasing their investment in AI to meet rising customer expectations and unlock revenue-generating opportunities, according to new research fromLIKE.TG’s sixthState of Servicereport. Gathering insights from over 5,500 service professionals in 30 countries, theState of Servicereport highlights the priorities, challenges, and strategies shaping customer service in the AI era. “Service and field service teams are getting more proactive and productive with the power of data and AI,” said Kishan Chetan, EVP and General Manager ofService Cloud. “They’re deflecting more issues with smarter self-service. And they’re devoting more time and energy to generating revenue — pointing to a fundamental shift in their role within the business.” Service organisations double down on revenue generation The trend ofviewing service as a revenue driverinstead of a cost centre is accelerating. Eighty-five percent of service decision makers now say their teams are expected to contribute a larger slice of revenue over the coming year through upselling, cross-selling, and customer retention. This parallels a jump in the number of organisations tracking service-driven revenue — from 51% in 2018 to 91% in 2024. The strategic emphasis on revenue generation is fueling bigger budgets and larger teams. Overall, service decision makers expect budgets to grow by an average of 23% over the next year. Meanwhile, over three-quarters (76%) anticipate expanding their headcount. Agents and mobile workers face mounting pressure With88% of customers sayinggood service makes them more likely to purchase from the same company again, it’s clear that customer experience is key to driving revenue. However, delivering on expectations isn’t as simple as in years past: 86% of agents and 74% of mobile workers say customer expectations are getting higher. 81% of agents and 76% of mobile workers say customers expect more of a personal touch. This may be why service decision makers cite keeping up with changing customer expectations as their organisations’ top challenge. One expectation is especially tricky. Over half of customers (53%) — and nearly three-quarters of business buyers (73%) — want companies topredict their needsbefore they arise. However, there’s a disconnect between what businesses think they’re doing and what customers actually experience. While 61% of service teams believe they are proactive in addressing issues, only a third of customers (33%) agree that companies generally anticipate and act on their needs ahead of time. On top of increasingly sophisticated demands from customers, 76% of service organisations anticipate higher case volumes in the year ahead. The risk of burnout or failure in this scenario is a major factor for agents, who are already stretched thin. Organisations lean into AI, automation, and data to boost efficiency, sales AI and automation may present solutions for over-burdened agents tasked with revenue generation. Currently, agents spend just 39% of their time servicing customers amid competing demands like internal meetings, administrative tasks, and manually logging case notes. Ninety-three percent of service professionals at organisations with AI say the technologysaves them time. By responding to simple queries and crafting self-helpknowledge articles, AI clears the way for human agents to focus on more fulfilling and higher value work, such as building customer relationships and resolving complex cases. At companies with AI, 88% of agents cite building customer relationships as a key responsibility. Meanwhile, just 75% of agents say this at organisations without AI. Service organisations also report using AI to directly help with revenue generation by providing intelligent recommendations and offers to agents. Savvy service organisations are taking note of the promise AI and another efficiency driver, automation can bring. Currently, 79% of organisations have invested in AI while 81% use workflow or process automation. Looking ahead, 83% of decision makers plan to increase their AI investments over the next year, with the same amount planning to boost automation investments. For both AI and employees, personalising service interactions requires customer knowledge, which often is drawn from many different data sources. Empowering AI and employees with a complete view is a clear priority for decision makers, 83% of whom plan to boost investments in data integration over the next year. Existing investments appear to be paying off. As AI, automation, and data capabilities mature, organisations are getting better at striking the right balance between service speed and quality — a notoriously difficult challenge. In 2022, 76% of agents cited juggling these competing priorities as difficult, but that percentage dropped to 69% in this year’s report. More information Readthe full State of Service report Exploremore top generative AI statistics Registerfor our upcomingState of Servicewebinar Trythis interactive calculator to learn about Service Cloud ROI Methodology LIKE.TG conducted a double-anonymous survey of over 5,500 professionals in roles including service operations, service agents, mobile workers, service managers/directors, and service leadership/head of service. Respondents were sourced from 30 countries and five continents. The data was collected between December 8, 2023, and January 22, 2024.

					JIT Inventory Defined: A 2024 Guide to Just-in-Time Inventory
JIT Inventory Defined: A 2024 Guide to Just-in-Time Inventory
Just-in-time (JIT) inventory management is a streamlined inventory management philosophy that aims to minimise inventory waste and optimise production efficiency. The Toyota Production System, developed by Eiji Toyoda and Taiichi Ohno in post-World War II Japan, was created by Japanese industrial engineers to minimise resource consumption and add value to the product. By producing goods only as needed, JIT helps businesses reduce holding costs, improve cash flow, and free up valuable storage space. This article takes a closer look into the intricacies of JIT inventory management, exploring its methodology, advantages, and potential drawbacks. It also addresses common questions and considerations for businesses contemplating the adoption of JIT and time inventory management techniques. What Is Just-in-Time (JIT) in Inventory Management? The Just-in-Time (JIT) is an efficient approach that aims to revolutionise the way businesses handle their inventory. JIT operates on a fundamental principle: producing goods only when they are needed, thereby slashing inventory waste and optimising production processes. This demand-driven strategy hinges on accurate forecasting and seamless collaboration with suppliers, ensuring that the right products reach the right place at the right time. By adopting JIT, companies can reap a wealth of benefits. First and foremost, it leads to significant reductions in inventory costs. With less inventory sitting in warehouses, businesses can free up valuable capital, allowing them to invest in other areas of their operations. Furthermore, JIT enhances cash flow by minimising the amount of cash tied up in inventory. Instead, companies can use their cash to fund other essential business activities, such as marketing and expansion. Another advantage of JIT is the efficient use of space. By keeping inventory levels lean, businesses can optimise their storage facilities and allocate space more effectively. This can lead to reduced rental costs and increased operational efficiency. JIT fosters a culture of continuous improvement within the organisation. By constantly striving to minimise waste and optimise processes, companies can enhance their overall productivity and quality. However, it’s important to acknowledge that JIT is not without its challenges. One potential risk lies in the bullwhip effect, which refers to the tendency for small fluctuations in demand to amplify as they move upstream in the supply chain. This can lead to disruptions and inefficiencies if not managed effectively. JIT also requires a high level of coordination and trust between a company and its suppliers. Any disruptions in the supply chain can have a ripple effect, impacting production schedules and customer satisfaction. Despite these challenges, the JIT process remains a powerful inventory management strategy when implemented effectively. By carefully considering the demand patterns, supplier reliability, and production capabilities, companies can harness the full potential of JIT and achieve remarkable improvements in efficiency, cost reduction, and customer satisfaction. Just-in-Time (JIT) Inventory Management Explained Just-in-time (JIT) inventory management is a method of managing inventory that seeks to minimise inventory waste by producing goods only as needed. This is in contrast to traditional inventory management methods, which involve keeping a large stock of unsold inventory, on hand in order to meet customer demand. JIT is based on the idea that it is more efficient to produce goods only when they are needed, rather than to produce them in advance and store them in inventory. This can help companies reduce their inventory costs, improve their cash flow, and free up space in their warehouses. JIT can be a very effective inventory management method, but it is not without its risks. One of the biggest risks of a JIT system is that it can lead to stockouts, which can occur if there is a sudden increase in demand for a product. Stockouts can damage a company’s reputation and lead to lost sales. Another risk of JIT is that it can make it difficult for companies to respond to changes in demand. If demand for a product increases, a company may not be able to produce enough of the product to meet demand. This can lead to lost sales and dissatisfied customers. Despite these risks, JIT can be a very effective inventory management method for companies that are able to manage their inventory levels effectively. JIT can help companies reduce their costs, improve their cash flow, and free up space in their warehouses. Advantages of JIT Inventory Management Just-in-time (JIT) inventory management offers a unique approach that streamlines operations and provides several advantages for businesses. One of the key benefits is cost reduction, achieved by producing goods only as needed. This eliminates the burden of holding excess inventory, minimising storage, insurance, and obsolescence costs. JIT improves cash flow by reducing tied-up capital in inventory, freeing up resources for investments in growth and innovation. Space optimisation is another advantage of JIT inventory management. With reduced inventory levels, businesses can allocate previously occupied storage areas for other productive purposes, such as expanding production or enhancing customer service. This leads to increased efficiency and overall productivity. JIT also enhances responsiveness to customer demand. By aligning production with real-time demand, companies can adapt swiftly to market fluctuations. This agility enables businesses to meet customer expectations promptly, providing a competitive edge in delivering the right products at the right time. However, it’s essential to acknowledge potential risks associated with JIT inventory management. The bullwhip effect of inventory control, a phenomenon where minor shifts in customer demand trigger significant changes in production and inventory levels, can disrupt operations. This may result in stockouts, shortages, lost sales, and dissatisfied customers. Furthermore, JIT demands seamless coordination and trust between businesses and their suppliers. Delays or disruptions in the supply chain can have cascading effects on the entire production process. Despite these challenges, JIT inventory management offers significant benefits when implemented effectively. By minimising costs, optimising cash flow, maximising space utilisation, and ensuring customer responsiveness, the JIT inventory system empowers businesses to achieve operational excellence and sustained profitability. JIT Inventory Methodology Just-in-time (JIT) inventory management is a production strategy that aims to minimise inventory by producing goods only as needed. This approach contrasts with traditional manufacturing methods, which involve producing goods in advance and storing them in inventory until they are sold. JIT inventory management can help businesses reduce costs associated with holding inventory, such as storage costs, insurance, and spoilage. It can also help businesses improve cash flow by reducing the amount of money tied up in inventory. One of the key principles of JIT inventory management is to establish a close relationship with suppliers. JIT manufacturers rely on their suppliers to deliver goods on time and in the exact quantities needed. This requires a high level of trust and cooperation between the manufacturer and its suppliers. JIT manufacturers also typically use electronic data interchange (EDI) systems to automate the ordering and receiving of goods. EDI systems help to ensure that orders are accurate and that goods are delivered on time. Another key principle of JIT inventory management is to minimise waste. JIT manufacturers strive to eliminate all forms of waste in the manufacturing process, including waste of materials, labour, and time. This can be achieved through a variety of methods, such as using lean manufacturing techniques, reducing setup times, and improving quality control. JIT inventory management can be a very effective way to reduce costs and improve cash flow. However, it is important to note that JIT inventory management can also be risky. If there are any disruptions in the supply chain, JIT manufacturers can quickly run out of stock. This can lead to lost sales and customer dissatisfaction. Overall, JIT inventory management is a complex and challenging strategy, but it can be very rewarding for businesses that can implement it successfully. Why Use JIT Inventory Management? JIT inventory management offers several advantages that make it an attractive option for businesses seeking to optimise their operations. Reduced Inventory Holding Costs: One of the most significant benefits of JIT inventory management is the reduction in inventory holding costs. By minimising the amount of inventory on hand, businesses can save on costs associated with storage, insurance, and handling storing inventory. This can lead to substantial cost savings, particularly for businesses that deal with large volumes of inventory. Improved Cash Flow: JIT inventory management also helps improve cash flow by reducing the amount of capital tied up in inventory. This can free up cash that can be used for other purposes, such as investing in growth opportunities or paying down debt. Improved cash flow can lead to greater financial flexibility and stability for businesses. Reduced Risk of Stock Obsolescence: With JIT inventory management, businesses produce goods only as needed, which reduces the risk of stock becoming obsolete. This is especially important for businesses that operate in fast-changing markets or deal with products that have a short shelf life. By minimising the risk of obsolescence, businesses can avoid losses and maintain profitability. Increased Responsiveness to Customer Demand: JIT inventory management enables businesses to respond more quickly to changes in customer demand. By producing goods only as needed, businesses can adjust their production schedules to meet market demands more effectively. This can lead to increased customer satisfaction, improved sales, and a competitive advantage. Enhanced Overall Supply Chain Efficiency: JIT inventory management promotes collaboration and coordination throughout the entire supply chain. It encourages businesses to work closely with their suppliers to ensure that goods are delivered on time and in the exact quantities needed. This collaboration can lead to improved supply chain efficiency, reduced lead times, and better overall performance. Lower production costs: By reducing the amount of inventory on hand, JIT inventory management can help companies reduce their production costs. This is because companies do not need to invest as much money in raw materials and finished goods. Disadvantages of Just-in-Time Inventory Techniques While JIT inventory management can offer significant benefits, there are also some potential drawbacks to consider. One major disadvantage is the increased risk of stockouts and production delays. with JIT inventory systems, manufacturers rely on their suppliers to deliver goods on time and in the exact quantities needed. If a supplier experiences a disruption, it can cause a ripple effect that leads to production delays and stockouts. Stockouts can lead to lost sales and damage to customer relationships. Another disadvantage of JIT inventory management is increased vulnerability to supply chain disruptions. JIT manufacturers have little inventory to fall back on if there is a disruption in the supply chain. This can make them more vulnerable to events such as natural disasters, strikes, or transportation delays. Higher transportation costs can also be a disadvantage of JIT inventory management. JIT manufacturers often rely on frequent, small shipments to keep inventory levels low. This can lead to higher transportation costs compared to traditional inventory management methods. The potential for increased waste is another disadvantage of JIT inventory management. JIT manufacturers strive to eliminate all forms of waste, but there is always the potential for waste to occur. For example, if a supplier delivers goods that are not up to standard, they may have to be scrapped. Finally, JIT inventory management can be more difficult to manage and control than traditional inventory management methods. JIT manufacturers must have a high level of coordination between their production, purchasing, and logistics departments. They must also have a robust system for customer orders, tracking inventory levels and managing supplier relationships. Questions to Ask If You Are Considering JIT Inventory Management Before adopting JIT inventory management, companies should conduct a thorough assessment of their operations and capabilities to determine if JIT is the right fit for them. Here are some key questions to ask during the decision-making process: Is your supply chain reliable? JIT inventory management heavily relies on timely deliveries from suppliers. If your suppliers have a history of delays or inconsistencies, JIT may not be feasible. Assess the reliability and track record of your suppliers to ensure they can consistently meet your demands. Can your suppliers meet your quality standards? JIT inventory management requires high-quality inputs to avoid production disruptions and customer dissatisfaction. Evaluate the quality control processes and standards of your suppliers to ensure they align with your expectations. Establish clear quality agreements and conduct regular supplier audits to maintain quality consistency. Do you have the flexibility to adjust production schedules? JIT inventory management demands agility and responsiveness to changing customer demands. Analyse your production processes and determine if you have the capability to quickly adjust production schedules based on real-time demand signals. Consider factors such as equipment flexibility, workforce adaptability, and raw material availability. Can you afford the risk of stockouts? JIT inventory management operates with minimal inventory buffers, increasing the risk of stockouts. Assess your business’s tolerance for stockouts and the potential impact on customer satisfaction, revenue, and reputation. Consider the criticality of your products and the lead times required to replenish inventory. Do you have the necessary inventory management systems? JIT inventory management requires robust inventory management systems to track inventory levels, manage supplier relationships, and optimise production schedules. Evaluate your current inventory systems, and processes to ensure they can support JIT implementation. Invest in technology and software solutions that provide real-time visibility, data analytics, and automated replenishment capabilities. By carefully considering these questions and conducting a thorough analysis of your business operations, you can make an informed decision on whether JIT inventory management is the right strategy for your company. Implementing JIT successfully requires a comprehensive understanding of your supply chain, production capabilities, inventory system, and risk tolerance. JIT Inventory Management FAQs How does JIT affect customer service? After all, if you don’t have enough inventory on hand, won’t that lead to longer wait times and unhappy customers? The answer is not necessarily. In fact, JIT can actually improve customer service by reducing the risk of stockouts and ensuring that customers receive fresh, high-quality products. Is JIT suitable for all businesses? The answer is that it depends on the specific business. JIT is best suited for businesses that have a stable demand for their products, reliable suppliers, and the ability to adjust production schedules quickly. However, JIT can be challenging for businesses that experience unpredictable demand, have long lead times, or operate in highly competitive markets. JIT risks of stockouts? If a supplier fails to deliver goods on time, it can lead to a stockout, which can have a negative impact on customer service and sales. To mitigate this risk, JIT businesses must have strong relationships with their suppliers and develop contingency plans for dealing with disruptions in the supply chain. How to implement JIT successfully? There are a number of steps that businesses can take to implement JIT, including establishing close relationships with suppliers, minimising waste, using inventory management software, and educating employees about JIT principles.

					STP Marketing Strategy: Comprehensive Guide
STP Marketing Strategy: Comprehensive Guide
Introduction to STP (Segmentation, Targeting, Positioning) There’s a common saying in the business world, “If you try to be everything to everyone, you’ll end up becoming nothing to anyone.” Far too often, businesses fall into the trap of positioning their product(s) as something that ‘everyone’ benefits from. Their rationale is this: if they cast their net wide enough, they’re bound to catch enough customers soon. This approach is flawed in two ways- The company’s resources – budget and employees – get spread too thinly in chasing far-flung customer segments. It leads to brand dilution, where the company’s ‘real’ target customers stop seeing value in the brand. Think about it: you build a product or many products to solve a specific problem. Not all 7.9 billion people in the world would have that problem. Even if your product is something as essential as a toothbrush, it has to stand out from the existing toothbrushes in the market in some way to bring in sales. Say, from the media and your conversations with friends you notice that an increasingly large number of people are moving towards sustainable living. You strike up this idea of creating toothbrushes out of bamboo shoots. At the very outset, you plan to target all the toothbrush users by positioning your product as an environmental-friendly alternative to plastic brushes. This strategy is going to create a negligible impact, almost like a drop in the ocean. This is because 85% of your audience doesn’t care for sustainable living. While you could still go after them by creating awareness, you need to first educate them on the adverse effects of using plastic on the environment. Tell them how your product addresses the issue, and finally, how it benefits the customer individually. This is a long-drawn process that can strain your time and budget while giving minimal returns. You’d fare better targeting the other 15% – people who are already looking for sustainable alternatives. They’re already aware of ‘why’ they need your product, so you can go ahead and directly pitch it to them. By skipping the motions, you save on resources and use them where they are needed the most. Also, since your target’s needs are aligned with your product offering, the customer acquisition cost is low. The above scenario is an apt use case for the segmentation, targeting, and positioning model of marketing. Now that we have some context, let’s dive deeper into what the segmentation, targeting, and positioning (STP) model is. What Is STP marketing? Segmentation, targeting, and positioning (STP) is a marketing model that redefines whom you market your products to, and how. It makes your marketing communications more focused, relevant, and personalised for your customers. In short, STP is a marketing approach where you segment your audience, target the best-fit audience segments for your product, and position your product to capture your target segment effectively. The STEP Formula The easiest way to remember the STP model is through the STEP formula, which is A closer look at this formula tells us that the product positioning for each target segment is different. This forms the essence of the STP (Segmentation, Targeting, and Positioning) marketing model. Let’s take a closer look at each of these parts of segmentation, targeting and positioning. Segmentation: Identifying Your Market When you start creating a GTM strategy for your product, you have an idea of who your audience is. You can target the entire group that fits the broad definition of your audience, but chances are a generic message may fail to resonate with a huge chunk of that group. Segmenting the audience into smaller groups based on specific attributes gives you better clarity on who benefits the most out of your product and how. With this clarity, you can make your messages more focused and relevant to target groups. While you can segment your audience using any criteria that best suits your business, the below criteria are commonly used: How do you get started with segmentation? To perform audience segmentation, you first need to know about your audience. Solutions such as LIKE.TG CDP (Customer Data Platform) allow you to unify data from across touchpoints – like sales, service, marketing – and use Artificial Intelligence (AI) to mine richer audience insights from it. You can enrich this with first-party data from other platforms like social media, websites, customer forums, etc. This helps marketers build a single, comprehensive view of all audiences using a central, user-friendly interface. With an accurate population count and AI-enabled features, you can create highly targeted and customised audience segments. Segmentation gets you better results even when you’re nurturing your existing subscribers. Using tools like LIKE.TG’s Email Studio, you can segment your current subscribers’ list based on their profiles and send targeted email campaigns, improving your open and click rates. Segmenting your existing customer base also helps you make an informed guess about your larger audience. By extrapolating current customer data, you can identify potential audience segments and build your marketing strategy around them. Segmentation with an example Suppose your product is plant-based milk. Your general audience is people who want to move away from dairy-based products. You can segment this audience into two categories: Segment A: people who are looking at dairy-free alternatives for lifestyle purposes, typically high-income groups. Segment B: lactose-intolerant people looking for other options. The message you use for these two segments is obviously going to be different from each other. Using tools like Data Studio, you can further segment the above two segments into groups that already use a competitor product and those that don’t. You can then hone your messaging according to it. Targeting: Reaching the Right Audience The next step in the STP model is targeting. This is the stage where you decide which segments you created during the segmentation phase are worth pursuing. You should ideally consider the below criteria to choose your targetable segments: Size: Your audience segments must have enough potential customers to be worth marketing to. If your segments are too small, you may not get enough conversions to justify your marketing efforts. Difference: There should be a measurable difference between any two segments. The lack of it leads to unnecessary duplication of efforts. Reachability: The segments should be accessible to your sales and marketing teams and not be marred by technical or legal complications. Profitability: The segment should have a low-to-medium customer acquisition cost (CAC) while bringing in high returns, i.e., the audience must be willing to spend money on your product. Benefits: Different benefits attract different segments. In our plant-based milk example, Segment A would go for cruelty-free while Segment B for dairy-free. Knowing which audience segments to target comes from having all-around visibility of those segments in one place. This makes comparing segments and weighing the pros and cons of targeting some segments over others easier. In our example of plant-based milk, you’ve determined through research that veganism is all the rage, and roughly 60% of the people are searching for dairy-free alternatives. You also discover that approximately 80% of the people in your chosen demographic are lactose intolerant. Though the audience size is more significant in the second segment, you’re likely to get more returns when you go after the first segment as it consists of high-income groups who are ready to pay a premium for quality lifestyle-changing products. LIKE.TG CDP helps unify such audience and customer data from multiple sources to get more comprehensive insights. With more data and insights, segmenting and targeting your audiences becomes much more precise and granular. Then, you can translate all of this data into action by using a tool like Journey Builder to create highly personalised and relevant journeys throughout customer lifecycles. Positioning: Differentiating Your Brand The final stage of the STP model, positioning, is where you use the insights gained from segmentation and targeting to decide how you’re going to communicate your product to chosen audience segments. While segmentation and targeting are about customers, positioning is about your product from the customer’s perspective. You can consider positioning as the bridge that connects your product with the audience. This is the stage where you perform competitor analysis, figure out your value proposition, and communicate that to your customers. Based on what your brand stands for, you can position your product in several ways. If you’re in the luxury market, you can appeal to the ‘desire for prestige’ among customers by positioning yourself as a status symbol. Or, if you fall in the budget category, you could differentiate yourself by offering more benefits to your target at a lower cost than your competitors. The best way to approach positioning is by drawing a Product Positioning Map that has two key market attributes as its axes and plotting your competitors and you in it. This will give you a clear picture of how you stack up against your competition and where you should place your product to maximise profits. How to make STP marketing actually work Now that you’ve narrowed down your market, sharpened your segments, and have an attack plan, all that’s left to do is craft and deliver your message. This is where a core concept – personalisation – comes in. Looking back, the entire segmentation, targeting, and postioning model is geared towards making marketing personalised for customers, so your message and the channels through which you communicate it should reflect that. Luckily, some solutions help you meet customers where they are and drive personalised, 1-to-1 engagement with them. LIKE.TG Marketing Cloud offers a product suite that enables marketers to hyper-personalise every interaction across channels. Here’s how: LIKE.TG CDP allows you to unify all your customer data and build finer audience segmentation for better targeting With Email Studio, you can segment your subscribers using drag-and-drop, and deliver 1-1 marketing messages Social Studio lets you listen to customer conversations about your brand on social channels and engage and support customers on their preferred channels Using Advertising Studio, you can launch paid digital advertising to create 1-1 customer experiences Interaction Studio allows you to manage all your marketing interactions in real time so you can offer a personalised experience across touchpoints Journey Builder enables you to create personalised experiences at every touchpoint and stage of the customer lifecycle You can drive higher RoI by using Datorama‘s analytics and reporting features With Pardot, you can build greater sales and marketing alignment to perform personalised, automated marketing at scale Manage all your mobile messaging efforts using Mobile Studio Delight and engage your best customers with Loyalty Management Combine the power of LIKE.TG and Google by integrating Google Analytics 360 into Marketing Cloud Benefits of STP marketing Improved engagement: Because you’re targeting precise audience segments with personalised messages, your audience finds you relevant and is more likely to engage and convert. Reduced marketing costs: Since you’re going after only those segments with a high potential return on investment, you’re no longer wasting your budget on channels and segments that don’t work. More robust product: Because you know precisely whom you’re pitching your product to, you can make improvements based on feedback from that audience segment, fostering focused product innovation. STP case studies Apple Apple has nailed the STP model. It positions itself as a lifestyle, targeting those audience segments with a keen design aesthetic, who want to stand out from the crowd, and are well-off. Apple follows a “closed” software ecosystem with an emphasis on security. In doing so, it creates an aura of exclusivity that makes people feel privileged to own Apple products. Apple’s STP model works so well that the brand name has become synonymous with expensive, high-performance, luxury gadgets. McDonald’s McDonald’s name evokes images of a family with kids enjoying a ‘happy meal’ of burgers, fries, and Coke. McDonald’s target audience is low to middle-income segments, and it positions itself as an accessible, budget-friendly brand, consciously staying away from the luxury fine-dining market. You can find a McDonald’s on almost every street, which is a sign of its accessibility. Apart from segmenting its audience by their income, McDonald’s also does geographic segmentation quite well. It customises its menu for each country based on cultural preferences, making it more appealing to its target audience segments. Godrej Group Godrej Group is a very popular and trusted Indian company that is serving customers across product categories – from household goods to real estate. Every Indian household is aware of Godrej’s products like furniture and locks. But to engage and make aware customers of other product categories as well, Godrej has adopted social listening as a tactic to identify what their target audiences are talking and reading about. They are using audiences’ content consumption patterns to shape their content marketing strategies in a manner that deliver maximum engagement and awareness. Coca-Cola Coca-Cola is one brand that has the entire world as its market. But it also has cut-throat competition in the form of another brand, Pepsi. To gain a competitive edge over Pepsi, it introduced new variants such as Diet Coke and Coke Zero to target niche, health-conscious audience segments. It also brought in more flavoured variants to target the younger, experiential population. Beyond segmentation and targeting, Coca-Cola positions itself as a drink that brings families and friends together. This is evident from its advertisements, which typically feature get-togethers, festivals, and celebrations in which Coke plays an integral role. How to create an STP model for your business: Implementation strategy We’ve covered the basics of the STP marketing model with benefits and examples. Now, it’s time to get down to the brass tacks; that is, see how you can implement a segmentation, targeting, and positioning model for your business step-by-step. Step 1: Define your market The world may be your market, but breaking it down into manageable segments is how you conquer it. To know the market segment in which you can hit the bullseye, you start by defining your Total Available Market (TAM), Serviceable Available Market (SAM), and Serviceable Obtainable Market (SOM). Let’s look at what each of these is: Total Available Market (TAM): TAM is the total market demand for a product or service. In other words, it’s the biggest available market for the brand. TAM is the maximum revenue that a business can generate if it achieves 100% of its market share. Serviceable Available Market (SAM): SAM is a subset of TAM, that is, a portion of the total available market that fits your product or service. You can define SAM by geographical or product specialisation constraints. Serviceable Obtainable Market (SOM): SOM is a subset of SAM, that is, the segment of the serviceable available market that you can realistically reach after considering factors like product differentiation, budget, and competition. In the case of Coca Cola, its TAM is the entire beverage market, while its SAM would be soft drinks. Its SOM is the market that Pepsi does not capture. For Diet Coke, the SOM would be health-conscious, sugar-free drinkers. Step 2: Create audience segments Now that you know your market definition, you can segment the audience within that definition. You can segment the audience based on geography, demography, behaviour, or psychography, but ideally, a mix of all four can help you achieve clearly differentiated segments. The more segmentation layers or variables you add, the more delineated your segments would be. For example, suppose you’re selling a luxury makeup product. In that case, you can target high-income working women (demographics) in India (geography), who follow makeup handles on social media (behaviour) and are willing to spend money on premium makeup products (psychography). This kind of repeated layering and segmentation creates focused audience groups that you can target with hyper-personalised messages. Research by McKinsey found that companies that excel at personalisation generate 40% more revenue from those activities than average players. Step 3: Identify the more attractive segments Have all the segments data in one place and evaluate the attractiveness of each segment. You can use metrics like return on investment, segment size, and growth potential in your evaluation. Again, solutions like LIKE.TG Data Studio and CDP help gather data and get comprehensive visibility into different audience segments, improving segmentation. Step 4: Evaluate your competition With your audience segmentation sorted, it’s now time to look at your product and determine how it stacks up against your competition. Prepare a table that lists down all of your product capabilities and your competition’s, do a SWOT analysis, identify gaps, and figure out the most viable entry point into your desired customer segment. Step 5: Fix your positioning The groundwork on segmentation and targeting is now out of your way, so you can focus on positioning your product to grab the lion’s share of the market. You can follow any one or a mix of the following positioning strategies: Competitor-based positioning: where you show in what aspects better than your competitor. Consumer-based positioning: how well your product aligns with consumer needs. Price-based positioning: how you’re competitively priced and give customers more value for their money Benefit-based positioning: how your customers benefit from buying your product, either individually or over your competition. Attribute-based positioning: what your unique selling point or value proposition is, above and beyond benefits and price. Prestige-based positioning: how customers get a status boost from buying your product. Step 6: Determine your marketing mix The final step of the segmentation, targeting, and positioning model is to choose your ‘marketing mix’ that helps reinforce your positioning. The marketing mix consists of four Ps – Product, Price, Placement, and Promotions. Product represents factors like quality, benefits, features, design, services, support, availability, and edge over the competition. Price reflects what customers are willing to pay for the product. It covers list price, discounts, payment methods, etc. Pricing your product much lower than your competitor might fetch you immediate benefits but will be detrimental to revenue in the long run. Placement covers “where” your product is available. It includes ecommerce, physical stores, inventory, logistics, trade channels, etc. Promotion takes into account “how” your product reaches your customer. It covers marketing campaigns, advertising, public relations, sales promotions, word of mouth, influencer marketing, and so on. Conclusion STP model is a scientific, tried-and-tested marketing approach that helps businesses identify segments where they can indeed provide value, personalise their marketing communications, and reap sizeable profits. If you want to get started on your segmentation, targeting, and positioning journey, you could give solutions like the LIKE.TG Marketing Cloud a try. The products inside Marketing Cloud provide you deep insights about your audience, help you identify the most viable segments, and hyper-personalise communications across channels, leading to 1-1 customer connect.

					Sundry Debtors in Accounting
Sundry Debtors in Accounting
In accounting, sundry debtors refer to customers or entities who owe money to a business for goods or services they have purchased on credit. Also known as accounts receivable or trade debtors, sundry debtors play a crucial role in the financial management of a business. Unlike cash transactions where immediate payment is made, sundry debtors opt for credit terms and commit to settling the bill in the near future. Understanding who sundry debtors are, how they differ from accounts receivables, and their significance in maintaining healthy business operations is essential for businesses of all sizes. This article aims to provide a comprehensive overview of sundry debtors, their management, and their impact on the financial health of a business. Who are sundry debtors? When it comes to financial transactions, sundry debtors are the individuals or entities who owe a business a debt for goods or services acquired on credit. These debtors, often referred to as accounts receivable or trade debtors, represent an aspect of credit management, invoice, and financial accounting. An active debtor is a customer who has transitioned from being a cash-paying customer to owing money under agreed-upon terms. Sundry debtors typically comprise customers who have engaged in transactions with a business but have yet to fulfil their payment obligations. These unpaid dues are meticulously recorded as assets on the balance sheet, reflecting their significance in the financial health of the organisation. Effective management of sundry debtors is necessary for businesses seeking to maintain financial stability and ensure a steady cash flow. Through diligent tracking and monitoring of these accounts, businesses safeguard their financial interests and ensure prompt payment for the goods or services they provide. This practice is not a matter of financial prudence; it is the basis of operational success, enabling businesses to meet their financial commitments, invest in growth opportunities, and maintain a competitive edge in the marketplace. Beyond the financial implications, managing sundry debtors also involves building and maintaining relationships with customers. By fostering open lines of communication, offering flexible payment options, and addressing any concerns promptly, businesses can cultivate customer loyalty, enhance the value of their reputation, and ultimately drive business growth. Effective management of these accounts isn’t a financial imperative; it’s a strategic imperative that contributes to the long-term success and sustainability of any business enterprise. The sundry debtors promise to clear their outstanding dues in the near future, typically occurring on a credit basis with an obligation to pay in a specific period along with possible additional interest. Sundry Debtors Examples Sundry debtors can take many forms, depending on the nature of the business and its customer base. Some common examples of sundry debtors include: Customers who have purchased goods or services on credit from a business and have not yet paid for them. This is the most common type of sundry debtor. Individuals who have borrowed money from a business or financial institution and have not yet repaid the loan. Companies that have purchased goods or services from another person or business and have not yet paid for them. Government agencies that owe money to a business for the goods sold or services that have been provided. Employees who have been advanced salary or other payments that they have not yet repaid. Businesses in the printing industry that have sold printing supplies on credit and are awaiting payment from their customers. Transactions involving printing ink where the buyer has not yet paid, leading to the establishment of debtor-creditor relationships. These are just a few examples of the many types of sundry debtors that a business may encounter. It is important for businesses to track and manage their sundry debtors effectively to ensure that they receive payment immediately for the goods or services they have provided. How to distinguish between sundry debtors and accounts receivables Sundry debtors are short-term debts owed to a business, typically due within a year, while accounts receivables are all amounts owed to a business from customers for goods or services sold on credit, regardless of the due date. Sundry debtors are usually recorded in the current assets section of the balance sheet, while accounts receivables are recorded in the non-current assets section if they are due more than a year from the date of sale. Sundry debtors are typically managed through a credit control process, or credit basis which involves monitoring and managing the creditworthiness of customers and ensuring that payments are made on time. Accounts receivables, on the other hand, are managed through an accounts receivable process, which involves tracking and recording customer invoices, payments, and any related discounts or adjustments. While sundry debtors can include advances to suppliers, loans to employees, and other short-term debts, accounts receivables only include amounts owed from customers for goods or services sold on credit. This distinction is important for financial reporting purposes, as it allows businesses to accurately present their financial position and performance. By understanding the differences between sundry debtors and accounts receivables, businesses can effectively manage their credit risk and ensure that they receive payment for the goods or services they provide. This can lead to improved cash flow and overall financial health. Difference Between Sundry Debtors and Sundry Creditors In contrast to sundry debtors, sundry creditors are individuals or entities to whom a business owes money. They are also known as accounts payable or trade creditors. Sundry creditors can take many forms, such as suppliers who have provided goods or services to a business on credit and have not yet been paid, individuals who have lent money to a business or financial institution and have not yet received repayment, companies that have sold goods or services to another business and have not yet been paid, government agencies to which a business owes money for goods or services that have been received, and employees who have been paid salary or other payments in advance that they have not yet earned. Sundry creditors are recorded on the credit side of the balance sheet. While sundry debtors represent amounts owed to a business, sundry creditors represent amounts owed by a business. The management of sundry creditors involves accounts payable processes, while the management of sundry debtors involves credit control processes. By effectively managing both sundry debtors and sundry creditors, a business can maintain healthy financial relationships with its customers and suppliers and ensure the smooth operation of its financial activities. Why is it important to manage sundry debtors? It’s necessary for businesses to effectively manage their sundry debtors to ensure future financial stability and growth. Sundry debtors represent the revenue owed to a business by its customers for goods or services provided on credit. Efficient management of sundry debtors directly impacts a company’s cash flow, reduces the risk of bad debts, and enhances customer relationships. Effective management of sundry debtors enables businesses to optimise their cash flow by ensuring prompt payment from customers. By tracking and monitoring outstanding payments, businesses can take proactive measures to collect dues, reducing the risk of cash flow disruptions and improving overall financial liquidity. This allows companies to meet their financial obligations, make informed investment decisions, and maintain a healthy financial position. Minimising the risk of bad debts is another critical aspect of managing sundry debtors. Bad debts occur when customers fail to pay their dues, resulting in financial losses for the business. By implementing robust credit control processes, businesses can assess the creditworthiness of customers, set appropriate credit limits, and monitor payment patterns to identify potential risks. This proactive approach helps prevent bad debts and safeguards the financial health of the business. Effective management of sundry debtors also fosters positive customer relationships. When businesses demonstrate efficiency in handling accounts receivables and provide excellent customer service, it enhances customer satisfaction and loyalty. This, in turn, leads to repeat business and positive word-of-mouth referrals, contributing to the long-term growth and success of the organisation. Managing sundry debtors is essential for businesses to optimise cash flow, mitigate the risk of bad debts, and build strong customer relationships. By implementing effective credit control processes and monitoring payment patterns, businesses can ensure the financial stability and growth of their organisation. Sundry debtors in the balance sheet and trial balances In balance sheets, sundry debtors are presented within the current assets section. This categorisation aligns with their short-term nature, as they are expected to be settled within a year. Sundry debtors are also incorporated into a company’s trial balance. This document serves as a comprehensive listing of all balances in the general ledger, acting as a crucial step in the financial reporting process. When presented in the balance sheet, sundry debtors are typically reported net of any contra accounts, such as allowances for doubtful accounts. This adjustment accounts for the possibility that some such debtors may default on their payments, ensuring a more accurate representation of the business’s financial position. Effective management of sundry debtors plays a pivotal role in maintaining the financial health of a business. By ensuring prompt payment from customers, optimising cash flow, minimising bad debts, and fostering positive customer relationships, businesses can leverage sundry debtors to drive growth and profitability. Financial services CRM at LIKE.TG The financial services CRM at LIKE.TG can help businesses manage their sundry debtors effortlessly. It provides a centralised platform to track and manage all customer interactions, including sales, support, and marketing. With LIKE.TG, businesses can easily create and manage sundry debtor profiles, track and manage invoices and payments, and get real-time insights into their sundry debtor balances and ageing. This can help businesses streamline their sundry debtor management processes and improve their cash flow. In addition to its core CRM capabilities, LIKE.TG offers a number of industry-specific solutions, including LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud. This cloud-based solution is designed to meet the unique needs of financial services organisations, including banks, credit unions, and insurance companies. LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud includes a number of features that can help businesses manage their sundry debtors, including: *Account management:** LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud provides a comprehensive view of each customer’s account, including their contact information, account balances, and transaction history. This information can be used to create targeted marketing campaigns and improve customer service. *Opportunity management:** LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud helps businesses track and manage sales opportunities, from initial contact to close. This information can be used to identify and prioritise the most promising opportunities and improve sales productivity. *Customer service management:** LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud provides a centralised platform for managing customer service interactions, including phone calls, emails, and chats. This information can be used to resolve customer issues quickly and efficiently and improve customer satisfaction. LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud is a powerful tool that can help businesses manage their sundry debtors and improve their cash flow. By providing a centralised platform to track and manage all customer interactions, LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud can help businesses streamline their operations and improve their bottom line.

					Effective Sales Meeting Guide: 10 Steps with Agenda Template
Effective Sales Meeting Guide: 10 Steps with Agenda Template
As a sales leader, meetings with your whole team of reps can be a valuable health check for your business — but they can also waste salespeople’s valuable selling time. Make the time together count by developing the right agenda, sharing critical updates and fostering group discussion, while leaving simpler updates for email. Prepare for, refine and polish your next sales meeting agenda with the advice in this article. You’ll be running efficient meetings for your team in no time. What is a sales meeting? First off, let’s define a sales meeting. A sales meeting is an internal check-in between sales leaders and sales reps at a company. In contrast to an external-facing meeting, like a sales call or sales pitch, this meeting is for internal attendees only and meant to give sales team members the information they need to do their jobs well. Typically sales leaders (sales manager, director or head of sales, chief revenue officer) run the meeting and sales reps will attend. Leaders highlight important updates that could include: Current sales performance What’s top of mind for leaders Competitive insights What the team’s next priorities should be Your own meeting agendas will differ based on whether you’re running a weekly sales meeting, a quarterly review, an annual sales kick-off or something else. But these 10 tips will help you stay on track, show respect for your team, and be as efficient as possible in your sales meetings, no matter what you’re discussing. Agenda Simplification: Setting Goals for Effective Sales Meetings Make sure you and your team know what you’re meeting about in crystal-clear terms. For instance, is it a quick standup to discuss progress on a specific key performance indicator (KPI), or a critical end-of-quarter meeting to see who needs help closing deals? Don’t call your salespeople together without a clear agenda and a few simple objectives. Pulling salespeople into a meeting takes them away from combing through leads, putting together emails and pitch decks and, ultimately, growing revenue. Once you’ve developed your agenda and goals, decide who should speak to each topic. Work with the presenters in advance to answer these questions: Who will kick off the meeting? Who will present their screen, if needed? How will you handle transitions? Will you save questions for the end or answer them throughout? Is there a key call to action (CTA) you want every meeting attendee to take away? Send the agenda to attendees ahead of every meeting. It can be a loose outline, but this will show everyone that you’re focused on making solid use of their time. Tech Troubleshooting: Ensuring Smooth Operations in Sales Meetings Whether you’re presenting remotely or in person, work out any technological kinks in advance. Computer updates should be completed, software should be downloaded, and unnecessary programs or chats should be closed. You don’t want glitches eating into your time and derailing your meeting, so ask meeting presenters to meet a few minutes early to test the full set-up. That pre-work may only take 10 minutes, but it pays off. If it’s just you running the meeting, you can do the same thing on your own: test your equipment and go through the presenting motions just as you would during the real thing. Start and end on time Respect your team’s time by keeping the meeting on schedule. Sales reps meticulously plan their days so they can squeeze in the maximum number of customer calls and emails, so set the tone so that your meeting cadence reliably sticks to its time slot. If you’ve noticed that previous meetings have tended to go over time, consider saving questions or comments for designated moments in the meeting or reducing the number of topics each meeting covers. Regularly review your standard sales meeting agenda by asking for attendee feedback to learn which topics are most valuable. You don’t want to cut important conversations short, but you also need to keep an eye on time — it’s a delicate balance. Sales meeting agenda: sample template This template agenda is a good place to start. It’s packed with items, so you’ll need to make sure you’re disciplined in keeping to time. Meeting details Meeting date and time Attendees Brief the team: 5 minutes Company updates that affect the sales team Follow up on questions from the last meeting Team discusses their updates and obstacles: 10 minutes Discuss major leads Break down current metrics Status report List potential hurdles Amplify key wins: 5 minutes Praise sales reps who appreciate public recognition – make sure praise is for specific events Allow others to share appreciation Invite ideas, questions and innovation: 5 minutes Exchange thoughts and ideas Motivate and encourage the team Decide on next steps: 5 minutes Appoint individuals to take ownership of action points from meeting Set expectations for next meeting Close meeting Finding the Right Frequency for Sales Meetings Make every instance of your meeting count or risk your team joking that they survived another meeting that could have been an email. Indeed, email can be an effective, concise way to communicate with your team when it comes to quick company updates or plan changes. The timing and cadence for sales meetings is crucial. If you have a daily standup or other recurring meeting, consider pivoting to a less-frequent timeline if you notice you’re covering non-essential items. Alternatively, don’t feel pressured to meet every time you initially planned to meet. If you cancel a meeting when you didn’t have important updates to share, those bonus minutes given back to the team will be applied to meaningful work. Tell your team why you’re cancelling — “There are no important items for discussion today and I’m sure you could all use this time productively” — and your team will appreciate that you’re not holding meetings just for the sake of it. Brief the team As the leader, it’s your job to update the team on anything you’ve learned that might not have been passed on to them yet, especially if it’s been a while since you last met. Brief everyone on any pricing changes, sales forecasting updates, product news, leadership shifts, or other integral information that could affect how they sell. Follow up on any issues or questions from past meetings, too. This part of the sales meeting can run the risk of taking up a lot of time. If a topic has the potential to run too long, consider having a special meeting to tackle it. Open Discussions: Sharing Updates and Addressing Challenges in Sales When you’re all together in a sales meeting, it’s often helpful to have everyone share what’s working and what’s not. Touch base on leads and accounts, how key conversations are going, and everyone’s overall status report regarding hitting their quotas and KPIs. On top of progress, listen for any roadblocks. As a manager, if members of your team are hitting obstacles, you need to be aware so you can help clear the path for success. Once you know what’s going well and what needs additional focus, you can develop an action plan with individual team members or a larger group. Celebrating Wins: Recognising Successes Did a team member close a big deal? Surpass their quota six months in a row? Set aside time in your sales meeting agenda specifically to give them kudos. Most people appreciate being recognised, and it’s good for the entire organisation. Recognition is a good motivator for both the individual being recognised and the team as a whole. According to a survey from the Society for Human Resource Management (SHRM) and Globoforce, 68% of HR professionals believe employee recognition has a positive impact on retention, and 56% believe recognition programs help with recruitment. On top of that, employees who feel they’re regularly recognised by their employers are 109% more likely to stay with their organisation. Be specific in your praise, too. Saying you appreciate that someone took the time to onboard a client who needs more attention than usual will mean more than a generic ‘good job’ — and is far more instructive for other team members looking to improve their performance. Of course, not everyone likes being publicly singled out, so make sure you’re giving team members credit in the formats they prefer. You can vet this with each rep in one-on-one meetings. Make space for ideas, questions and collaboration Your sales meeting agendas should always include time to exchange thoughts as a group. These meetings aren’t only about what you want to communicate; they’re also a way for team members to learn from each other and build on each other’s best practices. For example, you exchange ideas on: Better sales and marketing or sales and service alignment Remote selling tips New positioning of your products or services Partnering with other peers or vendors in your industry Your competitors and how they’re selling, marketing or pricing their products Shaping goals for the next quarter or year Focus on topics that will be relevant to most salespeople in the meeting so they don’t start tuning out or attempting to multitask. Decide on next steps As you work through each item on your sales meeting agenda, clarify any action items and who’s responsible for following up each. No one should leave the meeting feeling ambiguous about next steps. Team members can be responsible for following up with their own prospects and customers. However, if there are other department-wide needs raised during the meeting, such as talking to the finance team about a new promotion or discussing a new lead-generation campaign with marketing, you should designate a point person. This way, important items won’t fall through the cracks. Make it clear which updates you want the team to bring to the next meeting. Motivate the team Sales can be hard. This profession requires patience, salespeople need to handle a lot of rejection, and mistakes will be made from time to time. Sometimes the market slows down and prospects just aren’t biting. No matter the reason why times are tough, the team as a whole — or individual sales reps — will struggle sometimes. During these times, it’s your opportunity as a leader to address issues head on and communicate authentically with the team. If you share why you’re still inspired and motivated about the team’s work, others will be motivated, too. Carve out time in your agenda to do that when times get tough. Even in easier times, fun and positive ways to motivate your team abound. You can introduce games and contests to celebrate what’s going well, and award unique prizes for different milestones. However you’re going, remember this simple fact — tough times don’t last, but tough sales teams do. For more advice and insights on sales leadership from the best in the business, download the 21 Pro Tips for Sales Leaders e-book and start transforming the way you sell. This article was updated in July 2022

					The Future of Personalisation: Creating Moments of Mutual Value With Data and AI
The Future of Personalisation: Creating Moments of Mutual Value With Data and AI
Customer indifference is at an all time high. Brand loyalty doesn’t exist in the same way it did in the past and customers want more than another email with a 20% offer. To put this in context, email and SMS volume has increased 70% over two years, and in-app messaging has seen a 283.3% increase. Yet, the performance of a typical promotional campaign is down 10-20%. These trends combined with declining ecommerce and a cookieless future all point to the need for a strategic shift in how marketers engage their customers. Our observations and studies of customer engagement data from some of the world’s biggest brands suggest a moment orientated growth strategy is key and the next step in marketing maturity. Embracing a moment orientated growth strategy Marketing has traditionally been channel or journey orientated and success has been measured the same way. However, looking at individual channels and conversion rates is not a customer-centric form of measurement. It’s also not as effective as delving into causality and understanding the cause-and-effect relationships between variables. A moment orientated growth strategy is different and focuses on engaging customers in very brief, and yet predictable periods in time. To better understand what we mean by moment orientated, it’s helpful to look at how we define personalisation: So what does this look like in practice? Imagine leaving a concert or sporting event and before you even get to your car or train, you receive an email to thank you for attending and to suggest related events you may want to attend in the future. Or imagine ordering a new pair of shoes online and the day they arrive, you receive an email to check if they’re the right fit and, if necessary, guide you through the return process. What we see with these use cases is how marketing is shifting from a model based on interruption to a model based on interception. Instead of interrupting the customer experience and degrading channel performance, marketers can intercede with moments of mutual value. These momentsstrengthen brand preference, loyalty, and advocacy, and can have acausal impact on customers’ future value to the brand. A new approach to marketing personalisation Every customer persona or value segment buys and behaves differently, and this is why personalisation is so hard. Personalisation engines—like Marketing Cloud Personalisation—can help but an effective personalisation strategy relies on a solid foundation of data. This is where Data Cloud comes in. It connects marketing, commerce, sales, service, revenue, and campaign performance data into unified profiles that marketers can use to quickly create target audience segments and activate them across channels. Data Cloud also enables identification of lookalike audiences and dynamic personalisation based on real-time signals and behaviours. Combining these capabilities with data science, you can start to predict customer behaviour and deliver those moments of mutual value that propel engagement and spend. Of course in doing all of this, it is crucial to strike the right balance between privacy and personalisation by implementing transparent privacy practices, obtaining informed consent, and using data responsibly. Taking data-driven marketing to new heights Marketers are already dipping their toes into the water when it comes to personalisation and creating meaningful moments to deepen customer relationships. The challenge is then shifting to a data-driven personalisation strategy that delivers trust, and adaptability at scale. Organisations also need help prioritising long-term customer equity goals with short-term revenue targets. Until now, efforts to scale personalisation have typically been deprioritised. However, with the emergence of Gen Y consumers and their ever-changing, sometimes erratic, buying behaviour, brands are experiencing a reckoning like never before. Slow and steady is no longer cutting it, and brands are being forced into more transformational efforts as they pertain to personalisation. In this new era, marketing requires a level of data science and application of machine learning and predictive analytics. So rather than marketing to audiences based solely on personas, you can tailor your strategy based on an understanding of how those personas engage with your brand. You can also observe and predict purchasing patterns, and intercede in those moments that most impact customer lifetime value. This includes the post- purchase phase where the experience a customer receives significantly influences their decision to purchase again. To do this effectively, marketing teams need data skills and also need to rethink how they measure customer experience and business outcomes. Creating a personalisation pod within your business can help. These pods bring together functional experts to focus on specific points in the customer lifecycle and develop use cases that can be applied to different products or divisions. In this way, you can start to really scale your personalisation strategy to unlock growth.

					Definitive Guide to Net Promoter Score
Definitive Guide to Net Promoter Score
What we will cover: What is the Net Promoter Score?Calculation of Net Promoter ScoreHow to judge whether a Net Promoter Score is good or badUnderstanding the limitations and potential of NPSHow can a business improve its Net Promoter Score?Net Promoter Score: Key facts and FAQs What is the Net Promoter Score? NPS is a benchmarking tool for customer satisfaction. The NPS method, which is based on a two-minute survey, gives insights about customer loyalty by measuring customers’ willingness to recommend a business to a friend or acquaintance. NPS differs from other related benchmarks, such as the customer satisfaction score, by indicating a customer’s general sentiment about a brand as opposed to their opinion on particular interactions or purchases. Because of this, it crops up frequently in discussions aboutcustomer experience. In addition, net promoter score is a standard benchmark used by companies worldwide. This makes it a good way for businesses to gauge their performance as compared to their competitors. Calculation of Net Promoter Score Step One: Determine the number of promoters, passives and detractors The calculation of net promoter score is based on a two-minute questionnaire that asks customers to rate how likely they would be to promote a brand to their friends and acquaintances. “On a scale of 0-10, how likely is it that you would recommend us to friends, colleagues or business associates?” This basic question (give or take slight variations in wording) is the one upon which all net promoter score calculations are based. The survey participant is most often asked to provide a rating on a scale of 0-10. According to the number they choose, they are placed in one of the following three categories: 1. Promoters Promoters are people who assign a score from 9-10. They are deemed more likely to exhibit behaviours that generate value, such as buying more, returning to the brand over a long period and referring more people. They have what is known as a high “lifetime value”. 2. Passives Passives are people who give a score of 7 or 8. They are considered to be moderately satisfied. They might remain loyal to the brand, but also have the potential to switch allegiance to a competitor if the conditions are right. They won’t make special efforts to refer a prospect. 3. Detractors Detractors give a score between 0 and 6. They are (usually) actively dissatisfied customers who have the potential to damage your brand reputation through negative reviews, social media interactions or word-of-mouth. To calculate the net promoter score, you simply deduct the percentage of detractors from the percentage of promoters. The worst possible score – i.e., the score that would be achieved if every customer was a detractor, is -100. The best is 100. However, both of these scores are highly unlikely in real life. Passives count toward the total number of respondents, which decreases the percentage of detractors and promoters equally. This drives the overall score towards 0. Step Two: Drill down into the net promoter score To enable companies to drill down from the broader insight provided by the NPS, they are encouraged to follow the main question with a request that draws out the customer’s reasons. These questions might, for example, ask about a customer’s opinion on the customer service they have received. The responses can be translated into follow-up action and coaching measures. Since it can be tricky to analyse open-ended feedback objectively, companies often provide rating scales for these additional questions, too. The additional questions help companies understand the relative contribution of individual products, services and business areas to the NPS. Sample Net Promoter Score Calculation Let’s imagine a scenario where a company surveys 200 of its customers with the standard NPS question. Remember that the purpose of NPS to find out about general customer sentiment, so this question shouldn’t be targeted towards a particular product. After the responses are totalled, 125 of the respondents are promoters, 42 are passive and 33 are detractors. The first step is to calculate these amounts as percentage values: Promoters = ((200 – (42 + 33))/200) x 100 = 62%Passive = ((200 – (125 + 33))/200) x 100 = 21%Detractors = ((200 – (125 + 42 ))/200) x 100 = 16.5%Then, we apply the net promoter score formula:Company NPS = %Promoters – %DetractorsCompany NPS = 62.5 – 16.5 = 46 The interpretation of NPS is highly complex and context-dependent. To find out more, see the section “How can I judge whether a net promoter score is good or bad?”. Why measure net promoter score? As mentioned earlier, the NPS methodology is primarily intended to measure customer loyalty to a company or brand – in other words, how likely they are to buy again, act as a brand ambassador and resist pressure to defect. This last point can also be expressed as “churn rate” – that is, the likelihood of them cancelling a subscription or not repurchasing. This is important because it is cheaper to retain a customer than acquire a new one. There are a number of ways in which measuring NPS can be beneficial for your company. Closing the feedback loop: The net promoter system gives companies a chance to “close the loop” – that is, to go vertical and gather more information from respondents. It also gives them chance to change a negative impression. Since an NPS survey only takes a minute of a customer’s time, it’s relatively easy to get them to engage. Easy to use: You don’t need to be a trained statistician to administer an online NPS poll. In a similar vein, the survey is intuitive and simple for customers to complete. You can send it to them via email or include it on your website as a pop-up after a transaction. The formula can be calculated with a basic spreadsheet. A common language for the customer conversation: By breaking down customers down into promoters, passives and detractors, the NPS system makes it easy to differentiate between them. Everyone in the company has a common set of definitions to work with Easier benchmarking: NPS is a standard metric used by companies globally. As such, it lets you place your score in the context of other scores in your industry and see how you measure up. NPS is also ideal for presenting to senior management as a big-picture snapshot of customer loyalty at a given moment. Driving growth: When companies take on the NPS question and begin to study it as a key metric, it helps them channel their customer service efforts and grow revenue through referrals andupsells. This is covered in more detail later in the article. How to judge whether a Net Promoter Score is good or bad What is a “good” net promoter score? To answer this question, it’s important to understand that there isn’t one “holy grail” number to strive for. The results vary highly from industry to industry. Technically, any score above 0 can be considered a “good” score, since it means you have more promoters than detractors. According to global NPS standards, a score of above 50 is good, and above 70 is outstanding. However, both of these scores are rare. A good way to use NPS is to look at the score of a close competitor and see how yours matches up. However, it’s equally as important to look at the scores for your industry as a whole. In many sectors, a score in the 30s or 40s is something to aspire to. Theaverage score for department and speciality stores(58) is higher than for airlines (35), which in turn is higher than for internet service providers (2). If your score indicates that you are having more success with customer relationships than industry competitors, you can reasonably assume that your customers will stick around. Understanding the limitations and potential of NPS However, there are also many factors that are out of your control. Research has shown repeatedly that customers are more likely to report a bad experience than a good one. Your best and most loyal customers might simply not bother to score you at all! For this reason, it’s important not to treat the number as an end in itself, but to look at the direction in which your NPS is trending. What story does it tell about your customer relationships? If your number of promoters is growing, this could mean that brand image is on the up. On the other hand, a decrease in promoters relative to the number of passives could be a red flag for a potential increase in churn. With this in mind, the key question for companies is: how can you act quickly on customer insights to improve customer experience, grow NPS and reduce the number of defections? How can a business improve its net promoter score? There’s no silver bullet for improving NPS, but there are a number of best practices you can use to enhance thequality of your customer experienceand achieve happier customer interactions. Get everyone involved Make sure the whole company is aware of NPS and why it is important – that is, not just as an end in itself. A low NPS is an issue for everyone. Ask sales, marketing and customer service to think of ways in which they could refine communication with prospects and get them excited about the business. Find a connection Empathy is key – after all, customers are humans. They want to feel that a brand resonates with them andtheir values. If your company has hard-hitting values or a unique culture, think about how you could show it off. Ask promoters for their opinion These customers already like you and will be willing to help. Where do they get their sense of connection? Ask detractors how you could improve Detractors have real and genuine value to add. Accept their criticisms and use them as the basis for sincere reflection. Promote customer advocacy Customer advocacy schemes use personalised interactions to encourage existing customers to become promoters. Create an online community space for customers and offer appealing incentives for referrals. Think of creative ways to encourage them to share positive experiences on social media. Improve front-line communication The job of customer service reps is to build the human connection and show customers that their business is valued. Channel customers to the right rep and make sure that reps are equipped to offer personalised, efficient care. Consider whether your product is at fault Use focus groups and customer visits to see how people interact with your product and understand whether it actually meets the needs of your customer base. The most important thing to remember is that NPS shouldn’t be a meaningless “vanity metric”. By following the correct into a stepping stone forimproving customer service. The point of measuring NPS is not merely to make the competitive range for your industry, but to transform customer orientation into a central part of your company culture. That’s a lot of info! Here’s what you should take away from this article: What is a net promoter score?Net promoter score, or ‘NPS’, is a way of measuring customer sentiment based on a simple two-minute survey. How is a net promoter score calculated?A net promoter score reflects how likely customers are to promote a brand. The score is simply the percentage of detractors subtracted from the percentage of promoters. Why measure net promoter score?When companies measure their net promoter score, it helps them properly channel their customer service efforts and grow revenue. How can I tell if a net promoter score is good or bad?According to global NPS standards, a net promoter score above 50 is good, and above 70 is outstanding. What are the limitations of net promoter score?Customers are more likely to report bad experiences, so the actual net promoter score isn’t as important as its direction. How can businesses improve their net promoter score?Businesses can improve their net promoter score by: Communicating empathetically Perfecting the product Promoting customer advocacy Listening to detractors Frequently Asked Questions What is the Net Promoter Score? Net promoter score, or ‘NPS’, is a way for businesses to measure customer satisfaction. To find it, customers answer a simple survey gauging how likely they are to recommend a business to a friend or an acquaintance. Their answers are then fed into a formula to produce a single figure used for universal benchmarking. Who uses Net Promoter Score (NPS)? Net promoter score is a standard benchmark used by companies around the world. Businesses use their net promoter score, or ‘NPS’, to measure customer satisfaction and loyalty to a brand. Net promoter score is a helpful tool for organisations to see how their customer service is perceived and where improvements might be made. Why is Net Promoter Score important? Net promoter score helps businesses gauge the quality of their customer service, particularly in relation to their competitors. Organisations can use their net promoter score to address any problems areas, improve the experience of their customers, monitor loyalty trends, and grow revenue through referrals and upsells.

					Income Statement: How to Read and Utilise It
Income Statement: How to Read and Utilise It
Understanding a company’s financial health is crucial for investors, creditors, and business owners alike. The income statement serves as a vital tool in this regard, providing a comprehensive overview of a company’s financial performance over a specific period. This blog examines the intricacies of the income statement, deciphering its structure, key components, and practical applications. By gaining a deeper understanding of this financial statement, readers will be better equipped to assess a company’s financial health and make informed decisions. What Is an Income Statement? An income statement, also referred to as a profit and loss statement, serves as a financial report that offers an all-encompassing summary of a company’s financial performance over a specific period, usually a quarter or a year. This financial document provides valuable insights into a company’s revenue generation, cost management, and overall financial health. The income statement presents a detailed breakdown of a company’s income sources, expenses incurred, and net income or loss for the specified period. It begins by outlining the company’s total revenues, which encompass all income generated from its primary operations, such as sales of goods or services, interest income, and other revenue streams. Next, the income statement subtracts various costs and expenses from the total revenues to arrive at the net income. These expenses may include the cost of goods sold, operating expenses such as rent, utilities, and salaries, depreciation, interest expenses, and taxes. By deducting these expenses from the total revenues, the income statement reveals the company’s net income, which represents the profit or loss incurred during the reporting period. The significance of the income statement lies in its ability to provide stakeholders, including investors, creditors, analysts, and business owners, with critical information for decision-making. It offers a clear picture of a company’s financial performance, profitability, and overall financial health. By analysing the income statement, stakeholders can assess a company’s revenue growth, cost management efficiency, and net income trends over time. This information is vital for evaluating a company’s financial stability, growth potential, and investment or lending opportunities. Understanding the Income Statement An income statement acts as a comprehensive financial report and provides a roadmap for stakeholders, empowering them to navigate the company’s financial landscape and make informed decisions. Investors, creditors, analysts, and management alike find solace in its detailed revelations. At the heart of the income statement lies a meticulous breakdown of the company’s financial journey. It commences with total revenues, a symphony of income generated from diverse sources. Sales of products or services, total expenses, interest earned, rental income, and other revenue streams harmoniously converge, painting a vivid picture of the company’s earning prowess. Next, the single-step income statement embarks on a meticulous subtraction, deducting various costs and expenses from the total revenues. Like a sculptor chiselling away at a masterpiece, the income statement unveils the intricate details of the company’s financial landscape. Costs of goods sold, operating expenses, depreciation, interest expenses, and taxes emerge as distinct categories, each playing a pivotal role in shaping the company’s financial narrative. From this meticulous dissection emerges the net income or loss, the ultimate measure of the company’s financial triumph or tribulation. This bottom line figure stands as a testament to the company’s financial prowess, a culmination of its revenue-generating capabilities and cost-management strategies. To fully grasp the company’s financial trajectory, a keen eye must be cast upon each line item, discerning its impact on the overall financial picture. Revenue trends, whether ascending or descending, offer glimpses into the company’s market prowess and sales performance. A thorough examination of expenses unveils opportunities for optimisation and cost control, paving the way for enhanced financial efficiency. Juxtaposing the net income or loss against previous periods or industry benchmarks unveils a comparative panorama. This comparative analysis serves as a compass, guiding users towards an informed evaluation of the company’s profitability and financial performance. The income statement is a financial compass, providing invaluable insights into a company’s revenue generation, expenses, and profitability. By deciphering its structure and key elements, users embark on a journey of financial understanding, gaining a profound grasp of the company’s financial health and performance. Revenue, Gains, Expenses and Losses Revenue is the total amount of money that a company generates from its primary operations, such as sales of goods or services, interest income, and other revenue streams. Gains are increases in a company’s assets or decreases in its liabilities that result from non-operating events, such as the sale of an asset or the receipt of a government grant. Expenses are the costs that a company incurs in the course of its operations, such as the cost of goods sold, operating expenses, depreciation, interest expenses, and taxes. Losses are decreases in a company’s assets or increases in its liabilities that result from non-operating events, such as a natural disaster or a lawsuit. By analysing these four components, investors and analysts can gain insights into a company’s financial performance and profitability. Revenue and gains represent the sources of a company’s income, while expenses and losses represent the costs and deductions that reduce income. By comparing revenue and gains to expenses and losses, investors and analysts can determine whether a company is generating a profit or a loss. They can also assess the company’s financial stability by evaluating the company’s ability to both generate revenue and sufficient cash flow to cover its expenses and make debt payments. In addition to providing a snapshot of a company’s financial performance, the income statement can also be used to identify trends and patterns in a company’s operations. By comparing income statements from different periods, investors and analysts can identify changes in revenue, expenses, gains, and losses over time. This information can be used to assess the company’s growth potential, profitability, and overall financial health. Income Statement Structure This section provides an overview of the income statement structure, including the two main sections: the operating section and the non-operating section. The operating section reports the company’s revenue and expenses related to its primary operations, such as gross sales, of goods or services. This section includes items like net sales, cost of goods sold, gross profit, operating expenses, and operating income. By analysing the operating section, users can assess the company’s core business performance and profitability. On the other hand, the non-operating section reports the company’s income and expenses that are not directly related to its primary operations. This section includes items like interest income, interest expense, gains on asset sales, and losses from discontinued operations. By examining the non-operating section, users can gain insights into the company’s financial activities beyond its core operations. To continue, within each section, income statements typically present comparative figures for multiple periods, such as the current period compared to the previous period or the same period in the previous year. This comparative analysis allows users to track the company’s financial performance over time and identify trends or changes in revenue, expenses, and net income. Income statements often include notes or footnotes that provide further explanations or details about specific line items, or accounting policies. These notes are crucial for understanding the financial statements accurately and should not be overlooked during analysis. By understanding the structure of an income statement and its various components, users can effectively evaluate a company’s financial performance, profitability, and overall financial health. Reading Income Statements When reading an income statement, it’s important to pay attention to the top line, which shows the company’s revenue. Revenue is the total amount of money that a company generates from its primary operations, such as sales of goods or services. It’s a crucial indicator of a company’s financial health and performance. A steady or increasing revenue trend is generally a positive sign, while a declining revenue trend may raise concerns. Next, take a look at the cost of goods sold (COGS). COGS represents the direct costs incurred in producing or delivering a company’s products or services. It includes expenses such as raw materials, labour, manufacturing and overhead costs. COGS is an important factor in determining a company’s gross profit, which is calculated by subtracting COGS from revenue. A high COGS relative to revenue can squeeze profit margins and impact a company’s profitability. Finally, examine the operating expenses. Operating expenses encompass a wide range of costs and associated operating activities along with running a company’s day-to-day operations, excluding COGS. Examples include rent, utilities, salaries, marketing expenses, and administrative costs. Analysing operating expenses can provide insights into a company’s efficiency and cost management practices. A careful examination of operating expenses can help you assess whether a company is controlling its costs effectively. By thoroughly analysing these key components of an income statement, you can gain valuable insights into a company’s financial performance and profitability. It’s important to remember that an income statement is just one piece of the financial puzzle, and it’s necessary to consider other financial statements and relevant information to form an overarching understanding of a company’s financial health. Uses of Income Statements Income statements serve multiple purposes for various stakeholders, including business owners, investors, and creditors. These groups rely on income statements to assess a company’s financial health and performance. Business owners use income statements to monitor their company’s profitability and make informed decisions about their operations. Investors use income statements to evaluate potential investment opportunities and assess the risk associated with investing in a particular company. Creditors use income statements to determine the creditworthiness of a company and assess the risk of lending money to the company. Income statements are also used to predict future cash flows. By analysing historical income statement data, financial analysts can project future revenue and expenses, which can help companies plan for future cash needs and make informed financial decisions. Income statements are also used to make informed investment decisions. Investors use income statements to compare the financial performance of different companies and identify those that are most likely to generate positive returns on investment. Income statements can help investors identify trends and patterns in a company’s financial performance, which can be used to make informed investment decisions. Finally, income statements are used for tax purposes and reporting to regulatory bodies. Companies are required to prepare income statements as part of their annual financial reporting requirements. Income statements provide the necessary information for calculating a company’s tax liability and ensuring compliance with tax regulations. Additionally, income statements are used to report a company’s financial performance to regulatory bodies, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in the United States. These reports provide transparency and accountability, allowing regulators to monitor the financial health of companies and ensure compliance with relevant regulations. What Are the Five Key Elements of an Income Statement? The income statement is an important financial document that provides a complete overview of a company’s financial performance over a specific period. To fully grasp the financial health and profitability of a company, it’s essential to understand the five key elements that make up an income statement. 1. Sales/Revenue: This section presents the total amount of money generated by the company from its primary operations. It includes income from sales of goods or services, interest income, and other revenue streams. Revenue serves as the foundation for the balance sheet and income statement and sets the stage for evaluating the company’s overall financial performance. 2. Cost and Expenses: This section encompasses all the costs and expenses incurred by the company in the course of its operations. Cost of goods sold (COGS) represents the direct and indirect costs associated with producing or delivering the company’s products or services. Operating expenses, on the other hand, include a wide range of costs related to running day-to-day operations, such as rent, utilities, salaries, depreciation, and interest expenses. Administrative expenses, which are fixed in nature and include costs like salaries, rent, office supplies, and travel expenses, are also part of operating expenses. Understanding the composition and trends of costs and expenses is vital for assessing the efficiency and profitability of the business. 3. Gross Profit: Gross profit is calculated by deducting the cost of goods sold from the total revenue. It represents the initial profit earned by the company before factoring in operating expenses and other non-operating items. Analysing gross profit provides insights into the company’s pricing strategies, production efficiency, and overall cost management effectiveness. 4. Operating Profit: Operating profit, also known as earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT), is derived by subtracting operating expenses from the gross profit. This metric reflects the company’s profitability from its core operations, excluding the impact of non-operating factors such as interest and taxes. Operating profit serves as a key indicator of the company’s operational efficiency and its ability to generate profits from its ongoing business activities. 5. Net Profit: Net profit, or the bottom line, represents the ultimate measure of a company’s profitability. It is calculated by deducting all expenses, including operating expenses, interest expenses, and taxes, from the total revenue. Net profit indicates the amount of profit the company has retained after covering all its costs and obligations. Analysing net profit over time and comparing it to industry benchmarks provides valuable insights into the company’s overall financial performance and sustainability. By thoroughly analysing these five key elements of an income statement, stakeholders gain an extensive understanding of a company’s financial health, profitability, and operational efficiency. Difference Between Operating Revenue and Non-Operating Revenue Operating revenue and non-operating revenue are two important components of a company’s income statement. Operating revenue is the money that a company makes from its main business activities, while non-operating revenue is money made from activities that are not directly related to the company’s main business. Operating revenue is typically more predictable than non-operating revenue, as it is based on the company’s core business activities. Examples of operating revenue include sales of goods or services, rental income, and commissions. Non-operating revenue, on the other hand, can be more volatile, as it is dependent on factors such as interest rates and the performance of the stock market. Examples of non-operating revenue include interest income, dividend income, and gains on the sale of assets. Companies may use non-operating revenue to supplement their operating revenue and improve their overall financial performance. However, it is important to note that non-operating revenue is not as reliable as operating revenue, as it is subject to a greater degree of risk. Here are some of the key differences between operating revenue and non-operating revenue: – Predictability: Operating revenue is more predictable than non-operating revenue. – Reliability: Operating revenue is more reliable than non-operating revenue. – Volatility: Non-operating revenue is more volatile than operating revenue. – Sources: Operating revenue comes from the company’s main business activities, while non-operating revenue comes from activities and other expenses that are not directly related to the company’s main business. By understanding the difference between operating revenue and non-operating revenue, investors and analysts can gain a better understanding of a company’s financial performance and profitability. Insights You Should Look for in an Income Statement? Investors and analysts should scrutinise an income statement for specific insights that reveal the company’s financial health. Firstly, they should examine what the income statement shows regarding trends in revenue and expenses over multiple periods. A steady rise in revenue coupled with a controlled growth in expenses indicates a company’s ability to scale effectively. Conversely, declining revenue or rapidly escalating expenses raise concerns about sustainability and efficiency. Secondly, comparing the company’s financial performance with industry benchmarks and competitors provides valuable context. If a company consistently outperforms its peers, it suggests a competitive advantage. However, lagging behind industry standards warrants further investigation into potential challenges. Thirdly, the ability to generate cash flow is crucial for a company’s long-term viability. Investors should assess the company’s cash flow from operations and its overall cash flow statement to determine if it can fund its operations and growth without excessive reliance on external financing. The sustainability of a company’s earnings and profitability is essential. Investors should analyse the company’s profit margins, return on assets, and return on equity to gauge its efficiency in generating profits from its assets and equity. Consistent improvement in these metrics indicates a company’s ability to grow profitably. Finally, investors should be attentive to any unusual or non-recurring items that may have significantly impacted the company’s financial results. These items could include one-time gains or losses, asset impairments, or restructuring charges. Identifying and understanding these non-recurring items helps investors make more informed judgments about the company’s underlying performance. LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM LIKE.TG’s financial services CRM is a powerful tool that can help you gain insights into your financial performance, create and deliver personalised experiences to your customers, and automate your sales processes. With LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM, you can: – Get a complete view of your customers: LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM provides a single, unified view of your customers, so you can see all their interactions with your company in one place. This allows you to provide them with a more personalised and consistent experience. – Automate your sales processes: LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM can help you automate your sales processes, so you can focus on closing deals. The CRM can track leads, manage opportunities, and generate quotes and proposals. – Create personalised experiences: LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM allows you to create personalised experiences for your customers. You can use the CRM to segment your customers, target them with specific marketing campaigns, and deliver personalised content. – Gain insights into your financial performance: LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM provides you with insights into your financial performance, so you can make informed decisions about your business. The CRM can track your revenue, expenses, and profits, and provide you with reports and analytics. – Improve customer service: LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM can help you improve customer service by providing you with the tools you need to resolve customer issues quickly and efficiently. The CRM can track customer interactions, manage cases, and provide you with real-time updates on customer issues. With LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM, you can take your financial services business to the next level. The CRM can help you improve your sales, marketing, and customer service efforts, so you can grow your business and achieve your financial goals.

					What is an Invoice?
What is an Invoice?
When it comes to business transactions, an invoice serves as an essential commercial document. This detailed and itemised record of a transaction between a buyer and a seller captures necessary information about the goods or services provided, their quantities, pricing, and the total amount due, they’re also commonly referred to as bills, statements, or tabs. Beyond their role as a mere record of purchase, invoices play a multifaceted role in business operations. They act as critical pieces of evidence, serving as legal documentation that substantiates the occurrence of a transaction. This documentation becomes particularly significant in cases of disputes or discrepancies, providing a clear and verifiable account of the exchange between parties. A pro forma invoice is an initial estimate of costs provided to a client before services are rendered. It acts as a commitment to provide a service to completion, with the value indicated being subject to market changes. Invoices are also all-important when it comes to managing cash flow, enabling businesses to keep track of their income and expenses. By issuing invoices promptly and accurately, businesses can ensure that payments are received in a timely manner, maintaining a healthy financial flow and avoiding cash flow disruptions. The issuance of an invoice typically follows the delivery of goods or the rendering of services by the seller. It serves as a formal request for payment, outlining the terms and conditions of the transaction, including the payment due date and any applicable discounts or penalties. The buyer is then expected to fulfil their payment obligations in accordance with the specified terms of the commercial invoice, ensuring a smooth and efficient financial exchange between parties. A brief history of invoices Invoices have been used in some form since the days of ancient Mesopotamia, when clay tablets were used to record transactions. The word “invoice” itself comes from the Latin word “invocare,” meaning “to call upon.” The first invoices were used primarily by merchants to record sales and track payments. Over time, invoices became more standardised and were used by businesses of all types. Invoices have evolved significantly over the years, reflecting changes in technology and business practices. Early invoices were handwritten or typewritten and often contained minimal information. However, as businesses grew and became more complex, they became more detailed and standardised. Today, invoices typically include information such as the seller’s name and contact information, the buyer’s name and contact information, the date of the invoice, a description of the goods or services provided, the quantity of each item, the price per item, and the total amount due. In addition to their traditional role as a record of transactions, invoices now serve a variety of other purposes. For example, invoices can be used to: Track sales and manage cash flow Report financial information Comply with tax regulations Facilitate payment processing As businesses continue to evolve, invoices will likely continue to change and adapt to meet new needs. However, the overarching purpose of an invoice – to record a transaction and request payment – will likely remain the same. Functions of invoices Invoices serve several vital functions in the business space. They act as a record of transactions, providing a detailed account of the goods or services provided, the quantities involved, and the agreed-upon prices. They also function as legal documents that enforce payment, outlining the terms and conditions of the sale of goods and services tax specifying the due date for payment. In exceptional cases, such as selling farming products like sugar cane, the buyer determines its value and issues a recipient-created tax invoice based on this determination. Furthering that, invoices serve as a source document for accounting purposes. They provide the necessary information for recording sales, tracking expenses, and calculating taxes. Invoices also play a role in tracking the status of payments, allowing businesses to monitor which invoices have been paid and which are still outstanding. By fulfilling these functions, invoices are key tools for managing cash flow, maintaining accurate financial records, and ensuring timely payments. Effective invoicing practices are needed to ensure the smooth operation of any business. By providing clear and accurate information, invoices facilitate efficient payment processing and help maintain positive relationships with customers. They also contribute to overall financial management by enabling businesses to monitor their financial performance and make informed decisions. Utilising modern invoicing software like LIKE.TG Billing can further streamline the invoicing process, saving time, reducing errors, and enhancing overall efficiency. Different types of invoices, including pro forma invoice There are five main types of invoices that businesses use: sales invoices, credit invoices, debit invoices, progress invoices, and self-billed invoices. Each type of business invoice used has a specific purpose and is used in different situations. Sales invoices are the most common type of invoice and are used to record sales of goods or services. They typically include information such as the seller’s name and contact information, the buyer’s name and contact information, the invoice number, the date of the invoice, a description of the goods or services provided, the quantity of each item, the price per item, and the total amount due. Credit invoices are used to correct errors on sales invoices or to provide discounts or refunds to customers. They typically include information such as the seller’s name and contact information, the buyer’s name and contact information, the invoice number, the date of the invoice, a description of the reason for the credit, the amount of the credit, and the total amount due after the credit has been applied. Debit invoices are used to charge customers for additional goods or services that were not included in the original sales invoice. They typically include information such as the seller’s name and contact information, the buyer’s name and contact information, the invoice number, the date of the invoice, a description of the additional goods or services provided, the quantity of each item, the price per item, and the total amount due. Progress invoices are used to bill customers for work that is in progress. They typically include information such as the seller’s name and contact information, the buyer’s name and contact information, the invoice number, the date of the invoice, a description of the work that has been completed, the percentage of the work that has been completed, the total amount due for the work that has been completed, and the total amount due for the entire project. An interim invoice is issued every month to reflect the work done during that period. This is especially useful for long-term projects with a large scope or prolonged engagement period to ensure payment while working to fulfil the terms of the agreement. Interim invoices refer to a series of invoices issued at different stages of a project, based on an agreed-upon payment schedule. Self-billed invoices are used when a buyer agrees to pay a seller for goods or services without receiving a traditional invoice. They typically include information such as the seller’s name and contact information, the buyer’s name and contact information, the invoice number, the date of the invoice, a description of the goods or services provided, the quantity of each item, the price per item, and the total amount due. What to include on an invoice, such as the invoice number When creating an invoice, it’s crucial to include specific information to ensure its validity and clarity. Here are some essential elements that should be included on an invoice: Business Information: Display the name, address, contact information (phone number and email), and logo (if applicable) of your business or organisation prominently at the top of the invoice. This information helps the customer easily identify the sender and contact you if necessary. Customer Information: Include the name, address, and contact information (phone number and email) of the customer or client receiving the invoice. This information ensures the invoice reaches the intended recipient and facilitates communication regarding payment or any queries. Invoice Number: Assign a unique invoice number to each invoice issued. This number helps in tracking and referencing invoices efficiently. Make sure the invoice numbering system is sequential and non-repeating to avoid confusion. Invoice Date: Specify the date the invoice was issued. This date serves as a reference point for payment terms and helps in managing cash flow effectively. Payment Due Date: Clearly state the date by which the payment for the invoice is due. This information is crucial for both the customer and your business, as it ensures timely payments and prevents late payment issues. Description of Goods or Services: Provide a detailed description of the goods or services provided, including quantity, unit price, and any applicable discounts. Be as specific as possible to avoid any confusion or disputes regarding the charges. Total Amount Due: Calculate and display the total amount due per tax invoice, including any applicable taxes, shipping charges, or additional fees. Make sure the calculations are accurate and clearly presented to ensure prompt payment. Payment Terms: Specify the payment terms, such as accepted payment methods (e.g., bank transfer, credit card, check), any early payment discounts, or any applicable late payment fees. Clearly communicate these terms to avoid misunderstandings and encourage timely payments. Contact Information for Inquiries: Provide contact information (phone number, email, or both) for customers to reach out with any questions, concerns, or inquiries regarding the invoice. This fosters open communication and ensures customer satisfaction. By including these essential elements on your electronic invoices, you ensure that all necessary information is conveyed to your customers, facilitating smooth transactions, accurate record-keeping, and efficient cash flow management for your business. Tips for invoicing, including managing recurring invoices Here are some tips for invoicing that can help you get tax invoices paid faster and improve your cash flow: Send invoices to collect payment promptly.The sooner you send an invoice, the sooner you can get paid. Try to send invoices within 24 hours of completing a job or providing a service. Offer early payment discounts.Encourage customers to pay their invoices early by offering a small discount. For a services tax, for example, you could offer a 2% discount for payments made within 10 days. Provide tax invoices with multiple payment options.Make it easy for customers to pay their invoices by offering multiple payment options. This could include accepting credit cards, debit cards, checks, and online payments. Follow up on late payments.If a customer is late on a payment, don’t be afraid to follow up with them. Send a reminder email or make a phone call to let them know that their payment is past due. Keep accurate records of all invoices.It’s important to keep accurate records of all invoices, including the date the final invoice was sent, the date the payment was received, and the amount of the payment. This will help you track your cash flow and ensure that you’re getting paid for all of your work. By following these tips, you can improve your invoicing process and get paid faster. Modern invoicing software with LIKE.TG Billing Modern invoicing software can help you automate your invoicing process, saving you time and money. LIKE.TG Billing is a modern invoicing software that integrates with your other LIKE.TG products. It is easy to use, scalable, and reliable. LIKE.TG Billing offers a variety of features that can help you improve your invoicing process, including: Automatic recurring invoice generation: LIKE.TG Billing can automatically generate invoices for you based on your sales orders and contracts. This saves you the time and hassle of having to create invoices manually. Customisable templates: LIKE.TG Billing allows you to create customisable invoice templates that match your company’s branding. This helps you create professional-looking invoices that impress your customers. Easy invoice payment and processing: LIKE.TG Billing makes it easy for your customers to pay their invoices. They can pay online using a credit card or PayPal, or they can mail in a check. Automatic payment reminders: LIKE.TG Billing can automatically send payment reminders to your customers who have overdue invoices. This helps you get paid faster. Detailed reporting: LIKE.TG Billing provides you with detailed reporting on your invoices. This information can help you track your sales and cash flow, and make informed decisions about your business. If you’re looking for modern invoicing software that can help you automate your invoicing process and save time and money, LIKE.TG Billing is a great option. What you can do with invoice software With invoice software, businesses can automate and streamline the invoicing process, saving them time and money. By automating tasks such as invoice generation, payment tracking, and sending reminders, invoice software can significantly reduce the administrative burden associated with invoicing. Additionally, invoice software can help businesses create professional-looking invoices that enhance their brand image and make a positive impression on customers. Invoice software often includes customisable templates that allow businesses to design invoices that match their unique branding and preferences. These templates can include the business logo, contact information, and other relevant details, ensuring that invoices are consistent and visually appealing. Furthermore, invoice software can generate invoices in various formats, such as PDF, HTML, and Excel, making it convenient for customers to view and save invoices in their preferred format. Invoice software also simplifies the process of tracking and managing payments. With features such as online payment processing and automatic payment reminders, businesses can easily track the status of invoices and receive payments faster. This can significantly improve cash flow and reduce the risk of late payments. Additionally, invoice software can generate detailed reports on invoicing data, providing businesses with valuable insights into their invoicing trends and customer payment behaviour. These reports can help businesses make informed decisions about their invoicing strategies and improve their overall financial management. By leveraging the capabilities of invoice software, businesses can streamline their invoicing processes, enhance their professional image, and improve their cash flow management. With features such as automation, customisable templates, easy payment processing, and detailed reporting, invoice software provides businesses with the tools they need to optimise their invoicing practices and achieve greater success. Advantages of using invoice software Invoice software is a powerful tool that offers a multitude of advantages to businesses, streamlining their invoicing processes and boosting efficiency. Here are some key benefits of incorporating invoice software: 1. Time-Saving Automation: Invoice software automates tedious and repetitive invoicing tasks, saving businesses valuable time. From generating invoices to tracking payments, everything can be done with just a few clicks, freeing up employees to focus on more strategic tasks that drive growth. 2. Error-Free Precision: Invoice software eliminates human errors often associated with manual invoicing. No more worries about incorrect calculations or data entry mistakes. This precision not only enhances the business’s credibility but also prevents disputes and maintains customer satisfaction. 3. Professional Image Enhancement: With the invoice template software, businesses can design and send professional-looking invoices that reflect their brand identity. Customised templates and logos make invoices visually appealing, leaving a positive impression on customers and fostering trust. 4. Simplified Payment Management: Invoice software streamlines the payment process by providing a centralised platform for tracking invoices and payments. Businesses can easily monitor the status of unpaid invoices, send payment reminders, and accept online payments, ensuring a smooth and efficient cash flow. 5. Data-Driven Decision Making: Invoice software generates detailed reports and analytics, providing businesses with valuable insights into their invoicing trends and customer payment behaviour. This data empowers businesses to make informed decisions, identify areas for improvement, and optimise their invoicing strategies for maximum profitability. 6. Enhanced Customer Experience: Invoice software enables businesses to provide a superior customer experience. Customers can easily access and download invoices, view payment history, and contact the business with any queries. This convenience fosters customer satisfaction and loyalty. 7. Scalability and Flexibility: Invoice software is scalable, adapting to the growing needs of businesses. Whether handling a small volume of recurring invoices, or a large number of transactions, invoice software can seamlessly accommodate business growth without compromising efficiency. By embracing invoice software, businesses unlock a world of benefits, transforming their invoicing processes and gaining a competitive edge. From time-saving automation to data-driven decision-making, invoice software empowers businesses to thrive in today’s market.

					10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
The banking industry is undergoing a digital transformation, and customer relationship management (CRM) systems are at the forefront of this change. By providing a centralised platform for customer data, interactions, and analytics, CRMs empower banks to deliver personalised and efficient services, fostering customer loyalty and driving business growth. We’ll look closer at the significance of CRM in banking, exploring its numerous benefits, addressing challenges in adoption, and highlighting future trends and innovations. Additionally, we present a compelling case study showcasing a successful CRM implementation in the banking sector. 10 Questions to Ask When Choosing a CRM in Banking When selecting a top CRM platform for your banking institution, it is necessary to carefully evaluate potential solutions to ensure they align with your specific requirements and objectives. Here are 10 key questions to ask during the selection process: 1. Does the CRM integrate with your existing, financial and banking organisation and systems? A seamless integration between your CRM and existing banking systems is essential to avoid data silos and ensure a holistic view of customer interactions. Look for a CRM that can easily integrate with your core banking system, payment platforms, and other relevant applications. 2. Can the CRM provide a 360-degree view of your customers? A CRM should offer a unified platform that consolidates customer data from various touchpoints, including online banking, mobile banking, branches, and contact centres. This enables bank representatives to access a complete customer profile, including account information, transaction history, and past interactions, resulting in more personalised and efficient customer service. 3. Does the CRM offer robust reporting and analytics capabilities? Leverage the power of data by selecting a CRM that provides robust reporting and analytics capabilities. This will allow you to analyse customer behaviour, identify trends, and gain actionable insights into customer needs and preferences. Look for a CRM that offers customisable reports, dashboards, and data visualisation tools to empower your bank with data-driven decision-making. 4. Is the CRM user-friendly and easy to implement? A user-friendly interface is essential for ensuring that your bank’s employees can effectively utilise the CRM. Consider the technical expertise of your team and opt for a CRM with an intuitive design, clear navigation, and minimal training requirements. Additionally, evaluate the implementation process to ensure it can be completed within your desired timeframe and budget. What is a CRM in the Banking Industry? Customer relationship management (CRM) is a crucial technology for banks to optimise customer service, improve operational efficiency, and drive business growth. A CRM system acts as a centralised platform that empowers banks to manage customer interactions, track customer information, and analyse customer data. By leveraging CRM capabilities, banks can also gain deeper insights and a larger understanding of their customers’ needs, preferences, and behaviours, enabling them to deliver personalised and exceptional banking experiences. CRM in banking fosters stronger customer relationships by facilitating personalised interactions. With a CRM system, banks can capture and store customer data, including personal information, transaction history, and communication preferences. This data enables bank representatives to have informed conversations with customers, addressing their specific needs and providing tailored financial solutions. Personalised interactions enhance customer satisfaction, loyalty, and overall banking experience. CRM enhances operational efficiency and productivity within banks. By automating routine tasks such as data entry, customer service ticketing, and report generation, banking CRM software streamlines workflows and reduces manual labour. This automation allows bank employees to focus on higher-value activities, such as customer engagement and financial advisory services. Furthermore, CRM provides real-time access to customer information, enabling employees to quickly retrieve and update customer data, thereby enhancing operational efficiency. Additionally, CRM empowers banks to analyse customer data and derive valuable insights. With robust reporting and analytics capabilities, banks can identify customer segments, analyse customer behaviour, and measure campaign effectiveness. This data-driven approach enables banks to make informed decisions, optimise marketing strategies, and develop targeted products and services that cater to specific customer needs. CRM also plays a vital role in risk management and compliance within the banking industry. By integrating customer data with regulatory requirements, banks can effectively monitor transactions, detect suspicious activities, and mitigate fraud risks. This ensures compliance with industry regulations and safeguards customer information. In summary, CRM is a transformative technology that revolutionises banking operations. By fostering personalised customer experiences and interactions, enhancing operational efficiency, enabling data-driven decision-making, and ensuring risk management, CRM empowers banks to deliver superior customer service, drive business growth, and maintain a competitive edge. The 10 Business Benefits of Using a Banking CRM 1. Streamlined Customer Interactions: CRMs enable banks to centralise customer data, providing a holistic view of each customer’s interactions with the bank. This allows for streamlined and personalised customer service, improving customer satisfaction and reducing the time and effort required to resolve customer queries. 2. Enhanced Data Management and Analytics: CRMs provide powerful data management capabilities, enabling banks to collect, store, and analyse customer data from various sources. This data can be leveraged to gain valuable insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns. Banks can then use these insights to optimise their products, services, and marketing strategies. 3. Increased Sales and Cross-Selling Opportunities: CRMs help banks identify cross-selling and upselling opportunities by analysing customer data and identifying customer needs and preferences. By leveraging this information, banks can proactively recommend relevant products and services, increasing sales and revenue. 4. Improved Customer Retention and Loyalty: CRMs help banks build stronger customer relationships by enabling personalised interactions and providing excellent customer service. By understanding customer needs and preferences, banks can proactively address issues and provide tailored solutions, fostering customer loyalty and reducing churn. 5. Enhanced Regulatory Compliance and Risk Management: CRMs assist banks in complying with industry regulations and managing risks effectively. By centralising customer data and tracking customer interactions, banks can easily generate reports and demonstrate compliance with regulatory requirements. CRMs and other banking software programs also help in identifying and managing potential risks associated with customer transactions. 6. Improved Operational Efficiency: CRMs streamline various banking processes, including customer onboarding, loan processing, and account management. By automating repetitive tasks and providing real-time access to customer information, CRMs help banks improve operational efficiency and reduce costs. 7. Increased Employee Productivity: CRMs provide banking employees with easy access to customer data and real-time updates, enabling them to handle customer inquiries more efficiently. This reduces the time spent on administrative tasks and allows employees to focus on providing exceptional customer service. 8. Improved Decision-Making: CRMs provide banks with data-driven insights into customer behaviour and market trends. This information supports informed decision-making, enabling banks to develop and implement effective strategies for customer acquisition, retention, and growth. 9. Enhanced Customer Experience: CRMs help banks deliver a superior customer experience by providing personalised interactions, proactive problem resolution, and quick response to customer inquiries. This results in increased customer satisfaction and positive brand perception.10. Increased Profitability: By leveraging the benefits of CRM systems, banks can optimise their operations, increase sales, and reduce costs, ultimately leading to increased profitability and long-term success for financial service customers. Case studies highlighting successful CRM implementations in banking Several financial institutions have successfully implemented CRM systems to enhance their operations and customer service. Here are a few notable case studies: DBS Bank: DBS Bank, a leading financial institution in Southeast Asia, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided a 360-degree view of customers, enabling the bank to tailor products and services to individual needs. As a result, DBS Bank increased customer retention by 15% and cross-selling opportunities by 20%. HDFC Bank: India’s largest private sector bank, HDFC Bank, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and operational efficiency. The system integrated various customer touch points, such as branches, ATMs, and online banking, providing a seamless experience for customers. HDFC Bank achieved a 20% reduction in operating costs and a 15% increase in customer satisfaction. JPMorgan Chase: JPMorgan Chase, one of the largest banks in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve customer interactions and data management. The system provided a centralised platform to track customer interactions and data, allowing the bank to gain insights into customer behaviour and preferences. As a result, JPMorgan Chase increased customer interactions by 15% and improved data accuracy by 20%. Bank of America: Bank of America, the second-largest bank in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve sales and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided sales teams with real-time customer data, across sales and marketing efforts enabling them to tailor their pitches and identify potential cross-selling opportunities. Bank of America achieved a 10% increase in sales and a 15% increase in cross-selling opportunities.These case studies demonstrate the tangible benefits of CRM in the banking industry. By implementing CRM systems, banks can improve customer retention, customer service, cross-selling opportunities, operating costs, and marketing campaigns. Overcoming challenges to CRM adoption in banking While CRM systems offer numerous benefits to banks, their adoption can be hindered by certain challenges. One of the primary obstacles is resistance from employees who may be reluctant to embrace new technology or fear job displacement. Overcoming this resistance requires effective change management strategies, such as involving employees in the selection and implementation process, providing all-encompassing training, and addressing their concerns. Another challenge is the lack of proper training and support for employees using the CRM system. Insufficient training can lead to low user adoption and suboptimal utilisation of the system’s features. To address this, banks should invest in robust training programs that equip employees with the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively use the CRM system. Training should cover not only the technical aspects of the system but also its benefits and how it aligns with the bank’s overall goals. Integration challenges can also hinder the successful adoption of CRM software in banking. Banks often have complex IT systems and integrating a new CRM system can be a complex and time-consuming process. To overcome these challenges, banks should carefully plan the integration process, ensuring compatibility between the CRM system and existing systems. This may involve working with the CRM vendor to ensure a smooth integration process and providing adequate technical support to address any issues that arise. Data security is a critical concern for banks, and the adoption of a CRM system must address potential security risks. Banks must ensure that the CRM system meets industry standards and regulations for data protection. This includes implementing robust security measures, such as encryption, access controls, and regular security audits, to safeguard sensitive customer information. Finally, the cost of implementing and maintaining a CRM system can be a challenge for banks. CRM systems require significant upfront investment in software, hardware, and training. Banks should carefully evaluate the costs and benefits of CRM adoption, ensuring that the potential returns justify the investment. Additionally, banks should consider the ongoing costs associated with maintaining and updating the CRM system, as well as the cost of providing ongoing training and support to users. Future trends and innovations in banking CRM Navigating Evolving Banking Trends and Innovations in CRM The banking industry stands at the precipice of transformative changes, driven by a surge of innovative technologies and evolving customer expectations. Open banking, artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain technology, the Internet of Things (IoT), and voice-activated interfaces are shaping the future of banking CRM. Open banking is revolutionising the financial sphere by enabling banks to securely share customer data with third-party providers, with the customer’s explicit consent. This fosters a broader financial ecosystem, offering customers access to a varied range of products and services, while fostering healthy competition and innovation within the banking sector. AI has become an indispensable tool for banking institutions, empowering them to deliver exceptional customer experiences. AI-driven chatbots and virtual assistants provide round-the-clock support, assisting customers with queries, processing transactions, and ensuring swift problem resolution. Additionally, AI plays a pivotal role in fraud detection and risk management, safeguarding customers’ financial well-being. Blockchain technology, with its decentralised and immutable nature, offers a secure platform for financial transactions. By maintaining an incorruptible ledger of records, blockchain ensures the integrity and transparency of financial data, building trust among customers and enhancing the overall banking experience. The Internet of Things (IoT) is transforming banking by connecting physical devices to the internet, enabling real-time data collection and exchange. IoT devices monitor customer behaviour, track equipment status, and manage inventory, empowering banks to optimise operations, reduce costs, and deliver personalised services. Voice-activated interfaces and chatbots are revolutionising customer interactions, providing convenient and intuitive access to banking services. Customers can utilise voice commands or text-based chat to manage accounts, make payments, and seek assistance, enhancing their overall banking experience. These transformative trends necessitate banks’ ability to adapt and innovate continuously. By embracing these technologies and aligning them with customer needs, banks can unlock new opportunities for growth, strengthen customer relationships, and remain at the forefront of the industry. How LIKE.TG Can Help LIKE.TG is a leading provider of CRM solutions that can help banks achieve the benefits of CRM. With LIKE.TG, banks can gain a complete view of their customers, track interactions, deliver personalised experiences, and more. LIKE.TG offers a comprehensive suite of CRM tools that can be customised to meet the specific needs of banks. These tools include customer relationship management (CRM), sales and marketing automation, customer service, and analytics. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. For example, one bank that implemented LIKE.TG saw a 20% increase in customer satisfaction, a 15% increase in revenue, and a 10% decrease in costs. Here are some specific examples of how LIKE.TG can help banks: Gain a complete view of customers: LIKE.TG provides a single, unified platform that allows banks to track all customer interactions, from initial contact to ongoing support. This information can be used to create a complete picture of each customer, which can help banks deliver more personalised and relevant experiences. Track interactions: LIKE.TG allows banks to track all interactions with customers, including phone calls, emails, chat conversations, and social media posts. This information can be used to identify trends and patterns, which can help banks improve their customer service and sales efforts. Deliver personalised experiences: LIKE.TG allows banks to create personalised experiences for each customer. This can be done by using customer data to tailor marketing campaigns, product recommendations, and customer service interactions. Increase revenue: LIKE.TG can help banks increase revenue by providing tools to track sales opportunities, manage leads, and forecast revenue. This information can be used to make informed decisions about which products and services to offer, and how to best target customers. Reduce costs: LIKE.TG can help banks reduce costs by automating tasks, streamlining processes, and improving efficiency. This can free up resources that can be used to focus on other areas of the business. Overall, LIKE.TG is a powerful CRM solution that can help banks improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can gain a competitive advantage in the rapidly changing financial services industry.

					Managerial Accounting – Definition, Objective, Techniques & Limitations
Managerial Accounting – Definition, Objective, Techniques & Limitations
Decision-making holds the key to success within business management. Managerial accounting helps leaders make smart decisions by giving them important financial information. This specialised type of accounting looks closely at a company’s financial data to aid in internal decision-making. Managerial accounting empowers managers with the insights they need to allocate resources effectively, optimise pricing strategies, and navigate the ever-changing business landscape. This article explores the core of managerial accounting, shedding light on its significance, scope, techniques, and limitations, while also highlighting the transformative power of Financial Services CRM with LIKE.TG in revolutionising managerial accounting practices. What is managerial accounting? In business management, managerial accounting is essential for making the best decisions. It turns financial data into useful information, helping managers confidently handle business challenges. Unlike traditional accounting, which focuses on external reporting and compliance, managerial accounting looks into the specifics of an organisation’s financial health. It encompasses the identification, measurement, analysis, interpretation, and communication of financial information that is relevant to internal users, particularly those involved in decision-making, planning, and controlling the organisation’s activities. Managerial accounting helps management understand the company’s financial performance by providing detailed reports, budgets, and cost analyses. It gives them the tools to find areas for improvement and make smart decisions about resource use, pricing, and business operations. It acts like a guide, helping decision-makers achieve profitability and growth. Essentially, managerial accounting is the financial backbone of sound decision-making, providing managers with the knowledge and insights they need to steer their organisations towards success. It is the key that unlocks the door to informed decision-making and sustainable business growth. The importance of managerial accounting Managerial accounting holds a prominent position as a powerful tool that empowers managers to navigate the complexities of financial decision-making. It serves as a beacon, guiding them through the ever-changing landscape of resource allocation and pricing strategies. By providing managers with accurate and timely financial data, managerial accounting enables them to make informed choices that optimise costs, enhance profitability, and contribute to the overall financial well-being of the organisation. Managerial accounting plays a major role in risk management and opportunity identification. Through meticulous analysis of financial information, managers can anticipate potential pitfalls and seize emerging opportunities. This proactive approach allows organisations to stay ahead of the curve, adapting swiftly to market dynamics and maintaining a competitive edge in an environment that changes rapidly. Managerial accounting is also instrumental in facilitating effective planning and budgeting processes. By shedding light on past financial performance and present financial standing, it empowers managers to set realistic and achievable goals for the future. This data-driven approach minimises uncertainties, ensures efficient resource allocation, and aligns the organisation’s strategic objectives with its financial capabilities. Managerial accounting is necessary for good decision-making in a company. It gives managers the information and tools they need to guide the company towards growth, profitability, and long-term success. Using managerial accounting practices is needed for businesses that want to succeed today. The scope of managerial accounting Managerial accounting encompasses a wide range of activities that are essential for effective decision-making within an organisation. These activities include: Cost Accounting: Managerial accountants play a crucial role in identifying, classifying, and allocating costs associated with various products, services, or departments within the organisation. This involves analysing and interpreting cost data to determine the profitability of different products or services, as well as evaluating the efficiency of various operations. Budgeting: Managerial accountants assist in the development and implementation of budgets, which serve as financial roadmaps for the organisation. They analyse historical financial data, industry trends, and market conditions to create realistic and achievable budget targets. Budgeting helps managers allocate resources effectively, control costs, and monitor financial performance. Performance Evaluation: Managerial accountants evaluate the financial performance of the organisation and its various segments by analysing financial statements, ratios, and other relevant metrics. They identify variances between actual results and budgeted targets and investigate the reasons for such deviations. This enables managers to assess the effectiveness of their strategies and make necessary adjustments to improve performance. Decision Making: Managerial accountants provide valuable insights and analysis to support decision-making processes within the organisation. They evaluate the financial implications of various decisions, such as capital investments, product launches, or market expansion. By presenting relevant financial information and conducting cost-benefit analyses, managerial accountants help managers make informed choices that align with the organisation’s strategic objectives. Reporting and Communication: Managerial accountants prepare and communicate financial reports and analyses to various stakeholders within the organisation, including top management, department heads, and investors. These reports provide critical financial information that enables managers to monitor the organisation’s financial health, identify trends, and make informed decisions. The scope of managerial accounting encompasses a diverse range of activities that are essential for effective decision-making, planning, and control within an organisation. Managerial accountants play a vital role in providing accurate and timely financial information, analysing costs, evaluating performance, and supporting management in achieving the organisation’s financial goals and objectives. Managerial accounting techniques Managerial accounting employs various techniques to provide managers with valuable insights and information for decision-making. Here are five key managerial accounting techniques: **Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) Analysis**: CVP analysis examines the relationship between costs, volume of activity, and profits. It helps managers understand how changes in costs and sales volume impact the organisation’s profitability. By analysing the break-even point and the margin of safety, managers can make informed decisions on pricing, production levels, and cost control strategies. **Budgeting**: Budgeting is the process of creating a financial plan for a specific period, usually a year. It involves estimating revenues, expenses, and cash flows. Budgets serve as a roadmap for the organisation’s financial activities and help managers allocate resources effectively, control costs, and stay on track with financial goals. **Standard Costing**: Standard costing assigns predetermined costs to products or services based on historical data and engineering estimates. By comparing actual costs with standard costs, managers can identify variances and investigate the underlying causes. This technique helps control costs, improve efficiency, and set performance targets. **Marginal Costing**: Marginal costing focuses on the incremental costs associated with producing additional units of a product or service. It helps managers understand the impact of changes in production volume on profitability. By comparing the marginal cost with the marginal revenue, managers can make informed decisions on pricing, product mix, and outsourcing. **Activity-Based Costing (ABC)**: ABC is a costing method that assigns costs to products or services based on the activities required to produce them. Unlike traditional costing methods, ABC recognises that not all costs are directly related to production volume. By identifying the cost drivers and allocating costs more accurately, ABC helps managers improve product costing, pricing, and decision-making. These managerial accounting techniques are powerful tools that empower managers to make informed decisions, optimise resource allocation, control costs, and enhance profitability. By leveraging these techniques, organisations can achieve their strategic objectives and gain a competitive advantage in the market. Cost-volume-profit (CVP) analysis Cost-volume-profit (CVP) analysis is a cornerstone technique in managerial accounting that enables organisations to understand the intricate relationships between costs, volume, and profits. This powerful tool provides valuable insights into the impact of various scenarios on an organisation’s profitability, enabling managers to make informed decisions about pricing, production, and marketing strategies. At the heart of CVP analysis lies the concept of the break-even point, a critical threshold where total revenues equal total costs, resulting in zero profit or loss. Calculating the break-even point is essential as it serves as a benchmark against which various scenarios can be evaluated. By analysing the break-even point, managers can determine the minimum sales volume required to cover all costs and achieve profitability. Another key aspect of CVP analysis is the margin of safety, which represents the excess of sales revenue over the break-even point. This concept is vital in assessing the organisation’s ability to withstand fluctuations in sales volume or unexpected cost increases without slipping into losses. A wider margin of safety indicates a more robust financial position and provides a buffer against potential risks. CVP analysis is crucial in the decision-making processes. By simulating different scenarios and analysing their impact on profits, managers can evaluate the effects of pricing changes, variations in production levels, or the introduction of new products or services. This enables them to make informed choices that optimise profitability and align with the organisation’s strategic objectives. CVP analysis empowers managers with the knowledge and insights necessary to navigate the complex business landscape. By understanding the cost-volume-profit relationships, managers can make well-informed decisions that drive growth, profitability, and long-term success for their organisations. Limitations of managerial accounting Despite the numerous benefits of managerial accounting, it is essential to acknowledge its limitations. These limitations should be considered when using managerial accounting information for decision-making purposes. One limitation of managerial accounting is the reliance on estimates and assumptions. Many managerial accounting techniques, such as budgeting and standard costing, require managers to make assumptions about future events. These assumptions may not always be accurate, which can lead to errors in decision-making. For example, if a manager underestimates the cost of a new product, the organisation may end up losing money on the product. Another limitation of managerial accounting is the potential for inaccuracy. Managerial accounting information is often based on data from various sources, such as financial statements, sales reports, and production reports. If any of these data sources are inaccurate, it can lead to errors in managerial accounting information. For example, if a sales report contains incorrect sales figures, the manager may make decisions based on incorrect information about the organisation’s financial performance. Managerial accounting also has a limitation in that it primarily focuses on financial data. While financial data is important, it does not provide a complete picture of an organisation’s performance. Other non-financial factors, such as customer satisfaction, employee morale, and market share, are also important for decision-making. However, managerial accounting often does not provide information about these non-financial factors. To continue, implementing managerial accounting systems can be complex and time-consuming. Organisations need to invest in software, train employees, and develop procedures to collect and analyse data. This can be a significant challenge for small businesses or organisations with limited resources. Lastly, managerial accounting requires specialised knowledge and skills. Accountants and managers need to have a strong understanding of accounting principles and financial analysis techniques to use managerial accounting information effectively. This can be a challenge for organisations that do not have access to qualified accounting professionals. Whilst managerial accounting provides valuable information for decision-making, it is essential to be aware of its limitations. These limitations include the reliance on estimates and assumptions, the potential for inaccuracy, the focus on financial data, the complexity of implementation, and the need for specialised knowledge and skills. Managers should consider these limitations when using managerial accounting information to make the best decisions. Financial Services CRM with LIKE.TG LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud is a customer relationship management (CRM) platform that is specifically designed for the financial services industry. It provides a comprehensive suite of tools that can help financial institutions enhance customer experiences, increase operational efficiency, and drive revenue growth. One of the key benefits of LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud is its ability to provide a 360-degree view of the customer. This means that financial advisors have access to all of the relevant customer information in one place, including account history, contact information, and interactions with the company. This allows advisors to provide more personalised and relevant service to their clients. LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud also offers a variety of tools that can help financial institutions automate their processes and improve operational efficiency. For example, the platform can be used to automate tasks such as lead generation, account management, and compliance reporting. This can free up financial advisors to focus on more strategic tasks, such as providing advice to clients and growing their business. LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud can help financial institutions drive revenue growth by providing them with tools to identify and track sales opportunities. The platform also offers a variety of marketing tools that can be used to reach new customers and grow the business. Overall, LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud is a powerful CRM platform that can help financial institutions improve customer experiences, increase operational efficiency, and drive revenue growth. By leveraging the power of LIKE.TG, financial institutions can gain a competitive edge and achieve success in the rapidly changing financial services industry.

					Double-Entry Bookkeeping: What It Is and How It Works
Double-Entry Bookkeeping: What It Is and How It Works
Double-entry accounting is a robust bookkeeping method that has stood the test of time. The double-entry accounting method offers business owners and accountants alike a full financial overview by recording every transaction twice – once as a debit and once as a credit. This time-tested record-keeping system provides an unmatched level of accuracy and transparency, making it the gold standard for businesses seeking to maintain impeccable financial records. We’ll look closer into the intricacies of double-entry accounting, exploring its advantages over single-entry accounting, and uncovering its potential drawbacks. Additionally, we will provide a practical example to illustrate how this accounting method works in real-life scenarios. What Is Double-Entry Accounting? Double-entry accounting is a time-honoured bookkeeping system that operates on the principle of recording every financial transaction twice, ensuring that each debit entry or cash account amount is matched with a corresponding credit entry. This meticulous approach provides a holistic view of a company’s financial health, offering business owners and accountants alike a clear and accurate representation of their business and financial standing. Double-entry accounting, also known as double-entry bookkeeping, stands in stark contrast to single-entry accounting, which only records transactions once. This simplified method, while less complex, is prone to errors and omissions, potentially leading to discrepancies and inaccuracies in financial reporting. In contrast, double-entry accounting’s dual recording system acts as an internal control mechanism, ensuring the integrity and reliability of financial data. Additionally, double-entry accounting complies with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), which ensures accurate financial reporting. The foundation of double-entry accounting lies in the fundamental accounting equation: Assets = Liabilities + Owner’s Equity. This equation serves as the guiding principle for every transaction recorded in the general ledger. When a transaction occurs, it simultaneously affects at least two accounts, with the debit entry increasing one account and the credit entry increasing another. This balancing act maintains the equilibrium of the accounting equation, ensuring that the financial records remain accurate and consistent. The benefits of double-entry accounting are numerous. It provides an overarching audit trail, allowing accountants and auditors to trace transactions back to their source documentation, enhancing the transparency and accountability of financial records. By capturing both sides of every transaction, double-entry accounting facilitates the preparation of financial statements, including the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows. These statements serve as vital tools for decision-making, enabling businesses to assess their financial performance, profitability, and cash flow management. Understanding Double-Entry Accounting In accounting, double-entry accounting is a key method that changed how financial transactions are recorded and analysed. It operates on the fundamental principle that every business transaction always has two inseparable aspects: a debit and a credit. Debits signify an increase in assets or expenses, while credits represent an increase in liabilities, equity, or revenue. Debits increase asset and expense accounts, while credits decrease them. For example, money paid towards a bank loan is recorded as a debit to the expense accounts, and receiving payment for a service provided is recorded as a credit to the revenue account. This meticulous approach ensures that the accounting equation, a sacred balance of Assets = Liabilities + Owner’s Equity, remains perpetually in harmony. Picture this: a company embarks on a transaction, purchasing inventory on credit for a substantial sum of $10,000. In the double-entry accounting realm, this transaction unfolds as a debit of $10,000 to the inventory asset account, reflecting the influx of new goods. Simultaneously, a credit of $10,000 graces the accounts payable liability account, acknowledging the debt incurred. This intricate dance of debits and credits ensures that the company’s total assets rise by $10,000, while its liabilities mirror this increase, preserving the equilibrium of the financial accounting equation. The magic of double-entry accounting is in how it carefully records every financial transaction, tracking all money coming in and going out. It empowers businesses to meticulously track their income and expenses, keeping a watchful eye on their assets and liabilities. Armed with this all-encompassing and more complete financial picture and panorama, decision-makers gain invaluable insights into the company’s overall financial Double-entry accounting serves as the bedrock for crafting essential financial statements: the balance sheet, a snapshot of a company’s financial position; the income statement, a chronicle of its financial performance; and the statement of cash flows, a detailed account of its cash movements. These statements, meticulously crafted using double-entry accounting principles, form the cornerstone of informed decision-making, financial reporting, and regulatory compliance. Essentially, double-entry accounting is the linchpin of modern accounting systems, a method that instils confidence in the accuracy, consistency, and reliability of financial records. Its systematic approach empowers businesses to make better decisions, navigate financial complexities, and meet regulatory obligations, ensuring their continued success in the ever-evolving economic landscape. Types of Business Accounts The intricate system of double-entry accounting encompasses a variety of business accounts, each meticulously designed to capture and categorise financial transactions. These accounts fall into five broad categories: assets, liabilities, equity, income accounts revenue, and expenses. Assets are the resources owned by a business and include tangible assets such as cash, inventory, and equipment, as well as intangible assets like patents and trademarks. Liabilities, on the other hand, represent the financial obligations of a business, including loans, accounts payable, and mortgages. Equity accounts reflect the ownership interest in a business. This includes the initial investment made by the business owners, as well as retained earnings, which in asset accounts are the profits that have been reinvested in the business. Revenue accounts record the income generated by a business from its primary operations, such as sales of goods or services. Expenses and expense accounts, conversely, capture the costs incurred by a business in generating revenue, including salaries, rent, and utilities. The meticulous classification of financial transactions into these distinct accounts allows for the preparation of financial statements, including the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows. These detailed financial statements provide invaluable insights into the financial health of a business, enabling stakeholders to make informed decisions and navigate the ever-changing business landscape. The Double-Entry Accounting System The double-entry accounting system is the backbone of double-entry bookkeeping. This method of recording financial transactions ensures that each transaction is recorded twice, once as a debit and once as a credit. This double-entry bookkeeping system creates a system of checks and balances that ensures the accuracy and integrity of the financial records. In the double-entry accounting system, every transaction affects at least two accounts. When a debit is made to one account, a corresponding credit is made to another account. This ensures that the accounting equation (Assets = Liabilities + Owner’s Equity) is always in balance. For example, let’s say a company purchases $1,000 worth of inventory on credit. The inventory account would be debited for $1,000, and the accounts payable or credit account, would be credited for $1,000. This transaction increases the company’s assets (inventory) and liabilities (accounts payable), while keeping the accounting equation in balance. The double-entry accounting system also provides a clear audit trail for all financial transactions. By tracking each transaction from its origin to its final destination, auditors can easily verify the accuracy of the financial records. This helps to protect businesses from fraud and other financial irregularities. In addition to its accuracy and transparency, the double-entry accounting system also provides valuable insights into a company’s financial performance. By analysing the debits and credits in each account, businesses can identify trends and patterns that can help them make informed decisions about their operations. The double-entry accounting system is a powerful tool that helps businesses manage their finances effectively. By providing accurate, transparent, and insightful financial records, double-entry and accounting software helps businesses make informed decisions and achieve their financial goals. Example of Double-Entry Let’s consider a simple example to illustrate how double-entry accounting works. Suppose a company sells goods worth $1,000 to a customer on credit. In this transaction, the company’s sales revenue increases by $1,000, and its accounts receivable (an asset) also increases by $1,000. To record this transaction in double-entry bookkeeping, the company would make the following journal entries: Debit: Accounts Receivable $1,000 Credit: Sales Revenue $1,000 Now, let’s assume the company purchases inventory worth $500 from a supplier on credit. This transaction results in two entries: an increase in the company’s inventory (an asset) and an increase in its accounts payable (a liability). The journal entries for this transaction would be: Debit: Inventory $500 Credit: Accounts Payable $500 Finally, suppose the company pays $200 in cash to a creditor to a bank loan to settle its accounts payable. This transaction decreases the company’s accounts payable and its cash (an asset). The journal entries for this transaction would be: Debit: Accounts Payable $200 Credit: Cash $200 As you can see from this example, each transaction is recorded twice, once as a debit and once as a credit. This ensures that the credit side of the accounting equation (Assets = Liabilities + Owner’s Equity) remains in balance. What Is the Difference Between Single-Entry Accounting and Double-Entry Accounting? Within bookkeeping, there exists a dichotomy of two accounting entry methods: single-entry bookkeeping and its more intricate counterpart, double-entry accounting. While both serve the purpose of recording financial transactions, they diverge in their approach and complexity. Single-entry bookkeeping, as its name suggests, records each transaction only once. It is a simpler, time-efficient system suitable for small businesses with limited accounting knowledge and resources. This method involves tracking income and expenses without delving into the intricacies of assets, liabilities, and equity. Though straightforward, it lacks the comprehensive nature of its double-entry counterpart. Double-entry accounting, on the other hand, is a meticulous system that records every transaction twice, ensuring a balanced equation of Assets = Liabilities + Owner’s Equity. This method necessitates a deeper understanding of accounting principles and requires more time and effort to maintain. However, its advantages far outweigh its complexities. The double-entry accounting system provides a comprehensive and complete picture of a company’s financial health by meticulously categorising transactions into various accounts. These accounts encompass assets, liabilities, equity, revenue, and expenses, each serving a specific purpose in capturing the financial intricacies of a business. The meticulous nature of double-entry accounting extends to the preparation of financial statements. The balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows are all products of this system, offering invaluable insights into a company’s financial performance and position. Stakeholders rely on these statements to make informed decisions and navigate the ever-changing business landscape. In contrast, single-entry accounting falls short in providing such comprehensive information. While it may suffice for basic bookkeeping needs, it lacks the depth and accuracy required for businesses seeking a thorough understanding of their financial health. In essence, double-entry accounting stands as the superior choice for businesses seeking accuracy, transparency, and a comprehensive analysis of their financial performance. Its intricate nature may require more effort, but the benefits it provides are invaluable in the pursuit of financial success and sustainable growth. The Disadvantage of the Double-Entry Accounting System? Double-entry accounting is widely regarded as the gold standard for bookkeeping, but it is not without its drawbacks. One significant disadvantage is its complexity compared to single-entry accounting. Double-entry accounting requires a higher level of accounting knowledge and expertise to implement and manage effectively. This can be a challenge for small businesses or organisations with limited accounting resources. Another disadvantage of double-entry accounting is its time-consuming nature. Recording each transaction twice, along with the need for regular balancing and reconciliation, can be more labour-intensive than single-entry accounting. This can lead to increased operational costs and potential delays in financial reporting. Furthermore, double-entry accounting is more prone to human error due to its intricate nature. Errors in recording transactions or other bookkeeping errors in balancing accounts can have significant impacts on the accuracy and reliability of financial statements. Detecting and correcting these errors can be a time-consuming and challenging process. Finally, the complexity of double-entry accounting can make it more difficult to track down errors and irregularities. This can be particularly problematic in cases of fraud or financial mismanagement. Auditors and investigators may require additional time and effort to untangle complex transactions and identify discrepancies. Despite these disadvantages, double-entry accounting remains the preferred choice for businesses seeking accurate and reliable financial reporting. Its advantages, such as providing a comprehensive view of financial health and ensuring the integrity of financial records, outweigh the challenges associated with its implementation and maintenance. LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM is a cloud-based platform specifically designed to cater to the unique needs of financial institutions. By leveraging the power of LIKE.TG’s cutting-edge technology, this comprehensive suite of tools empowers financial service providers to effectively manage customer relationships, streamline processes, and significantly enhance overall efficiency. One of the key strengths of LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM lies in its robust client management capabilities. This feature enables financial institutions to centralise and organise all relevant customer information, including personal details, financial profiles, and interaction history, in a single, easily accessible platform. This streamlined approach facilitates efficient customer service, allowing financial advisors to gain a comprehensive understanding of their client’s needs and deliver personalised financial solutions. Another notable aspect of LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM is its effective opportunity management module. This module assists financial institutions in identifying, tracking, and managing sales opportunities throughout the entire sales cycle. By providing a structured framework for managing leads, nurturing prospects, and closing deals, this feature empowers financial advisors to optimise their sales efforts and maximise revenue potential. Furthermore, LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM offers advanced reporting capabilities that enable financial institutions to gain valuable insights into their business performance. Through customisable reports and dashboards, financial institutions can analyse key metrics such as sales performance, customer satisfaction, and operational efficiency. This data-driven approach supports informed decision-making, allowing financial institutions to identify areas for improvement and implement effective strategies for growth. By leveraging LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM, financial institutions can transform their operations and deliver exceptional customer experiences. With its comprehensive suite of tools and powerful functionality, LIKE.TG empowers financial service providers to achieve greater efficiency, enhance customer engagement, and drive business growth in the competitive financial services industry.

					What is Big Data and Why Does it Matter?
What is Big Data and Why Does it Matter?
Today we are constantly generating and consuming vast amounts of data. From social media posts and online transactions to sensor data and scientific research, the volume, variety, and velocity of data are growing exponentially. This phenomenon is known as big data. In this article, we will explore the concept of big data, its origins, and its significance in the modern world. We’ll also look closely into how big data works, provide real-world examples of its applications, and discuss its impact on various industries and sectors. Finally, we will look ahead to the future of big data and its potential to transform our lives and businesses even further. What is big data? There’s an overwhelming influx of data that characterises our daily interactions. This phenomenon, commonly referred to as big data, encompasses a vast and ever-growing collection of information. It extends beyond the traditional structured data found in relational databases to include unstructured data such as social media posts, sensor data, and weblogs. The sheer volume, variety, and velocity of this data present both challenges and opportunities for businesses and organisations. The term “big data” was coined in the early 21st century to describe the exponential growth and complexity of data. Its defining characteristics are often summarised by the three Vs: Volume, Velocity, and Variety. Volume refers to the immense quantity of data generated daily. Velocity pertains to the rapid speed at which this data is produced and processed. Variety encompasses a diverse range of data formats, including structured, unstructured, and semi-structured data. The sources of big data are as varied as the data itself. Social media platforms, e-commerce transactions, sensor networks, and scientific research contribute to this ever-expanding pool of information. The proliferation of smartphones, IoT (Internet of Things) devices, and cloud computing has further accelerated the growth of big data. History of big data The history of big data is relatively short, but it has already had a profound impact on the way we live and work. In the early days of computing, data was scarce and expensive to store. In the early days, raw data was often collected and stored without much processing, making it challenging to derive meaningful insights. As a result, businesses and organisations were forced to be very selective about the data they collected and stored. However, with the advent of cheaper storage and more powerful computers, it became possible to collect and store vast amounts of data. This led to the rise of big data. The term “big data” was first coined in 2005 by Roger Mougalas. Mougalas used the term to describe the massive amounts of data that were being generated by the Internet and other digital sources. He argued that this data could be used to gain valuable insights into human behaviour and to improve decision-making. In the years since Mougalas coined the term, big data has become a major force in business, government, and society. Big data is used to improve customer service, develop new products and services, and make better decisions. It is also used to study human behaviour, track disease outbreaks, and fight crime. The potential of big data is enormous. However, there are also challenges associated with big data. One challenge is the sheer volume of data that is available. This data can be difficult to store, process, and analyse. Another challenge is the privacy of big data. Big data can be used to track people’s movements, habits, and preferences. This information can be used for good, but it can also be used for malicious purposes. Despite the challenges, the potential of big data is too great to ignore. Big data is changing the world, and it is important to understand how it works and how it can be used. Data-driven innovation Data-driven innovation is the process of using big data analytics to analyse data and derive insights for informed decision-making. This can help organisations improve efficiency and productivity, develop new products and services, and improve customer service. Data scientists and analysts play a crucial role in analysing data to uncover trends and patterns that can drive business decisions. One example of data-driven innovation is the use of big data analytics to improve customer service. By analysing customer data, businesses can identify trends and patterns in customer behaviour. This information can then be used to develop targeted marketing campaigns, improve customer service strategies, and develop new products and services that meet the needs of customers. Another example of data-driven innovation is the use of big data analytics to improve healthcare. By analysing patient data, healthcare providers can identify trends and patterns in patient health. This information can then be used to develop personalised treatment plans, improve patient outcomes, and reduce healthcare costs. The potential of data-driven innovation is enormous. By harnessing the power of big data, businesses and organisations can improve their operations, develop new products and services, and make better decisions. However, there are also challenges associated with data-driven innovation. One challenge is the sheer volume of data that is available. Another challenge is the privacy of big data. Businesses and organisations need to be careful about how they collect, store, and use big data. They need to make sure that they are protecting the privacy of their customers and employees. Despite the challenges, data-driven innovation is a powerful tool that can help businesses and organisations improve their operations and make better decisions. By harnessing the power of big data, businesses and organisations can gain a competitive advantage and achieve success. How Big Data Works with Structured and Unstructured Data In order to understand big data, it’s important to know how it works. A data lake is often used to store unstructured big data, allowing for flexible data management and quick access. The big data process can be broken down into five key steps: data collection, data storage, data processing, data analysis, and data visualisation. The first step in the big data process is data collection. This involves gathering data from a variety of sources, such as sensors, social media, and customer transactions. Once the data has been collected, it needs to be stored in a way that makes it easy to access and analyse. This is where data storage comes in. The next step is data processing. This involves cleaning and preparing the data to ensure data quality, which may include removing duplicate data and correcting errors. This may involve removing duplicate data, correcting errors, and converting the data into a format that is compatible with the analysis tools that will be used. Once the data has been processed, it can be analysed to identify patterns and trends. This involves using statistical and machine-learning techniques to identify patterns and trends in the data. This information can then be used to make informed decisions about everything from product development to marketing strategies. The final step in the big data process is data visualisation. This involves presenting the results of the data analysis in a way that is easy to understand. This may involve creating charts, graphs, and other visual representations of the data. Big data examples Big data is being used by businesses across a wide range of industries to improve their operations and deliver better customer experiences. Here are a few examples: Retail: Big data is used by retailers to track customer purchases, analyse customer behaviour, and develop targeted marketing campaigns. Retailers use big data analysis to uncover customer preferences and optimise inventory management. This information can be used to improve the shopping experience, increase sales, and reduce costs. Healthcare: Big data is used by healthcare providers to improve patient care, reduce costs, and develop new treatments. Healthcare providers, as business users, leverage big data to enhance patient care and operational efficiency. This information can be used to identify patients at risk for certain diseases, develop personalised treatment plans, and track the effectiveness of treatments. Finance: Big data is used by financial institutions to detect fraud, assess risk, and develop new financial products. This information can be used to protect customers from financial crime, improve the efficiency of financial transactions, and develop new investment opportunities. Transportation: Big data is used by transportation companies to improve logistics, reduce costs, and improve safety. Big data helps transportation companies in resource management by optimising routes and reducing fuel consumption. This information can be used to optimise shipping routes, track the location of vehicles, and predict traffic patterns. Manufacturing: Big data is used by manufacturers to improve quality control, reduce costs, and develop new products. This information can be used to identify defects in products, optimise production processes, and develop new products that meet the needs of customers. These are just a few examples of how big data is being used by businesses to improve their operations and deliver better customer experiences. As the volume, velocity, and variety of data continue to grow, we can expect to see even more innovative and groundbreaking uses of big data in the years to come. Big Data Technologies in Today’s World Big data has become an integral part of our daily lives and has revolutionised the way we interact with technology, businesses, and information. In today’s world, the amount of data created every day is simply mind-boggling. According to recent estimates, the global data creation is a staggering 2.5 quintillion bytes of data every single day, and this number is only expected to grow exponentially in the years to come. The impact of big data can be seen across various industries and sectors. For instance, in the healthcare sector, big data is used to improve patient care, reduce costs, and develop new treatments. By analysing vast amounts of patient data, healthcare providers can identify trends and patterns, leading to more personalised treatment plans and better patient outcomes. Similarly, in the financial industry, big data plays a crucial role in detecting fraud, assessing risk, and developing innovative financial products. The retail industry also leverages big data to enhance customer experiences and drive sales. By tracking customer purchases, analysing customer behaviour, and developing targeted marketing campaigns, retailers can gain valuable insights into consumer preferences and provide more personalised services. Big data also plays a significant role in the manufacturing industry, where it is used to improve quality control, reduce costs, and develop new products. Furthermore, the entertainment industry has embraced big data to create more engaging and personalised experiences for consumers. By analysing user data, content providers can tailor recommendations, improve streaming quality, and develop new content that resonates with their audience. The growth of the Internet of Things (IoT) has further amplified the significance of big data. With billions of devices connected to the internet, from smartphones and smartwatches to industrial sensors and home appliances, the volume of data generated is immense. This data holds valuable insights into consumer behaviour, operational efficiency, and asset tracking, enabling businesses to make informed decisions and optimise their operations. The world of big data continues to evolve rapidly, presenting both opportunities and challenges for businesses and organisations. Harnessing the power of big data effectively requires robust data management strategies, advanced analytics capabilities, and a commitment to data privacy and security. By embracing big data and leveraging its potential, businesses can gain a competitive edge, drive innovation, and transform their operations. Future of Big Data and Machine Learning The future of big data is bright. As the amount of data in the world continues to grow, so too will the need for tools and technologies to process and analyse it. This growth will create new opportunities for businesses and organisations of all sizes to use big data to improve their operations, develop new products and services, and make better decisions. One of the most important developments in the future of big data will be the continued growth of artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML). These technologies are already being used to automate many of the tasks associated with big data processing and analysis, and they will become even more powerful in the years to come. As AI and ML become more sophisticated, they will be able to identify patterns and trends in data that are invisible to the human eye. This will allow businesses and organisations to make even better decisions and to develop new products and services that are tailored to the needs of their customers. Another important development in the future of big data will be the increasing use of data visualisation tools. These tools make it possible to present big data in a way that is easy to understand and interpret. This will allow businesses and organisations to communicate the results of their big data analyses to their stakeholders in a way that is clear and concise. Finally, the future of big data will also see an increasing focus on data privacy and security. As more and more data is collected and stored, it is important to ensure that it is protected from unauthorised access and use. Businesses and organisations will need to invest in data security measures to protect their data from cyberattacks and other threats. The future of big data is full of potential. As the amount of data in the world continues to grow, so too will the opportunities for businesses and organisations to use it to improve their operations, develop new products and services, and make better decisions.

					What are Wealth Management Services?
What are Wealth Management Services?
In personal finance, the concept of wealth management often arises as a crucial aspect of securing financial stability and achieving long-term goals. It encompasses a comprehensive range of advisory services tailored to individuals and families, aiming to effectively manage and grow their financial resources. We’ll look into the intricacies of wealth management, exploring its diverse services, advantages, and strategies employed by wealth managers to help clients navigate the complexities of financial planning, investment management, and estate planning. From understanding the types of wealth management services available to gaining insights into the selection process of a wealth manager, this overarching guide provides valuable information to empower individuals in making informed decisions about their financial wellbeing. What is wealth management? Wealth management services are meticulously tailored to each client’s unique circumstances and aspirations. Investment management lies at the core of this service, where experts strategically allocate financial assets to optimise returns while mitigating risks. Through careful portfolio construction and ongoing market monitoring, wealth managers ensure that investment strategies remain aligned with evolving financial goals. Financial planning looks into the intricacies of an individual’s financial life, encompassing cash flow analysis, debt management, education planning, retirement planning, and insurance planning. This approach ensures that every financial situation and aspect is meticulously considered and optimally managed, creating a roadmap towards financial stability and prosperity. Estate planning, an essential component of wealth management, focuses on preserving and distributing an individual’s assets during their lifetime and beyond. Through the creation of wills, trusts, and other legal instruments, wealth managers ensure that an individual’s wishes are meticulously documented and executed, safeguarding the financial wellbeing of their loved ones and preserving their legacy for generations to come. Wealth management is an invaluable service for individuals and families seeking to cultivate, preserve, and grow their financial resources. By partnering with experienced wealth managers, clients gain access to personalised financial strategies, expert guidance, specialist advice, and unmatched proficiency in navigating the complexities of financial planning, investment management, and estate planning. This collaborative endeavour empowers individuals to confidently pursue their financial aspirations, ensuring a secure financial foundation for themselves and their loved ones. Types of wealth management services Wealth management services provide a thorough array of financial solutions designed to cater to the unique needs and aspirations of individuals and families. These services encompass four primary domains: financial planning, investment management, estate planning, and tax planning. The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) plays a crucial role in overseeing professional standards and credentials in wealth management. Financial planning is essential in wealth management as it offers a structured approach to achieving financial objectives. It entails a thorough assessment of an individual’s current financial standing, identification of short-term and long-term goals, and the formulation of a customised roadmap to realise those aspirations. This financial planner also encompasses budgeting strategies, debt management, retirement planning, education funding, and risk mitigation strategies. Investment management plays a pivotal role in wealth management, focusing on the strategic allocation and management of assets to foster wealth growth. Wealth managers construct diversified investment portfolios tailored to each client’s risk tolerance, investment horizon, and financial goals. They exercise constant vigilance over market dynamics, making judicious adjustments to the portfolio to optimise returns while minimising potential risks. Estate planning is an essential component of wealth management, ensuring the orderly transfer of assets during a client’s lifetime and beyond. It involves the creation of legal instruments, such as wills, trusts, and powers of attorney, to delineate the distribution and management of assets. Estate planning also addresses crucial matters like minimising estate taxes, preserving family wealth, and safeguarding the financial security of heirs. Tax planning is an integral aspect of wealth management, aimed at minimising tax liabilities and maximising after-tax income. Wealth managers meticulously analyse clients’ tax situations and devise strategies to optimise tax efficiency. This may involve leveraging tax-advantaged investment vehicles, maximising deductions and credits, and anticipating the potential tax implications of various financial transactions. By seamlessly integrating these services, wealth managers empower clients with a holistic approach to managing their financial resources and achieving their long-term financial aspirations. They serve as trusted advisors, providing personalised guidance, profound expertise, and unwavering support assisting clients to navigate the complexities of wealth management and make informed financial decisions. Advantages of wealth management Wealth management offers a range of advantages that can significantly benefit individuals and families seeking to achieve their financial goals. Firstly, a wealth management team provides clients with personalised financial advice tailored to their unique circumstances and aspirations. Through extensive financial planning, wealth managers assess clients’ financial situations, identify their goals, and develop customised strategies to help them achieve those goals. This personalised approach ensures that clients receive guidance that is aligned with their specific needs and priorities. Secondly, wealth management services provide clients with access to professional expertise and knowledge in managing complex financial matters. Wealth managers possess extensive knowledge of financial markets, investment strategies, and tax regulations, enabling them to make informed decisions on behalf of their clients. This expertise is particularly valuable for individuals who may lack the time, knowledge, or experience to effectively manage their own finances. Thirdly, wealth management offers clients peace of mind and financial security. By entrusting their financial affairs to experienced wealth managers, individuals and families can alleviate the stress and anxiety associated with managing their finances. Wealth managers continuously monitor clients’ portfolios, ensuring that they remain aligned with their financial goals and risk tolerance. This ongoing monitoring and management provide clients with the assurance that their financial future is in capable hands. Fourthly, wealth management services can help clients achieve greater financial efficiency and optimisation. Wealth managers employ sophisticated financial planning techniques and strategies to maximise clients’ returns while minimising risks. They also assist clients in optimising their tax liabilities, ensuring that they retain more of their hard-earned income. This financial efficiency can significantly contribute to clients’ overall financial wellbeing and long-term financial success. In conclusion, wealth management offers a multitude of advantages for individuals and families seeking to achieve their financial goals. Through personalised advice, professional expertise, peace of mind, and financial efficiency, wealth management services provide clients with the support and guidance needed to navigate the complex world of finance and secure their financial future. How to choose a wealth manager When selecting a wealth manager, it’s crucial to consider several key factors to ensure you find a professional who aligns with your financial needs and goals. One important aspect to consider is the wealth manager’s fiduciary status. A fiduciary is legally obligated to act in the best interests of their clients, prioritising their financial wellbeing above all else. This level of trust and responsibility is essential when entrusting your financial future to a wealth manager. Experience and qualifications are also vital factors to evaluate. Look for a wealth manager with a proven track record of success in managing and growing wealth. Consider their educational background, professional certifications, and years of experience in the financial industry. A wealth manager with a strong track record and relevant qualifications can provide valuable insights and strategies to help you achieve your financial objectives. Another important consideration is the wealth manager’s investment philosophy and risk tolerance. Understand their approach to investing and managing risk, and ensure it aligns with your own financial goals and risk appetite. A wealth manager or financial advisor who shares your investment philosophy and understands your risk tolerance can tailor their strategies accordingly, maximising the potential for success. Fees are another crucial aspect to consider when choosing a wealth manager. Be clear about the fee structure and ensure you understand all associated costs, including management fees, performance fees, and any additional expenses. Transparent fee structures and reasonable rates are essential to ensure your wealth manager’s interests are aligned with yours. Finally, don’t underestimate the value of references and recommendations. Seek referrals from friends, family, or business associates who have worked with wealth managers in the past. Personal recommendations can provide valuable insights into the wealth manager’s professionalism, expertise, and client service. By carefully considering these factors, you can select a wealth manager who possesses the experience, qualifications, and values to effectively guide you towards achieving your financial aspirations. Wealth management fees and costs Wealth management services typically come with associated fees and costs that vary depending on the complexity of the financial plan, the level of service provided, and the wealth manager’s experience and qualifications. It is crucial for individuals and families to understand these fees and costs before selecting a wealth manager to ensure that they are making an informed decision. Common types of fees charged by wealth managers include: Advisory fees: These fees are typically based on a percentage of assets under management (AUM) and cover the ongoing investment advice, and management provided by the wealth manager. The percentage can vary depending on the size of the portfolio and the services included. Transaction fees: These fees are charged each time a trade is executed on behalf of the client. They may include commissions, bid-ask spreads, and other related costs. Custodian fees: These fees are an advisory fee charged by the financial institution that holds the client’s assets in custody. They cover the costs of safeguarding and administering the assets. Performance fees: Some wealth managers charge performance fees based on the investment returns achieved. These fees are typically structured as a percentage of the profits generated above a predetermined benchmark. Hourly fees: In some cases, private wealth managers may charge an hourly fee for specific services, such as financial planning or estate planning. It is important to note that fees and costs can vary significantly between wealth managers, so it is essential to compare and understand the fee structures before making a decision. Some wealth managers may offer bundled services that include a combination of fees, while others may charge separately for each service. Additionally, some wealth managers may require a minimum investment amount or a minimum annual fee, which can limit accessibility for individuals with smaller portfolios. It is advisable to seek clarification on all fees and costs, including any potential hidden charges, before committing to a wealth management service. Examples of wealth management Wealth managers provide a wide range of services to help clients manage their wealth effectively. Some common examples of wealth and asset management and services include: Creating and maintaining an investment portfolio: Wealth managers can help clients build diversified investment portfolios that align with their risk tolerance, investment goals, and time horizon. They can also provide ongoing monitoring and management of the portfolio to ensure it remains aligned with the client’s objectives. Developing strategies for tax-efficient investing: Wealth managers can help clients develop strategies to minimise their tax liability and maximise their after-tax returns. This may involve utilising tax-advantaged investment vehicles, such as retirement accounts and tax-efficient mutual funds, as well as implementing tax-loss harvesting strategies. Providing advice on estate planning: Wealth managers can help clients create estate plans that ensure their assets are distributed according to their wishes and that their loved ones are financially secure. This may involve drafting wills, trusts, and powers of attorney, as well as providing guidance on issues such as probate and estate taxes. Offering guidance on charitable giving: Wealth managers can help clients develop charitable giving strategies that align with their philanthropic goals and maximise their tax benefits. This may involve establishing donor-advised funds, charitable trusts, or private foundations, as well as providing guidance and tax advice on selecting charities and structuring gifts. Assisting with business succession planning: Wealth managers and financial advisers can help business owners develop plans for the orderly transfer of their business to the next generation or to other owners. This may involve developing buy-sell agreements, creating family-limited partnerships, or implementing other succession planning strategies. Wealth managers can also provide guidance on specialised areas of wealth management, such as retirement planning, education funding, and insurance planning. By working with a qualified wealth manager, individuals and families can gain access to the expertise and resources they need to achieve their financial goals and secure their financial future. Strategies of a Wealth Manager Within wealth management, meticulous strategies are implemented to assist clients in accomplishing their financial aspirations. Diversification stands as a central strategy, aiming to disperse investments across asset classes, industries, and geographic boundaries. This prudent approach to investment strategy seeks to mitigate the impact of market fluctuations, paving the way for sustained long-term growth. Risk management plays an equally important role, with wealth managers meticulously assessing clients’ risk tolerance and crafting personalised investment strategies aligned with their comfort levels. This may entail employing stop-loss orders, strategic hedging, or incorporating alternative investments like real estate or commodities to fortify against potential losses. Regular vigilance and proactive adjustments ensure that clients’ portfolios remain harmonised with their risk preferences. Rebalancing emerges as another essential strategy, ensuring that asset allocation remains optimal amidst dynamic market conditions. As investments traverse through varying performance cycles, periodic adjustments are made to restore the portfolio’s balance, aligning it with the target allocation. This prudent approach not only mitigates risk but also seizes emerging growth opportunities. Tax efficiency holds a prominent position in wealth management, with strategies designed to minimise clients’ tax liabilities. Wealth managers leverage techniques such as tax-loss harvesting, judicious investment placement, and leveraging tax-advantaged accounts. By optimising tax efficiency, clients are empowered to maximise their after-tax returns and preserve a greater portion of their wealth. Estate planning constitutes an integral component of wealth management, ensuring that clients’ wealth is transferred to heirs in a tax-efficient manner and their wishes are honoured after their passing. This includes crafting trusts, wills, and other legal instruments, as well as collaborating with estate attorneys and other professionals. Through comprehensive estate planning, clients can safeguard their legacies and provide for their loved ones. These strategies coalesce to form a holistic framework for wealth management, encompassing financial guidance, risk management, and future security. Wealth managers serve as trusted financial advisors throughout, diligently guiding clients toward the realisation of their financial goals and securing their financial wellbeing.

					What does asynchronous mean?
What does asynchronous mean?
Asynchronous communication is quickly becoming the new normal in the digital age. This type of communication allows for more flexibility and convenience, as participants can send and receive messages at their own convenience. It also fosters deeper and more thoughtful responses, as participants have time to reflect and compose their messages. In this article, we will explore the concept of asynchronous communication, its benefits, and how it is used in telecommunication, computer programming, and workplace communication. We will also provide some examples of asynchronous communication and compare it to synchronous communication. Finally, we will discuss how LIKE.TG can help you with the term asynchronous communication. What is asynchronous communication? Asynchronous communication is a mode of digital communication, in which the sender and receiver are not engaged in simultaneous, real-time interaction. Unlike synchronous communication, such as phone calls or face-to-face conversations, asynchronous communication does not require the immediate presence or availability of both parties. In an asynchronous form of communication, the sender can transmit a message without expecting an immediate response from the recipient. This allows for greater flexibility and convenience, as participants can engage in communication at their own convenience, regardless of their location or schedule. Asynchronous communication can take place through various channels, including email, text messaging, instant messaging, social media, and online forums. In contrast, other forms of real-time communication, like texting, e-mail, and Twitter, require immediate or near-immediate responses. One significant advantage of asynchronous communication is the opportunity it provides for more thoughtful and well-crafted responses. Since participants have time to reflect on their messages before sending them, asynchronous communication often leads to more detailed and insightful conversations. It allows individuals to express their thoughts and ideas more clearly and comprehensively, fostering deeper and more meaningful discussions. Furthermore, asynchronous communication can enhance productivity by enabling individuals to multitask and prioritise their tasks. It allows them to engage in multiple conversations simultaneously without the pressure of immediate response, leading to more efficient use of time and resources. However, it’s important to acknowledge the potential drawbacks associated with asynchronous communication. The lack of immediate feedback can sometimes lead to misunderstandings or delays in resolving issues. Additionally, the absence of non-verbal cues, such as body language and tone of voice, can make it challenging to convey emotions and intentions accurately. Overall, asynchronous communication offers a flexible and convenient alternative to synchronous communication, allowing for more thoughtful and in-depth interactions. While it may have certain limitations, asynchronous communication remains a valuable tool in today’s fast-paced digital landscape, facilitating effective collaboration and knowledge sharing among individuals and teams. Benefits of asynchronous communication Asynchronous communication offers a host of advantages over synchronous communication, making it a valuable tool for businesses and individuals alike. Improved productivity Asynchronous communication allows employees to work at their own pace and on their own time, which can lead to increased productivity. Employees are not constrained by the need to be available for real-time conversations and can instead focus on completing tasks without distractions. This flexibility can be especially beneficial for employees who have other commitments, such as caregiving or remote work. Greater flexibility Asynchronous communication offers greater flexibility than synchronous communication, as it allows employees to communicate from any location and at any time, on their own schedule. This can be a major advantage for businesses with employees who work remotely or travel frequently. Asynchronous communication also makes it easier for employees to collaborate with colleagues in different time zones or countries. Increased inclusivity Asynchronous communication can make the workplace more inclusive for employees with disabilities or who are neurodivergent. For example, employees with social anxiety or autism may find it easier to communicate via text or email than in person or over the phone. Asynchronous communication can also level the playing field for employees who are not native speakers of the majority language in the workplace. Deeper and more thoughtful responses Asynchronous communication allows participants to take their time and craft thoughtful, well-considered responses. This can lead to deeper and more meaningful conversations, as participants have the opportunity to reflect on their thoughts and feelings before responding. Asynchronous communication can also be beneficial for resolving conflicts, as it allows participants to avoid getting caught up in the heat of the moment. Asynchronous in telecommunication Within telecommunication, asynchronous communication refers to the exchange of information between devices or systems without the requirement for real-time interaction. Unlike synchronous communication, where participants engage in a continuous, back-and-forth exchange, asynchronous communication allows for a more flexible and time-independent exchange of messages. A typical example of asynchronous communication in telecommunication is the exchange of text messages or emails. In this scenario, the sender composes and sends a message, and the recipient retrieves and reads it at their convenience. In contrast, video conferencing is a synchronous communication method where events need to happen in order and over a fixed span of time, unlike asynchronous methods where events can happen at irregular intervals and recipients can respond at their convenience. There is no need for both parties to be available simultaneously, providing greater flexibility in communication. Asynchronous communication also finds applications in various telecommunication technologies and services. For instance, voicemail systems allow callers to leave recorded messages for the intended recipients to retrieve and listen to later. Similarly, fax machines enable the transmission of documents without requiring the sender and receiver to be online simultaneously. One key advantage of asynchronous communication in telecommunication is its ability to transcend geographical boundaries and time zones. It enables seamless communication between individuals or entities located in different parts of the world, regardless of their respective time zones. This flexibility makes asynchronous communication particularly suitable for global business operations and remote collaboration. However, it’s important to acknowledge certain drawbacks associated with asynchronous communication in telecommunication. The absence of real-time client interaction can sometimes lead to delays in resolving urgent matters or addressing time-sensitive issues. Additionally, the lack of immediate feedback or response can hinder effective problem-solving or decision-making processes. Despite these limitations, asynchronous communication remains a valuable tool in the telecommunication landscape, offering convenience, flexibility, and the ability to bridge geographical distances. It complements synchronous communication methods by providing an alternative means of interaction that suits various communication needs and preferences. Asynchronous in computer programming Asynchronous programming is a paradigm that allows different parts of a computer program to run concurrently. In traditional synchronous programming, each statement is executed in sequence, and the next statement cannot start until the current statement has finished executing. This can lead to inefficiencies, especially when dealing with long-running tasks or when multiple tasks need to be coordinated and performed simultaneously. Asynchronous programming overcomes these limitations by allowing multiple tasks to execute concurrently. This is achieved by using a technique called “event-driven programming,” which involves setting up event handlers that are triggered when certain events occur. For example, if a user clicks a button on a web page, an event handler can be triggered to handle the click event and perform the necessary actions. Asynchronous programming can significantly improve the performance and responsiveness of computer programs, especially when dealing with user interfaces, network communication, and other I/O-intensive tasks. It also allows for more efficient use of resources, as multiple tasks can be executed concurrently without having to wait for each other to complete. Some popular examples of asynchronous programming languages include JavaScript, Python, and Ruby. These languages provide built-in support for event-driven programming and offer various libraries and frameworks that facilitate asynchronous programming. Overall, asynchronous programming is a powerful paradigm that enables efficient and responsive computer programs by allowing multiple tasks to execute concurrently. It is widely used in various applications, including web development, mobile development, and real-time systems. Asynchronous in workplace communication Asynchronous work is a valuable tool for workplace communication. It can enable employees to work flexibly, collaborate more effectively, reduce stress and burnout, and improve communication between employees and managers. One of the key benefits of asynchronous communication is that it allows employees to work on their own schedules. This can be especially beneficial for employees who have other commitments, such as family or school, or who simply prefer to work at their own pace. Asynchronous communication also allows employees to collaborate more effectively, as they can easily share ideas and documents with each other without having to be in the same place at the same time. This can be especially helpful for teams that are spread across different locations or time zones. In addition, asynchronous communication can help to reduce stress and burnout in the workplace. When employees are not constantly interrupted by phone calls or emails, they can focus better on their work and take breaks when they need them. This can help to improve employee morale and productivity. Finally, asynchronous communication can improve communication between employees and managers. When managers are not able to communicate with their employees in real-time, they have more time to think about their responses and provide more thoughtful feedback. This can help to build trust and rapport between managers and employees. Of course, asynchronous communication also has some drawbacks. One potential drawback is that it can be difficult to resolve urgent matters or address time-sensitive issues. Additionally, asynchronous communication can sometimes lead to misunderstandings or miscommunications, as employees may not be able to clarify their words or meaning in real-time. However, overall, asynchronous communication can be a valuable tool for workplace communication when used effectively. Asynchronous examples Examples of asynchronous communication include sending an email, posting on a message board, leaving a voicemail, sending a text message, and using Slack or Microsoft Teams. Email is one of the most common forms of asynchronous communication. It allows you to send messages to others at any time, and they can read and respond to them at their convenience. Email is a good way to communicate when you need to share a lot of information or when you want to get feedback from others. Message boards are another popular form of asynchronous communication. They allow users to post messages and questions on a public forum, and others can read and respond to them. Message boards are a good way to get help from others or to share information with a large group of people. Voicemail is a good way to communicate when you need to leave a message for someone who is not available to answer the phone. Voicemail messages can be listened to at the recipient’s convenience. Text messaging is a popular form of asynchronous communication that allows short messages to be sent to others. Text messages are a good way to stay in touch with friends and family or to communicate with co-workers about work-related matters. Slack and Microsoft Teams are two popular collaboration tools that allow teams to communicate asynchronously. These tools allow users to send messages, share files, and collaborate on projects. Slack and Microsoft Teams are good ways to stay connected with your team and get work done. Asynchronous communication can be a valuable tool for workplace communication. It can enable employees to work flexibly, collaborate more effectively, reduce stress and burnout, and improve communication between employees and managers. By using asynchronous communication tools, you can improve the productivity and efficiency of your team. Asynchronous workflows are particularly beneficial for remote teams, as they allow for seamless collaboration across different time zones and locations, transforming parts of the creative process into an asynchronous one. Asynchronous vs. synchronous Asynchronous communication is a type of communication in which the sender and receiver are not engaged in real-time communication. It can take place over a variety of channels, including email, text messaging, and social media. Asynchronous communication allows for more flexibility and convenience in communication, as participants can send and receive messages at their own convenience. It can also foster deeper and more thoughtful responses, as participants have time to reflect and compose their messages. In the context of online education, asynchronous learning offers similar flexibility, allowing students to access instructional materials and complete tasks at their chosen time within a designated time frame. This contrasts with synchronous learning, where students attend class sessions at specific times, engaging in live instruction and participating in real-time discussions and activities. Online classes can be either asynchronous or synchronous, each with its own set of benefits. Asynchronous online classes provide flexibility and the opportunity for immediate feedback, while synchronous online classes offer real-time engagement and interaction. In a virtual setting, synchronous learning takes place in a digital space where students and instructors interact in real-time, akin to a physical classroom setting. In contrast, synchronous communication requires both communicating parties to be available at the same time. This type of communication is often used for meetings, phone calls, and video chats. Synchronous communication can be more efficient for time-sensitive matters, as participants can interact and respond to each other immediately. However, it can also be more disruptive, as participants may need to interrupt their other activities to attend to the communication. The choice between asynchronous and synchronous communication depends on several factors, including the urgency of the matter, the complexity of the information being communicated, and the preferences of the participants. For example, if a message is time-sensitive or requires immediate feedback, synchronous communication may be more appropriate. On the other hand, if the message is not urgent and allows for more thoughtful consideration, asynchronous communication may be a better option. Asynchronous communication can also be more convenient for participants who are in different time zones or have different work schedules. It allows participants to communicate on their own time, without the need to coordinate schedules. Additionally, asynchronous communication can be more accessible for individuals with disabilities or who prefer written communication. Overall, asynchronous and synchronous communication have their own advantages and disadvantages, and the best choice depends on the specific operating situation and preferences of the participants. How LIKE.TG can help you with Asynchronous communication LIKE.TG provides a comprehensive set of tools and services to facilitate asynchronous communication, enabling businesses to enhance their communication efficiency and productivity. These tools include: Asynchronous Programming: LIKE.TG offers robust support for asynchronous programming, allowing developers to create applications that can process tasks and operations in the background without hindering the user interface. This enhances application performance and responsiveness, particularly for complex and data-intensive tasks. Messaging Services: LIKE.TG provides a range of messaging services that enable asynchronous communication between users, customers, and applications. These services include email, chat, and SMS messaging, allowing for seamless and convenient communication. APIs for Asynchronous Communication: LIKE.TG offers a comprehensive set of APIs that enable developers to integrate asynchronous communication into their custom applications. These APIs include the Messaging API, which facilitates the sending and receiving of messages, and the Streaming API, which enables real-time updates and notifications. Workflow Automation: LIKE.TG’s workflow automation capabilities allow businesses to automate repetitive and time-consuming tasks, such as sending follow-up emails or generating reports. This automation enhances efficiency and frees up employees to focus on more strategic and value-added activities. By leveraging these tools and services, LIKE.TG empowers businesses to embrace asynchronous communication, fostering collaboration, productivity, and customer engagement while optimising resource utilisation and reducing costs.
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈
营销拓客

					10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
The banking industry is undergoing a digital transformation, and customer relationship management (CRM) systems are at the forefront of this change. By providing a centralised platform for customer data, interactions, and analytics, CRMs empower banks to deliver personalised and efficient services, fostering customer loyalty and driving business growth. We’ll look closer at the significance of CRM in banking, exploring its numerous benefits, addressing challenges in adoption, and highlighting future trends and innovations. Additionally, we present a compelling case study showcasing a successful CRM implementation in the banking sector. 10 Questions to Ask When Choosing a CRM in Banking When selecting a top CRM platform for your banking institution, it is necessary to carefully evaluate potential solutions to ensure they align with your specific requirements and objectives. Here are 10 key questions to ask during the selection process: 1. Does the CRM integrate with your existing, financial and banking organisation and systems? A seamless integration between your CRM and existing banking systems is essential to avoid data silos and ensure a holistic view of customer interactions. Look for a CRM that can easily integrate with your core banking system, payment platforms, and other relevant applications. 2. Can the CRM provide a 360-degree view of your customers? A CRM should offer a unified platform that consolidates customer data from various touchpoints, including online banking, mobile banking, branches, and contact centres. This enables bank representatives to access a complete customer profile, including account information, transaction history, and past interactions, resulting in more personalised and efficient customer service. 3. Does the CRM offer robust reporting and analytics capabilities? Leverage the power of data by selecting a CRM that provides robust reporting and analytics capabilities. This will allow you to analyse customer behaviour, identify trends, and gain actionable insights into customer needs and preferences. Look for a CRM that offers customisable reports, dashboards, and data visualisation tools to empower your bank with data-driven decision-making. 4. Is the CRM user-friendly and easy to implement? A user-friendly interface is essential for ensuring that your bank’s employees can effectively utilise the CRM. Consider the technical expertise of your team and opt for a CRM with an intuitive design, clear navigation, and minimal training requirements. Additionally, evaluate the implementation process to ensure it can be completed within your desired timeframe and budget. What is a CRM in the Banking Industry? Customer relationship management (CRM) is a crucial technology for banks to optimise customer service, improve operational efficiency, and drive business growth. A CRM system acts as a centralised platform that empowers banks to manage customer interactions, track customer information, and analyse customer data. By leveraging CRM capabilities, banks can also gain deeper insights and a larger understanding of their customers’ needs, preferences, and behaviours, enabling them to deliver personalised and exceptional banking experiences. CRM in banking fosters stronger customer relationships by facilitating personalised interactions. With a CRM system, banks can capture and store customer data, including personal information, transaction history, and communication preferences. This data enables bank representatives to have informed conversations with customers, addressing their specific needs and providing tailored financial solutions. Personalised interactions enhance customer satisfaction, loyalty, and overall banking experience. CRM enhances operational efficiency and productivity within banks. By automating routine tasks such as data entry, customer service ticketing, and report generation, banking CRM software streamlines workflows and reduces manual labour. This automation allows bank employees to focus on higher-value activities, such as customer engagement and financial advisory services. Furthermore, CRM provides real-time access to customer information, enabling employees to quickly retrieve and update customer data, thereby enhancing operational efficiency. Additionally, CRM empowers banks to analyse customer data and derive valuable insights. With robust reporting and analytics capabilities, banks can identify customer segments, analyse customer behaviour, and measure campaign effectiveness. This data-driven approach enables banks to make informed decisions, optimise marketing strategies, and develop targeted products and services that cater to specific customer needs. CRM also plays a vital role in risk management and compliance within the banking industry. By integrating customer data with regulatory requirements, banks can effectively monitor transactions, detect suspicious activities, and mitigate fraud risks. This ensures compliance with industry regulations and safeguards customer information. In summary, CRM is a transformative technology that revolutionises banking operations. By fostering personalised customer experiences and interactions, enhancing operational efficiency, enabling data-driven decision-making, and ensuring risk management, CRM empowers banks to deliver superior customer service, drive business growth, and maintain a competitive edge. The 10 Business Benefits of Using a Banking CRM 1. Streamlined Customer Interactions: CRMs enable banks to centralise customer data, providing a holistic view of each customer’s interactions with the bank. This allows for streamlined and personalised customer service, improving customer satisfaction and reducing the time and effort required to resolve customer queries. 2. Enhanced Data Management and Analytics: CRMs provide powerful data management capabilities, enabling banks to collect, store, and analyse customer data from various sources. This data can be leveraged to gain valuable insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns. Banks can then use these insights to optimise their products, services, and marketing strategies. 3. Increased Sales and Cross-Selling Opportunities: CRMs help banks identify cross-selling and upselling opportunities by analysing customer data and identifying customer needs and preferences. By leveraging this information, banks can proactively recommend relevant products and services, increasing sales and revenue. 4. Improved Customer Retention and Loyalty: CRMs help banks build stronger customer relationships by enabling personalised interactions and providing excellent customer service. By understanding customer needs and preferences, banks can proactively address issues and provide tailored solutions, fostering customer loyalty and reducing churn. 5. Enhanced Regulatory Compliance and Risk Management: CRMs assist banks in complying with industry regulations and managing risks effectively. By centralising customer data and tracking customer interactions, banks can easily generate reports and demonstrate compliance with regulatory requirements. CRMs and other banking software programs also help in identifying and managing potential risks associated with customer transactions. 6. Improved Operational Efficiency: CRMs streamline various banking processes, including customer onboarding, loan processing, and account management. By automating repetitive tasks and providing real-time access to customer information, CRMs help banks improve operational efficiency and reduce costs. 7. Increased Employee Productivity: CRMs provide banking employees with easy access to customer data and real-time updates, enabling them to handle customer inquiries more efficiently. This reduces the time spent on administrative tasks and allows employees to focus on providing exceptional customer service. 8. Improved Decision-Making: CRMs provide banks with data-driven insights into customer behaviour and market trends. This information supports informed decision-making, enabling banks to develop and implement effective strategies for customer acquisition, retention, and growth. 9. Enhanced Customer Experience: CRMs help banks deliver a superior customer experience by providing personalised interactions, proactive problem resolution, and quick response to customer inquiries. This results in increased customer satisfaction and positive brand perception.10. Increased Profitability: By leveraging the benefits of CRM systems, banks can optimise their operations, increase sales, and reduce costs, ultimately leading to increased profitability and long-term success for financial service customers. Case studies highlighting successful CRM implementations in banking Several financial institutions have successfully implemented CRM systems to enhance their operations and customer service. Here are a few notable case studies: DBS Bank: DBS Bank, a leading financial institution in Southeast Asia, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided a 360-degree view of customers, enabling the bank to tailor products and services to individual needs. As a result, DBS Bank increased customer retention by 15% and cross-selling opportunities by 20%. HDFC Bank: India’s largest private sector bank, HDFC Bank, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and operational efficiency. The system integrated various customer touch points, such as branches, ATMs, and online banking, providing a seamless experience for customers. HDFC Bank achieved a 20% reduction in operating costs and a 15% increase in customer satisfaction. JPMorgan Chase: JPMorgan Chase, one of the largest banks in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve customer interactions and data management. The system provided a centralised platform to track customer interactions and data, allowing the bank to gain insights into customer behaviour and preferences. As a result, JPMorgan Chase increased customer interactions by 15% and improved data accuracy by 20%. Bank of America: Bank of America, the second-largest bank in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve sales and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided sales teams with real-time customer data, across sales and marketing efforts enabling them to tailor their pitches and identify potential cross-selling opportunities. Bank of America achieved a 10% increase in sales and a 15% increase in cross-selling opportunities.These case studies demonstrate the tangible benefits of CRM in the banking industry. By implementing CRM systems, banks can improve customer retention, customer service, cross-selling opportunities, operating costs, and marketing campaigns. Overcoming challenges to CRM adoption in banking While CRM systems offer numerous benefits to banks, their adoption can be hindered by certain challenges. One of the primary obstacles is resistance from employees who may be reluctant to embrace new technology or fear job displacement. Overcoming this resistance requires effective change management strategies, such as involving employees in the selection and implementation process, providing all-encompassing training, and addressing their concerns. Another challenge is the lack of proper training and support for employees using the CRM system. Insufficient training can lead to low user adoption and suboptimal utilisation of the system’s features. To address this, banks should invest in robust training programs that equip employees with the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively use the CRM system. Training should cover not only the technical aspects of the system but also its benefits and how it aligns with the bank’s overall goals. Integration challenges can also hinder the successful adoption of CRM software in banking. Banks often have complex IT systems and integrating a new CRM system can be a complex and time-consuming process. To overcome these challenges, banks should carefully plan the integration process, ensuring compatibility between the CRM system and existing systems. This may involve working with the CRM vendor to ensure a smooth integration process and providing adequate technical support to address any issues that arise. Data security is a critical concern for banks, and the adoption of a CRM system must address potential security risks. Banks must ensure that the CRM system meets industry standards and regulations for data protection. This includes implementing robust security measures, such as encryption, access controls, and regular security audits, to safeguard sensitive customer information. Finally, the cost of implementing and maintaining a CRM system can be a challenge for banks. CRM systems require significant upfront investment in software, hardware, and training. Banks should carefully evaluate the costs and benefits of CRM adoption, ensuring that the potential returns justify the investment. Additionally, banks should consider the ongoing costs associated with maintaining and updating the CRM system, as well as the cost of providing ongoing training and support to users. Future trends and innovations in banking CRM Navigating Evolving Banking Trends and Innovations in CRM The banking industry stands at the precipice of transformative changes, driven by a surge of innovative technologies and evolving customer expectations. Open banking, artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain technology, the Internet of Things (IoT), and voice-activated interfaces are shaping the future of banking CRM. Open banking is revolutionising the financial sphere by enabling banks to securely share customer data with third-party providers, with the customer’s explicit consent. This fosters a broader financial ecosystem, offering customers access to a varied range of products and services, while fostering healthy competition and innovation within the banking sector. AI has become an indispensable tool for banking institutions, empowering them to deliver exceptional customer experiences. AI-driven chatbots and virtual assistants provide round-the-clock support, assisting customers with queries, processing transactions, and ensuring swift problem resolution. Additionally, AI plays a pivotal role in fraud detection and risk management, safeguarding customers’ financial well-being. Blockchain technology, with its decentralised and immutable nature, offers a secure platform for financial transactions. By maintaining an incorruptible ledger of records, blockchain ensures the integrity and transparency of financial data, building trust among customers and enhancing the overall banking experience. The Internet of Things (IoT) is transforming banking by connecting physical devices to the internet, enabling real-time data collection and exchange. IoT devices monitor customer behaviour, track equipment status, and manage inventory, empowering banks to optimise operations, reduce costs, and deliver personalised services. Voice-activated interfaces and chatbots are revolutionising customer interactions, providing convenient and intuitive access to banking services. Customers can utilise voice commands or text-based chat to manage accounts, make payments, and seek assistance, enhancing their overall banking experience. These transformative trends necessitate banks’ ability to adapt and innovate continuously. By embracing these technologies and aligning them with customer needs, banks can unlock new opportunities for growth, strengthen customer relationships, and remain at the forefront of the industry. How LIKE.TG Can Help LIKE.TG is a leading provider of CRM solutions that can help banks achieve the benefits of CRM. With LIKE.TG, banks can gain a complete view of their customers, track interactions, deliver personalised experiences, and more. LIKE.TG offers a comprehensive suite of CRM tools that can be customised to meet the specific needs of banks. These tools include customer relationship management (CRM), sales and marketing automation, customer service, and analytics. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. For example, one bank that implemented LIKE.TG saw a 20% increase in customer satisfaction, a 15% increase in revenue, and a 10% decrease in costs. Here are some specific examples of how LIKE.TG can help banks: Gain a complete view of customers: LIKE.TG provides a single, unified platform that allows banks to track all customer interactions, from initial contact to ongoing support. This information can be used to create a complete picture of each customer, which can help banks deliver more personalised and relevant experiences. Track interactions: LIKE.TG allows banks to track all interactions with customers, including phone calls, emails, chat conversations, and social media posts. This information can be used to identify trends and patterns, which can help banks improve their customer service and sales efforts. Deliver personalised experiences: LIKE.TG allows banks to create personalised experiences for each customer. This can be done by using customer data to tailor marketing campaigns, product recommendations, and customer service interactions. Increase revenue: LIKE.TG can help banks increase revenue by providing tools to track sales opportunities, manage leads, and forecast revenue. This information can be used to make informed decisions about which products and services to offer, and how to best target customers. Reduce costs: LIKE.TG can help banks reduce costs by automating tasks, streamlining processes, and improving efficiency. This can free up resources that can be used to focus on other areas of the business. Overall, LIKE.TG is a powerful CRM solution that can help banks improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can gain a competitive advantage in the rapidly changing financial services industry.

					10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
Some ecommerce trends and technologies pass in hype cycles, but others are so powerful they change the entire course of the market. After all the innovations and emerging technologies that cropped up in 2023, business leaders are assessing how to move forward and which new trends to implement.Here are some of the biggest trends that will affect your business over the coming year. What you’ll learn: Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Conversational commerce is getting more human Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Brands are going big with resale Social commerce is evolving Vibrant video content is boosting sales Loyalty programs are getting more personalised User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries Ecommerce trends FAQ 1. Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency There’s no doubt about it: Artificial intelligence (AI) is changing the ecommerce game. Commerce teams have been using the technology for years to automate and personalise product recommendations, chatbot activity, and more. But now, generative and predictive AI trained on large language models (LLM) offer even more opportunities to increase efficiency and scale personalisation. AI is more than an ecommerce trend — it can make your teams more productive and your customers more satisfied. Do you have a large product catalog that needs to be updated frequently? AI can write and categorise individual descriptions, cutting down hours of work to mere minutes. Do you need to optimise product detail pages? AI can help with SEO by automatically generating meta titles and meta descriptions for every product. Need to build a landing page for a new promotion? Generative page designers let users of all skill levels create and design web pages in seconds with simple, conversational building tools. All this innovation will make it easier to keep up with other trends, meet customers’ high expectations, and stay flexible — no matter what comes next. 2. Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Data is your most valuable business asset. It’s how you understand your customers, make informed decisions, and gauge success. So it’s critical to make sure your data is in order. The challenge? Businesses collect a lot of it, but they don’t always know how to manage it. That’s where data management and harmonisation come in. They bring together data from multiple sources — think your customer relationship management (CRM) and order management systems — to provide a holistic view of all your business activities. With harmonised data, you can uncover insights and act on them much faster to increase customer satisfaction and revenue. Harmonised data also makes it possible to implement AI (including generative AI), automation, and machine learning to help you market, serve, and sell more efficiently. That’s why data management and harmonisation are top priorities among business leaders: 68% predict an increase in data management investments. 32% say a lack of a complete view and understanding of their data is a hurdle. 45% plan to prioritise gaining a more holistic view of their customers. For businesses looking to take advantage of all the new AI capabilities in ecommerce, data management should be priority number one. 3. Conversational commerce is getting more human Remember when chatbot experiences felt robotic and awkward? Those days are over. Thanks to generative AI and LLMs, conversational commerce is getting a glow-up. Interacting with chatbots for service inquiries, product questions, and more via messaging apps and websites feels much more human and personalised. Chatbots can now elevate online shopping with conversational AI and first-party data, mirroring the best in-store interactions across all digital channels. Natural language, image-based, and data-driven interactions can simplify product searches, provide personalised responses, and streamline purchases for a smooth experience across all your digital channels. As technology advances, this trend will gain more traction. Intelligent AI chatbots offer customers better self-service experiences and make shopping more enjoyable. This is critical since 68% of customers say they wouldn’t use a company’s chatbot again if they had a bad experience. 4. Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Headless commerce continues to gain steam. With this modular architecture, ecommerce teams can deliver new experiences faster because they don’t have to wait in the developer queue to change back-end systems. Instead, employees can update online interfaces using APIs, experience managers, and user-friendly tools. According to business leaders and commerce teams already using headless: 76% say it offers more flexibility and customisation. 72% say it increases agility and lets teams make storefront changes faster. 66% say it improves integration between systems. Customers reap the benefits of headless commerce, too. Shoppers get fresh experiences more frequently across all devices and touchpoints. Even better? Headless results in richer personalisation, better omni-channel experiences, and peak performance for ecommerce websites. 5. Brands are going big with resale Over the past few years, consumers have shifted their mindset about resale items. Secondhand purchases that were once viewed as stigma are now seen as status. In fact, more than half of consumers (52%) have purchased an item secondhand in the last year, and the resale market is expected to reach $70 billion by 2027. Simply put: Resale presents a huge opportunity for your business. As the circular economy grows in popularity, brands everywhere are opening their own resale stores and encouraging consumers to turn in used items, from old jeans to designer handbags to kitchen appliances. To claim your piece of the pie, be strategic as you enter the market. This means implementing robust inventory and order management systems with real-time visibility and reverse logistics capabilities. 6. Social commerce is evolving There are almost 5 billion monthly active users on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, Snapchat, and TikTok. More than two-thirds (67%) of global shoppers have made a purchase through social media this year. Social commerce instantly connects you with a vast global audience and opens up new opportunities to boost product discovery, reach new markets, and build meaningful connections with your customers. But it’s not enough to just be present on social channels. You need to be an active participant and create engaging, authentic experiences for shoppers. Thanks to new social commerce tools — like generative AI for content creation and integrations with social platforms — the shopping experience is getting better, faster, and more engaging. This trend is blurring the lines between shopping and entertainment, and customer expectations are rising as a result. 7. Vibrant video content is boosting sales Now that shoppers have become accustomed to the vibrant, attention-grabbing video content on social platforms, they expect the same from your brand’s ecommerce site. Video can offer customers a deeper understanding of your products, such as how they’re used, and what they look like from different angles. And video content isn’t just useful for ads or for increasing product discovery. Brands are having major success using video at every stage of the customer journey: in pre-purchase consultations, on product detail pages, and in post-purchase emails. A large majority (89%) of consumers say watching a video has convinced them to buy a product or service. 8. Loyalty programs are getting more personalised It’s important to attract new customers, but it’s also critical to retain your existing ones. That means you need to find ways to increase loyalty and build brand love. More and more, customers are seeking out brand loyalty programs — but they want meaningful rewards and experiences. So, what’s the key to a successful loyalty program? In a word: personalisation. Customers don’t want to exchange their data for a clunky, impersonal experience where they have to jump through hoops to redeem points. They want straightforward, exclusive offers. Curated experiences. Relevant rewards. Six out of 10 consumers want discounts in return for joining a loyalty program, and about one-third of consumers say they find exclusive or early access to products valuable. The brands that win customer loyalty will be those that use data-driven insights to create a program that keeps customers continually engaged and satisfied. 9. User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales User-generated content (UGC) adds credibility, authenticity‌, and social proof to a brand’s marketing efforts — and can significantly boost sales and brand loyalty. In fact, one study found that shoppers who interact with UGC experience a 102.4% increase in conversions. Most shoppers expect to see feedback and reviews before making a purchase, and UGC provides value by showcasing the experiences and opinions of real customers. UGC also breaks away from generic item descriptions and professional product photography. It can show how to style a piece of clothing, for example, or how an item will fit across a range of body types. User-generated videos go a step further, highlighting the functions and features of more complex products, like consumer electronics or even automobiles. UGC is also a cost-effective way to generate content for social commerce without relying on agencies or large teams. By sourcing posts from hashtags, tagging, or concentrated campaigns, brands can share real-time, authentic, and organic social posts to a wider audience. UGC can be used on product pages and in ads, as well. And you can incorporate it into product development processes to gather valuable input from customers at scale. 10. Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries From streaming platforms to food, clothing, and pet supplies, subscriptions have become a popular business model across industries. In 2023, subscriptions generated over $38 billion in revenue, doubling over the past four years. That’s because subscriptions are a win-win for shoppers and businesses: They offer freedom of choice for customers while creating a continuous revenue stream for sellers. Consider consumer goods brand KIND Snacks. KIND implemented a subscription service to supplement its B2B sales, giving customers a direct line to exclusive offers and flavours. This created a consistent revenue stream for KIND and helped it build a new level of brand loyalty with its customers. The subscription also lets KIND collect first-party data, so it can test new products and spot new trends. Ecommerce trends FAQ How do I know if an ecommerce trend is right for my business? If you’re trying to decide whether to adopt a new trend, the first step is to conduct a cost/benefit analysis. As you do, remember to prioritise customer experience and satisfaction. Look at customer data to evaluate the potential impact of the trend on your business. How costly will it be to implement the trend, and what will the payoff be one, two, and five years into the future? Analyse the numbers to assess whether the trend aligns with your customers’ preferences and behaviours. You can also take a cue from your competitors and their adoption of specific trends. While you shouldn’t mimic everything they do, being aware of their experiences can provide valuable insights and help gauge the viability of a trend for your business. Ultimately, customer-centric decision-making should guide your evaluation. Is ecommerce still on the rise? In a word: yes. In fact, ecommerce is a top priority for businesses across industries, from healthcare to manufacturing. Customers expect increasingly sophisticated digital shopping experiences, and digital channels continue to be a preferred purchasing method. Ecommerce sales are expected to reach $8.1 trillion by 2026. As digital channels and new technologies evolve, so will customer behaviours and expectations. Where should I start if I want to implement AI? Generative AI is revolutionising ecommerce by enhancing customer experiences and increasing productivity, conversions, and customer loyalty. But to reap the benefits, it’s critical to keep a few things in mind. First is customer trust. A majority of customers (68%) say advances in AI make it more important for companies to be trustworthy. This means businesses implementing AI should focus on transparency. Tell customers how you will use their data to improve shopping experiences. Develop ethical standards around your use of AI, and discuss them openly. You’ll need to answer tough questions like: How do you ensure sensitive data is anonymised? How will you monitor accuracy and audit for bias, toxicity, or hallucinations? These should all be considerations as you choose AI partners and develop your code of conduct and governance principles. At a time when only 13% of customers fully trust companies to use AI ethically, this should be top of mind for businesses delving into the fast-evolving technology. How can commerce teams measure success after adopting a new trend? Before implementing a new experience or ecommerce trend, set key performance indicators (KPIs) and decide how you’ll track relevant ecommerce metrics. This helps you make informed decisions and monitor the various moving parts of your business. From understanding inventory needs to gaining insights into customer behaviour to increasing loyalty, you’ll be in a better position to plan for future growth. The choice of metrics will depend on the needs of your business, but it’s crucial to establish a strategy that outlines metrics, sets KPIs, and measures them regularly. Your business will be more agile and better able to adapt to new ecommerce trends and understand customer buying patterns. Ecommerce metrics and KPIs are valuable tools for building a successful future and will set the tone for future ecommerce growth.

					10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
A good sales coach unlocks serious revenue potential. Effective coaching can increase sales performance by 8%, according to a study by research firm Gartner.Many sales managers find coaching difficult to master, however — especially in environments where reps are remote and managers are asked to do more with less time and fewer resources.Understanding the sales coaching process is crucial in maximising sales rep performance, empowering reps, and positively impacting the sales organisation through structured, data-driven strategies.If you’re not getting the support you need to effectively coach your sales team, don’t despair. These 10 sales coaching tips are easy to implement with many of the tools already at your disposal, and are effective for both in-person and remote teams.1. Focus on rep wellbeingOne in three salespeople say mental health in sales has declined over the last two years, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey. One of the biggest reasons is the shift to remote work environments, which pushed sales reps to change routines while still hitting quotas. Add in the isolation inherent in virtual selling and you have a formula for serious mental and emotional strain.You can alleviate this in a couple of ways. First, create boundaries for your team. Set clear work hours and urge reps not to schedule sales or internal calls outside of these hours. Also, be clear about when reps should be checking internal messages and when they can sign off.Lori Richardson, founder of sales training company Score More Sales, advises managers to address this head-on by asking reps about their wellbeing during weekly one-on-ones. “I like to ask open-ended questions about the past week,” she said. “Questions like, ‘How did it go?’ and ‘What was it like?’ are good first steps. Then, you need to listen.”When the rep is done sharing their reflection, Richardson suggests restating the main points to ensure you’re on the same page. If necessary, ask for clarity so you fully understand what’s affecting their state of mind. Also, she urges: Don’t judge. The level of comfort required for sharing in these scenarios can only exist if you don’t jump to judgement.2. Build trust with authentic storiesFor sales coaching to work, sales managers must earn reps’ trust. This allows the individual to be open about performance challenges. The best way to start is by sharing personal and professional stories.These anecdotes should be authentic, revealing fault and weakness as much as success. There are two goals here: support reps with relatable stories so they know they’re not struggling alone, and let them know there are ways to address and overcome challenges.For example, a seasoned manager might share details about their first failed sales call as a cautionary tale – highlighting poor preparation, aggressive posturing, and lack of empathy during the conversation. This would be followed by steps the manager took to fix these mistakes, like call rehearsing and early-stage research into the prospect’s background, business, position, and pain points.3. Record and review sales callsSales coaching sessions, where recording and reviewing sales calls are key components aimed at improving sales call techniques, have become essential in today’s sales environment. Once upon a time, sales reps learned by shadowing tenured salespeople. While this is still done, it’s inefficient – and often untenable for virtual sales teams.To give sales reps the guidance and coaching they need to improve sales calls, deploy an intuitive conversation recording and analysis tool like Einstein Conversation Insights (ECI). You can analyse sales call conversations, track keywords to identify market trends, and share successful calls to help coach existing reps and accelerate onboarding for new reps. Curate both “best of” and “what not to do” examples so reps have a sense of where the guide rails are.4. Encourage self-evaluationWhen doing post-call debriefs or skill assessments – or just coaching during one-on-ones – it’s critical to have the salesperson self-evaluate. As a sales manager, you may only be with the rep one or two days a month. Given this disconnect, the goal is to encourage the sales rep to evaluate their own performance and build self-improvement goals around these observations.There are two important components to this. First, avoid jumping directly into feedback during your interactions. Relax and take a step back; let the sales rep self-evaluate.Second, be ready to prompt your reps with open-ended questions to help guide their self-evaluation. Consider questions like:What were your big wins over the last week/quarter?What were your biggest challenges and where did they come from?How did you address obstacles to sales closings?What have you learned about both your wins and losses?What happened during recent calls that didn’t go as well as you’d like? What would you do differently next time?Reps who can assess what they do well and where they can improve ultimately become more self-aware. Self-awareness is the gateway to self-confidence, which can help lead to more consistent sales.5. Let your reps set their own goalsThis falls in line with self-evaluation. Effective sales coaches don’t set focus areas for their salespeople; they let reps set this for themselves. During your one-on-ones, see if there’s an important area each rep wants to focus on and go with their suggestion (recommending adjustments as needed to ensure their goals align with those of the company). This creates a stronger desire to improve as it’s the rep who is making the commitment. Less effective managers will pick improvement goals for their reps, then wonder why they don’t get buy-in.For instance, a rep who identifies a tendency to be overly chatty in sales calls might set a goal to listen more. (Nine out of 10 salespeople say listening is more important than talking in sales today, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey.) To help, they could record their calls and review the listen-to-talk ratio. Based on industry benchmarks, they could set a clear goal metric and timeline – a 60/40 listen-to-talk ratio in four weeks, for example.Richardson does have one note of caution, however. “Reps don’t have all the answers. Each seller has strengths and gaps,” she said. “A strong manager can identify those strengths and gaps, and help reps fill in the missing pieces.”6. Focus on one improvement at a timeFor sales coaching to be effective, work with the rep to improve one area at a time instead of multiple areas simultaneously. With the former, you see acute focus and measurable progress. With the latter, you end up with frustrated, stalled-out reps pulled in too many directions.Here’s an example: Let’s say your rep is struggling with sales call openings. They let their nerves get the best of them and fumble through rehearsed intros. Over the course of a year, encourage them to practice different kinds of openings with other reps. Review their calls and offer insight. Ask them to regularly assess their comfort level with call openings during one-on-ones. Over time, you will see their focus pay off.7. Ask each rep to create an action planOpen questioning during one-on-ones creates an environment where a sales rep can surface methods to achieve their goals. To make this concrete, have the sales rep write out a plan of action that incorporates these methods. This plan should outline achievable steps to a desired goal with a clearly defined timeline. Be sure you upload it to your CRM as an attachment or use a tool like Quip to create a collaborative document editable by both the manager and the rep. Have reps create the plan after early-quarter one-on-ones and check in monthly to gauge progress (more on that in the next step).Here’s what a basic action plan might look like:Main goal: Complete 10 sales calls during the last week of the quarterSteps:Week 1: Identify 20-25 prospectsWeek 2: Make qualifying callsWeek 3: Conduct needs analysis (discovery) calls, prune list, and schedule sales calls with top prospectsWeek 4: Lead sales calls and close dealsThe power of putting pen to paper here is twofold. First, it forces the sales rep to think through their plan of action. Second, it crystallises their thinking and cements their commitment to action.8. Hold your rep accountableAs businessman Louis Gerstner, Jr. wrote in “Who Says Elephants Can’t Dance?”, “people respect what you inspect.” The effective manager understands that once the plan of action is in place, their role as coach is to hold the sales rep accountable for following through on their commitments. To support them, a manager should ask questions during one-on-ones such as:What measurable progress have you made this week/quarter?What challenges are you facing?How do you plan to overcome these challenges?You can also review rep activity in your CRM. This is especially easy if you have a platform that combines automatic activity logging, easy pipeline inspection, and task lists with reminders. If you need to follow up, don’t schedule another meeting. Instead, send your rep a quick note via email or a messaging tool like Slack to level-set.9. Offer professional development opportunitiesAccording to a study by LinkedIn, 94% of employees would stay at a company longer if it invested in their career. When companies make an effort to feed their employees’ growth, it’s a win-win. Productivity increases and employees are engaged in their work.Book clubs, seminars, internal training sessions, and courses are all great development opportunities. If tuition reimbursement or sponsorship is possible, articulate this up front so reps know about all available options.Richardson adds podcasts to the list. “Get all of your salespeople together to talk about a podcast episode that ties into sales,” she said. “Take notes, pull key takeaways and action items, and share a meeting summary the next day with the group. I love that kind of peer engagement. It’s so much better than watching a dull training video.”10. Set up time to share failures — and celebrationsAs Forbes Council member and sales vet Adam Mendler wrote of sales teams, successful reps and executives prize learning from failure. But as Richardson points out, a lot of coaches rescue their reps before they can learn from mistakes: “Instead of letting them fail, they try to save an opportunity,” she said. “But that’s not scalable and doesn’t build confidence in the rep.”Instead, give your reps the freedom to make mistakes and offer them guidance to grow through their failures. Set up a safe space where reps can share their mistakes and learnings with the larger team — then encourage each rep to toss those mistakes on a metaphorical bonfire so they can move on.By embracing failure as a learning opportunity, you also minimise the likelihood of repeating the same mistakes. Encourage your reps to document the circumstances that led to a missed opportunity or lost deal. Review calls to pinpoint where conversations go awry. Study failure, and you might be surprised by the insights that emerge.Also — and equally as important — make space for celebrating big wins. This cements best practices and offers positive reinforcement, which motivates reps to work harder to hit (or exceed) quota.Next steps for your sales coaching programA successful sales coach plays a pivotal role in enhancing sales rep performance and elevating the entire sales organisation. Successful sales coaching requires daily interaction with your team, ongoing training, and regular feedback, which optimises sales processes to improve overall sales performance. As Lindsey Boggs, global director of sales development at Quantum Metric, noted, it also requires intentional focus and a strategic approach to empower the sales team, significantly impacting the sales organisation.“Remove noise from your calendar so you can focus your day on what’s going to move the needle the most — coaching,” she said. Once that’s prioritised, follow the best practices above to help improve your sales reps’ performance, focusing on individual rep development as a key aspect of sales coaching. Remember: coaching is the key to driving sales performance.Steven Rosen, founder of sales management training company STAR Results, contributed to this article.
企业管理
AI translation apps: Benefits for your travels?
AI translation apps
Benefits for your travels?
This article explains the benefits of AI translation apps for travelers, which offer a practical and efficient solution worldwide.Despite the increasing accessibility of international travel, language barriers continue to pose a significant challenge. At LIKE.TG, our goal is to help you explore the world more easilyThe Revolution of AI in TranslationAI technology has revolutionized language translation, providing unprecedented accuracy and contextualization.These applications continuously learn, improving their ability to understand and translate linguistic and cultural nuances with each update.Benefits of AI Translation AppsTravel without language barriersImagine asking for directions, interacting with locals, or even resolving emergencies in a language you don’t speak.AI translation apps make it all possible, removing one of the biggest obstacles for travelers: language.Instant communicationImagine looking at a menu in an Italian restaurant and every dish sounds like a Harry Potter spell. This is where your AI translation app acts as your personal wand.Imagine having a magic button that allows you to instantly understand and speak any language. Well, in the real world, that “wand” fits in your pocket and is called an AI translation app.These apps are like having a personal mini translator with you 24/7, ready to help you order that strange dish on the menu without ending up eating something you can’t even pronounce.Whether you’re trying to unravel the mystery of a Japanese sign or want to know what the hell that road sign in Iceland means, the instant translation offered by some AI apps is your best friend.Cultural learning beyond wordsSome of these apps don’t just translate words for you; they immerse you in a pool of culture without the need for floats. Think of them as a bridge between you and the authentic native experiences that await you in every corner of the world.Suddenly you learn to say “thank you” in Italian so convincingly that even the “nonna” at the restaurant smiles at you.There are tools that not only teach you to speak like a native, but to understand their gestures, their jokes, and even prepare you to be the “King of Karaoke in Korea”.Gain independence and be the boss of your own trip.Need a tour guide? No way! With an AI translation app in your pocket, you become the hero of your own travel odyssey.These digital wonders give you the freedom to control your adventure, allowing you to discover those secret corners of Paris or navigate the back streets of Tokyo without becoming part of the scenery.They are your golden ticket to freedom, giving you the power to explore at your leisure without having to follow the pack like a duck in a line.It’s time to take the reins, blaze your own trail, and collect the epic stories everyone wants to hear.With these apps, independence isn’t just a word; it’s your new way of traveling.Improve your dining experienceHave you ever felt like a detective trying to solve the mystery of a foreign menu? With AI translation apps, the mystery is solved instantly.Imagine pointing your phone at a dish called “Risotto ai Funghi” and discovering that you’re not ordering a strange dessert, but a delicious rice with mushrooms.These apps are your personal Michelin guide, ensuring that every bite is an adventure for your taste buds and not an unwanted surprise.Makes using public transportation easierSay goodbye to the complicated signs and misunderstandings that get you around town.It’s like every traffic sign and schedule speaks your language, giving you a VIP pass to move around the city like a fish in water, ready to explain that the train leaves in 5 minutes, not 50.Suddenly, getting from point A to point B is as easy as ordering a pizza.Improve your personal safetyIn a pinch, these apps become your capeless hero. Whether it’s explaining a shellfish allergy or locating the nearest emergency exit, they help you communicate clearly and avoid those “lost in translation” moments no one wants to experience.Access real-time local information:See that poster about a local event? Yeah, the one that looks interesting but is in a language you don’t understand.With a quick scan, your translation app tells you all about that secret concert or food festival that only the locals go to.Congratulations! You’ve just upgraded your status from tourist to expert traveler.Flexibility and convenienceWant to change your plans and venture to a nearby town recommended by a local you met yesterday at the train station? Of course you can!With the confidence your translation app gives you, you can decide to follow that spontaneous advice and visit a nearby town without worrying about the language. Your trip, your rules.Choosing the best translation app for your travelsWhen choosing a translation app, it is important to consider the variety of languages available, the accuracy of the translation, and the additional features it offers.LIKE.TG apps, for example, stand out for their wide range of supported languages and innovative features that go beyond simple translation, such as real-time speech recognition and built-in language lessons.REMEMBER !!!You can downloadour available appsfor translating and learning languages correctly available for free on googleplay and applestores.Do not hesitate to visit ourLIKE.TG websiteand contact us with any questions or problems you may have, and of course, take a look at any ofour blog articles.
AI-based translation tools: Analysis and comparison of the best ones
AI-based translation tools
Analysis and comparison of the best ones
As globalization increases, companies and individuals are finding it necessary to communicate more frequently with people who speak different languages.As a result, the need for translation tools has become more pressing.The good news is that there are now AI-based translation tools that make the process of translating text and speech faster and more accurate than ever before.In this article, I will analyze and compare the best AI-based translation tools available, discussing their advantages, features and drawbacks.Introduction to AI-based translation toolsAI-based translation tools use artificial intelligence to translate text and speech from one language to another. These tools have become increasingly popular in recent years thanks to advances in machine learning and natural language processing. Such tools are faster, more accurate and can handle a higher volume of work.Benefits of using AI-based translation toolsOne of the main advantages of using AI-based translation tools is speed. These tools can translate large volumes of text in a matter of seconds, whereas it would take a human translator much longer to do the same job.They are less likely to make mistakes and can also be used to translate speeches in real time, which makes them very useful for international conferences or business meetings.Popular AI-based translation tools and their featuresThere are many AI-based translation tools, each with its own unique features. Here are some of the most popular ones and what they offer:1. Google TranslateGoogle Translate is one of the most well-known AI-based translation tools. It offers translations in over 100 languages and can be used to translate text, speech, and even images. Google Translate also offers a feature called “Conversation Mode,” which allows two people to have a conversation in different languages using the same device.2. Microsoft TranslatorMicrosoft Translator is another popular AI-based translation tool. It offers translations in over 60 languages and can be used to translate text, speech, and images. Microsoft Translator also offers a feature called “Live Feature,” which allows two people to have a conversation in different languages using their own devices.3. DeepLDeepL is a newer AI-based translation tool, but it has quickly gained popularity thanks to its high-quality translations. It offers translations in nine languages and can be used to translate text. DeepL uses deep learning algorithms to produce translations that are more accurate and natural-sounding than those produced by other translation tools.4. LIKE.TG TranslateLIKE.TG Translate is a relatively new AI-based translation tool that has gained popularity in recent years. It is available in over 125 languages and can translate text, voice and images. One of the unique features of LIKE.TG Translate is its ability to translate text within other apps.The best feature of these apps is that not only do they base their translation using AI but they have a team of native translators behind them constantly improving their applications to make them even better.Factors to consider when choosing an AI-based translation toolWhen choosing an AI-based translation tool, there are several factors to consider. The first is the languages you need to translate. Make sure the tool you choose supports the languages you need. The second factor is the type of translations you need. Do you need to translate text, speech, or images? Do you need real-time translation for conversations? The third factor is the accuracy of the translations. Consider the quality of the translations produced by each tool. Lastly, consider the cost of the tool. Some AI-based translation tools are free, while others require a subscription or payment per use.Pros and cons of using AI-based translation toolsLike any tool, AI-based translation tools have pros and cons. Here are some of the main advantages and drawbacks of using these tools:After a thorough analysis, I can faithfully describe to you some of the most characteristic pros and cons of these tools:PROSAccuracy: These tools are able to better understand the context and syntax of the language, which translates into greater translation accuracy.Speed: Translating large amounts of text can take a long time if done manually, whereas AI-based translation tools are able to process large amounts of text in a matter of seconds.Cost savings: AI-based translation tools are often less expensive than human translation services, especially for large projects.Integrations: Many of these tools integrate with other platforms and productivity tools, making them easy to use in different contexts.CONSLack of context: These tools often lack context, which can result in inaccurate or inconsistent translations. For example, a literal translation of a sentence in one language into another may not take into account cultural connotations or social context and result in a translation that makes no sense.Lack of accuracy: Although AI-based translation tools have improved significantly in recent years, they are still not as accurate as humans. Translations can be inaccurate or have grammatical and spelling errors, especially in more complex or technical languages.They cannot capture nuances or tones: Such translation tools cannot capture nuances or tones that are often important in human communication. For example, they may miss the sarcastic or ironic tone of a sentence and translate it literally.Language dependency: language dependent, meaning that they work best for translating between widely spoken and documented languages but do not represent less common languages or regional dialects well. .Cost: While there are some available for free, many of the high-quality tools are quite expensive.Lack of customization: AI-based translation tools cannot be customized to meet the specific needs of an individual or company. This can limit their usefulness especially when highly specialized or technical translation is required.Privacy and security: Some tools collect and store sensitive data, which can raise serious concerns about data privacy and security.In conclusion, AI-based translation tools offer a number of advantages in terms of speed, accuracy and cost, but it is important to be aware of their limitations and challenges when selecting a tool.How AI-based translation tools are changing the translation industryAI-based translation tools are changing the translation industry in several ways. The first is that the translation process is faster and more efficient. This allows translators to handle larger volumes of work and deliver projects faster. The second way in which they are changing the industry is that specialized translators are becoming more in demand, as human quality is irreplaceable and although they can do basic translations, they have problems with technical or specialized language.This means that specialized translators in certain areas are more in demand than ever.The future of AI-based translation toolsThe future of AI-based translation tools is bright. As technology continues to advance, these tools will become even more sophisticated and accurate. We may eventually see a tool capable of handling all forms of language, including slang and regional dialects. It is also possible that they will become more integrated into our daily lives, allowing us to communicate with people who speak different languages more easily than ever before, yet experts continue to warn that humans cannot be replaced.Conclusion and recommendations for the best AI-based translation toolsIn conclusion, AI-based translation tools offer many advantages over traditional methods. They are faster, more accurate and can handle a higher volume of work. However, it is important to consider the languages you need to translate, the type of translations you need, the accuracy of the translations and the cost of the tool when choosing an AI-based translation tool, because at the end of the day no AI can replace a human being, nor can it emulate the human quality that a human being can bring to us.Based on our analysis and comparison, we recommend Google Translate for its versatility and variety of features. However, if you need high quality translations, LIKE.TG Translate may be the best choice.REMEMBER !!!You can downloadour available appsfor translating and learning languages correctly available for free on googleplay and applestores.Do not hesitate to visit ourLIKE.TG websiteand contact us with any questions or problems you may have, and of course, take a look at any ofour blog articles.
Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching: Future perspectives and challenges
Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching
Future perspectives and challenges
In a world where educational technology is advancing by leaps and bounds, it is no surprise that artificial intelligence is revolutionizing the way we learn languages.The combination of machine learning in education and AI in language teaching has opened up a range of exciting possibilities and, at the same time, poses challenges that we must face to make the most of this innovation.What is Artificial Intelligence in Language Teaching?Artificial intelligence (AI) in language teaching refers to the use of algorithms and computer systems to facilitate the process of learning a new language.From mobile apps to online platforms, AI has been integrated into a variety of tools designed to help students improve their language skills efficiently and effectively.Advances in AI and its challenges in language learningArtificial intelligence (AI) is radically transforming the way we learn languages. With the emergence of AI-powered apps and platforms, students have access to innovative tools that personalize learning to their individual needs.These tools use machine learning algorithms to analyze student progress and deliver tailored content, from grammar exercises to conversation practice.Additionally, AI-powered translation has significantly improved in accuracy and speed. Apps like LIKE.TG Translate allow users to instantly translate between multiple languages ​​with just a few clicks, making multilingual communication easier.Artificial Intelligence offers unprecedented potential to improve the language learning process, providing students with personalized and efficient tools.Positive Perspectives of AI in Language TeachingOne of the main advantages of AI in language teaching is its ability to personalize learning. Through data analysis and machine learning, AI systems can adapt digital learning platforms, content and activities based on the needs and preferences of each student.This allows for a more individualized and effective approach to improving language skills.In addition, AI has also enabled the development of more accurate and faster real-time translation tools. With apps like LIKE.TG Translate, users can access instant translations in multiple languages ​​with just a few clicks.This facilitates communication in multilingual environments and expands opportunities for interaction and learning.AI in language teaching opens the doors to global communication without barriersChallenges and Future ChallengesDespite advances in AI applied to language teaching, there are still important challenges that we must overcome. One of the main challenges is to guarantee the quality and accuracy of the content generated by AI.While AI systems can be effective in providing feedback and practice exercises, there are still areas where human intervention is necessary to correct errors and provide high-quality teaching.Another important challenge is ensuring that AI in language teaching is accessible to everyone. As we move towards an increasingly digitalized future, it is crucial to ensure that all people, regardless of their geographic location or socioeconomic status, have access to AI language learning apps.This will require investment in technological infrastructure and digital literacy programs around the world.How Long Is It Possible to Learn a Language with Artificial Intelligence?With the help of artificial intelligence (AI), learning a new language can be more efficient than ever.Although the time required to master a language varies depending on various factors, such as the complexity of the language, the level of dedication of the learner, and the quality of the AI ​​tools used, many people have managed to acquire significant language skills in a relatively short period of time.Thanks to AI applications and platforms designed specifically for language learning, users can benefit from a personalized approach tailored to their individual needs.These tools use machine learning algorithms to identify areas for improvement and provide relevant content, speeding up the learning process.On average, some people have reported significant gains in their language proficiency in just a few months of consistent use of AI tools.However, it is important to keep in mind that learning a language is an ongoing process and that completing mastery can take years of constant practice and exposure to the language in real-world contexts.Ultimately, the time needed to learn a language with AI depends largely on the commitment and dedication of the student.“The journey to mastering a language with AI begins with small daily steps, but constant dedication is the key to achieving the desired fluency.”In conclusion, the integration of technology in education and artificial intelligence in language teaching offers exciting opportunities to improve the learning process and promote intercultural global communication.However, it also poses challenges that we must proactively address to ensure that everyone can benefit from this innovation in education.With a collaborative approach and a continued commitment to educational excellence, we can fully realize the potential of AI in language teaching and prepare for a multilingual and globalized future.Visit our website for more information and begin your journey towards mastering languages ​​​​with the best and most advanced technology.
海外工具
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
网络分析工具可以帮助你收集、预估和分析网站的访问记录,对于网站优化、市场研究来说,是个非常实用的工具。每一个网站开发者和所有者,想知道他的网站的完整的状态和访问信息,目前互联网中有很多分析工具,本文选取了20款最好的分析工具,可以为你提供实时访问数据。1.Google Analytics这是一个使用最广泛的访问统计分析工具,几周前,Google Analytics推出了一项新功能,可以提供实时报告。你可以看到你的网站中目前在线的访客数量,了解他们观看了哪些网页、他们通过哪个网站链接到你的网站、来自哪个国家等等。2. Clicky与Google Analytics这种庞大的分析系统相比,Clicky相对比较简易,它在控制面板上描供了一系列统计数据,包括最近三天的访问量、最高的20个链接来源及最高20个关键字,虽说数据种类不多,但可直观的反映出当前站点的访问情况,而且UI也比较简洁清新。3. WoopraWoopra将实时统计带到了另一个层次,它能实时直播网站的访问数据,你甚至可以使用Woopra Chat部件与用户聊天。它还拥有先进的通知功能,可让你建立各类通知,如电子邮件、声音、弹出框等。4. Chartbeat这是针对新闻出版和其他类型网站的实时分析工具。针对电子商务网站的专业分析功能即将推出。它可以让你查看访问者如何与你的网站进行互动,这可以帮助你改善你的网站。5. GoSquared它提供了所有常用的分析功能,并且还可以让你查看特定访客的数据。它集成了Olark,可以让你与访客进行聊天。6. Mixpane该工具可以让你查看访客数据,并分析趋势,以及比较几天内的变化情况。7. Reinvigorate它提供了所有常用的实时分析功能,可以让你直观地了解访客点击了哪些地方。你甚至可以查看注册用户的名称标签,这样你就可以跟踪他们对网站的使用情况了。8. Piwi这是一个开源的实时分析工具,你可以轻松下载并安装在自己的服务器上。9. ShinyStat该网站提供了四种产品,其中包括一个有限制的免费分析产品,可用于个人和非营利网站。企业版拥有搜索引擎排名检测,可以帮助你跟踪和改善网站的排名。10. StatCounter这是一个免费的实时分析工具,只需几行代码即可安装。它提供了所有常用的分析数据,此外,你还可以设置每天、每周或每月自动给你发送电子邮件报告。本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
10款常用的SEO内容优化工具
10款常用的SEO内容优化工具
谷歌使用含有数百个加权因子的复杂算法,根据给定网页与给定关键词的相关性,对网页进行索引和排名。数字营销人员则通过实证测试试图弄清这个复杂算法背后的原理,并采用特定的方法来提高网页在搜索结果页中的排名,这一过程被叫做搜索引擎优化(SEO),这是数字营销人员必须掌握的重要技能。 如果没有优质SEO内容工具,优化网页内容将是一项冗长乏味的工作。为了帮助您节省大量时间和劳动力,本为会为您推荐10个最佳SEO内容创作工具,这些工具适用于内容创作过程的不同阶段。 1. Google Search Console 价格:网站所有者可免费使用 作用:Google Search Console是谷歌自己的工具,能够帮助提高网站在搜索引擎结果页面中的排名。它包括网站性能监视工具,页面加载时间监视工具。您还可以监控您的网站在Google搜索结果中的排名,了解哪些页面是针对特定关键词进行排名的。您还可以查看网页在搜索结果页面的展示次数和点击次数。它帮助您确定该优化哪些内容,以及接下来该定位哪些关键词。 2. Google Keyword Planner 价格:拥有Google Ads账户的人均可免费使用 作用:Google Keyword Planner是进行基本的关键词研究的最佳免费工具之一。您可以 1)发现新关键词:输入任何关键词来查看与其类似的关键词列表,以及它们的搜索量和相关指标,使得你很容易找到新的关键字优化目标;2)预测关键词趋势:监控趋势,以发现流行的搜索关键词。Kenny觉得这个工具只适合做SEM的小伙伴,如果你是做SEO的,那查找到的关键词数据不适合SEO。 3. WordStream 价格:免费 作用:WordStream 提供了一个精简版的Google Keyword Planner,它是免费的,易于使用。只需输入您选择的关键词,选择一个行业,并输入您的位置,然后单击Email All My Keywords按钮,您就可以获得关键词列表和它们在Google和Bing上的搜索量,以及每个关键词的平均每次点击成本(CPC) 4. SEMrush 价格:部分功能免费,订阅制99.95美元/月 作用:SEMrush 是最流行的工具之一,适用于所有类型的数字营销人员。它包含40多种不同的工具,可以帮助进行SEO、PPC和社交媒体管理。营销人员可以使用SEMrush分析反向链接、进行关键词研究、分析自己或竞争对手的网站性能和流量,并发现新的市场和机会。SEMrush还有一个SEO审计程序,可以帮助解决网站SEO的一些技术问题。 图片来源:SEMrush 5. BuzzSumo 价格:79美元/月 作用:BuzzSumo帮助营销人员有效分析网站内容,同时紧跟热门趋势。BuzzSumo能够找到用户在不同平台上最喜欢分享的内容。只需要输入网站链接,就能查看什么是该网站最热门的内容。您还可以分析过去一天内,一个月内以及一年内的趋势,并且按照作者或者平台过滤。 6. Answer the Public 价格:每天3次免费使用,无限使用99美元/月 作用:输入某一关键词,您可以查找到任何与之相联系的关键词,并获得可视化报告。这些关键字以您输入的关键词为中心,形成一个网状结构,展示它们之间的联系。借助Answer the Public,营销人员可以撰写针对性强的文章,使网页更有可能出现在Google Snippets中。 图片来源:Answer the Public 7. Yoast SEO 价格:基础版免费,高级版89美元/月 作用:Yoast SEO是一个WordPress插件。它可在您使用WordPress优化博客文章时,为您提供实时反馈,提供改进建议。它类似一个清单工具,实时告诉你撰写网站博文时还可以做哪些事来优化SEO。 8. Keyword Density Checker 价格:每月500次使用限制,如需解锁更多使用次数,可购买50美元/年的高级版 作用:关键字密度(Keyword density)是谷歌等搜索引擎用来对网页进行排名的重要因素。您应该确保目标关键词在每篇文章中被提到足够多的次数,同时还不能滥用关键词。keyword density checker可以计算出每个关键词在您的文章中被提及的次数。只要复制粘贴文本,您就能知道文章中出现频率最高的关键词列表。对于大多数内容而言,目标关键字的密度最好在2%到5%。 图片来源:Keyword Density Checker 9. Read-Able 价格:免费版可供使用,付费版4美元/月 作用:据统计,北美人的平均阅读水平在八年级左右。因此,如果北美人是您的目标受众,您应该撰写清晰易懂的句子和文章。如果您的目标受众受过大学教育,则可以使用较长的单词和复杂的句子。Read-able帮助您将文章写作水平与目标受众的阅读水平相匹配,为读者提供最佳体验。它提供阅读水平检查,语法和拼写检查等功能。 10. Grammarly Premium 价格:11.66美元/月 作用:搜索引擎将网站的拼写和语法纳入排名范围。如果网站内容包含许多拼写错误,它就不太可能获得一个高排名。Grammarly可以轻松创建语法正确且没有拼写错误的内容。您可以将Grammarly作为插件添加到浏览器,并在撰写电子邮件、社交媒体更新或博客文章时使用它。 从关键词研究到拼写检查和语法纠正,这10种工具涵盖了网站内容创建的每一个步骤。我们希望您在为网站编写内容时,可以使用其中一部分工具来节省时间和精力。如果您在实操上遇到困难,或者需要专业的咨询服务,一个专业的数字营销团队正是您需要的!Ara Analytics有丰富的搜索引擎优化经验,欢迎联系我们,我们将为您提供定制化的专业服务。 往期推荐: 支招!新网站引流SEO优化该怎么做? 十七招教你快速提升网站流量 | Google “SEO到底多久才可以见效啊?”-跨境电商提高自然流量必须知道的五个真相 【Google SEO】12款常用的免费谷歌SEO工具推荐- 助网站流量翻倍增长 (来源:Kenny出海推广) 以上内容属作者个人观点,不代表LIKE.TG立场!本文经原作者授权转载,转载需经原作者授权同意。​ 本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
11大亚马逊数据工具,好用到尖叫!(黑五网一特惠福利)
11大亚马逊数据工具,好用到尖叫!(黑五网一特惠福利)
平台商家想要销量好,关键要选择有针对性的数据工具。本文将分享11款相关产品,帮助国内亚马逊卖家更好地解决日常销售中的问题。 这些工具可以帮助卖家找到一定需求的利基市场以及热销产品。 废话不多说,接着往下看吧! 1、 AmzChart (图片来源:AmzChart) AmzChart中的Amazon BSR图表工具涵盖9个国家,拥有超过数十万的产品分析。 如果你想在竞争中脱颖而出赢得竞品的市场份额,为企业带来财富的话,那么选择AmzChart准没错! 你可以选择AmzChart的理由: • Amazon BSR中可找到低竞争利基产品,助力销量增长至200%。 • 短短一分钟之内即可找到热销品类,帮助卖家深入更大的利润空间。 • 追踪竞争对手产品数据,并以电子邮件形式提供反馈。 • 反查对手ASIN功能可帮助商家分析竞争对手的关键词。 • 跟踪竞争对手的各项平台指标。 • 获取产品价格趋势,且可以轻松下载历史跟踪器插件,并安装自己的网站上。 • 通过分析报告和视频教程获得专业指导——在亚马逊经商之旅的各个阶段,你都不会孤立无援。 【点击此处】获取黑五网一福利:前3个月享5折优惠 2、 Jungle Scout (图片来源:Jungle Scout) 无论你是新手商家,或是已有经验的亚马逊老司机,Jungle Scout均可为你提供多方支持。 你可以选择Jungle Scout的理由: • 可使用筛选器从产品数据库中找到热销产品,快速又方便。 • 平台新手可通过量化数据做出决策,轻松推出产品。 • Jungel Scout可帮助商家精简业务流程,提高市场洞察能力。 • 大量的功能,如排名跟踪、listing搭建器、评价自动化、库存监管等。 3、Seller Labs Pro (图片来源:SellerLabs) 作为亚马逊智能关键字工具之一,SellerLabs能帮助商家提高自然排名和付费流量,以及一系列广泛工具。 无论是长尾关键词,还是PPC术语,你在这个工具中找到。专业版每个月49美元起价。年度计划更为划算,每月39美元起,共可节省120美元。 你可以选择Seller Labs Pro的理由: • 商家随时可监控流量、广告支出、转化率和下载报告,并将收到重要指标的通知。 • 实时通知可以帮助商家做出决策,避免缺货。 • 基于AI智能,为构建SEO策略提供详细建议。 • 访问优化工具,抓取热销产品关键字,节省运营时间。 4、 Helium 10 (图片来源:Helium 10) 作为一体化的亚马逊数据工具,Helium 10可轻松助力平台商家拓展业务。 你可以选择Helium 10 的理由: • 数据库中有4.5亿条ASIN数据,可帮助商家更快地找到产品。更直观进行分析和利润估算,以验证产品是否能够成功打入市场。 • 您可以探索关键字研究,如单字、反查对手ASIN、后端和低竞争度短语。 • 数百个关键字无缝编写listing,并让排名更靠前。 • 内置的安全工具能够避免安全威胁。可以使用警报和更新轻松地管理您的业务。 • 分析可以帮助做出强有力的决策,形成更好的产品排名。 • 可以轻松使用PPC管理和自动化以促进业务增长。 【点击此处】获取黑五限时特惠:购买两个月Diamond钻石套餐可享受5折优惠并获得额外福利。 5、AmaSuite 5 (图片来源:AmaSuite 5) AmaSuite 5具有强大的新功能,其中包括可以在Mac和Windows双系统完形成无缝工作流的Research桌面软件。 通过AmaSuite 5工具套件,商家可以发现利好关键字和产品,从而在亚马逊上赚到一笔。 你可以选择AmaSuite 5的理由: • 使用Ama Product Analyzer,可以找到各个品类的畅销产品。 • 可以通过输入主要产品关键字找到类似款式的畅销产品。 • 通过提取产品评论获得自有品牌产品想法,并可分析产品特点和优势,确保完成无风险销售行为。 • 访问亚马逊销售课程奖金,并学习如何在亚马逊开展规模化销售业务。其中的分步指南事无巨细地给予商家运营指导。 6、AMZBase (图片来源:AMZBase) AMZBase是一个免费的谷歌浏览器插件,以帮助亚马逊商家正确地选品。 你可以选择AMZBase 的理由: • 帮助获取亚马逊产品ASIN编码与listing标题描述。 • 免费访问CamelCamelCamel、阿里巴巴、全球速卖通、eBay和谷歌搜索。 • 可通过自动计算FBA费用确定预期利润。 • 一站式即时搜索工具,搜索谷歌及阿里巴巴上的相关产品。 • 只需选择关键字即可立即搜索。 • 使用AMZBase前,请将谷歌浏览器升级至最新版本。 7、Unicorn Smasher (图片来源:Unicorn Smasher) Unicorn Smasher是AmzTracker旗下产品,可以节省商家在亚马逊上的选品时间,帮助卖家更好地了解亚马逊上各个产品的定价、排名、评论和销售额。 你可以选择Unicorn Smasher的理由: • 简单、易操作的仪表盘界面,助力完成选品数据抓取。 • 根据亚马逊listing中的实时数据,获得每月的预估销售额。 • 保存商家或可节省511美元 8、Keepa (图片来源:Keepa) Keepa也是一个浏览器插件,也适用于其它所有主流浏览器。只需安装该插件,所有功能随即可全部免费使用。 你可以选择Keepa的理由: 一个免费的亚马逊产品搜索工具,具有深度数据筛选功能。 显示降价和可用性提醒的价格历史图表。 可在亚马逊上比较不同地区的价格。 可以依据价格高点下跌查询任一品类的近期交易。 可通过通知和愿望列表来进行数据跟踪。 9、ASINspector (图片来源:ASINspector) ASINspector是一个免费的谷歌插件,助力商家成为亚马逊上的专业人士。该工具不仅可以抓取利好产品信息,还能让商家以低价拿下供应商,从而获得较大利润。 你可以选择ASINspector的理由: 可提供预估销售和实时利润情况等数据。 使用AccuSales™数据分析引擎可节省选品时间。 挖掘利好产品想法,并可以红色、绿色和黄色进行标记。 用利润计算器查看决定产品是否存在合理利润空间。 与任一国家的任一亚马逊平台无缝衔接。 10、AMZScout AMZScout是卖家常用的亚马逊工具之一。 你可以选择AMZScout的理由: 访问产品数据库,查找热门新产品。 通过AMZSscout提供的培训课程提高销售技巧。 在任何国家/地区搜索国际供应商并以建立自己的品牌。 监控竞争对手的关键字、销售、定价等。 只需点击3次即可轻松安装,有中文版。 黑五福利:三五折优惠获完整工具集合,可节省511美元【点击此处】 11、 PickFu PickFu是一款亚马逊A/B测试工具,也是一个可以获取消费者问卷调查的平台。 你可以选择PickFu的理由: • 真实的美国消费者反馈 • 几分钟即可在线完成问卷调研 • 商品设计、图片、描述等及时反馈 • 精准的目标群众和属性划分 • 中文客服支持 【点击此处】获取网一福利:预购积分享8折 这11大效率型亚马逊工具已介绍完毕,相信你已经有了心仪的选择了!快去实践一下,试试看吧! (来源:AMZ实战) 以上内容仅代表作者本人观点,不代表LIKE.TG立场!如有关于作品内容、版权或其它问题请于作品发表后的30日内与LIKE.TG取得联系。 *上述文章存在营销推广内容(广告)本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
全球峰会
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
AMZ123 获悉,日前,据外媒报道,Adobe Analytics 的数据显示,2024 年前四个月美国电商增长强劲,同比增长 7%,达到 3316 亿美元。据了解,Adobe Analytics 对美国在线交易数据进行了分析,涵盖美国零售网站的一万亿次访问、1 亿个 SKU 和 18 个产品类别。2024 年 1 月 1 日至 4 月 30 日,美国在线支出达 3316 亿美元,同比增长 7%,得益于电子产品、服装等非必需品的稳定支出以及在线杂货购物的持续激增。Adobe 预计,2024 年上半年在线支出将超过 5000 亿美元,同比增长 6.8%。今年前四个月,美国消费者在线上消费电子产品 618 亿美元(同比增长 3.1%),服装 525 亿美元(同比增长 2.6%)。尽管增幅较小,但这两个类别占电商总支出的 34.5%,帮助保持了营收增长。同时,杂货进一步推动了增长,在线支出达 388 亿美元,同比增长 15.7%。Adobe 预计,未来三年内,该类别将成为电商市场的主导力量,其收入份额与电子产品和服装相当。另一个在线支出费增长较快的类别是化妆品,该类别在 2023 年带来了 350 亿美元的在线消费,同比增长 15.6%。而这一上升趋势仍在继续,截至 4 月 30 日,2024 年美国消费者在化妆品上的在线支出为 132 亿美元,同比增长 8%。此外,数月持续的通货膨胀导致消费者在多个主要类别中购买更便宜的商品。Adobe 发现,个人护理(增长 96%)、电子产品(增长 64%)、服装(增长 47%)、家居/花园(增长 42%)、家具/床上用品(增长 42%)和杂货(增长 33%)等类别的低价商品份额均大幅增加。具体而言,在食品杂货等类别中,低通胀商品的收入增长 13.4%,而高通胀商品的收入下降 15.6%。在化妆品等类别中,影响相对较弱,低通胀商品的收入增长 3.06%,高通胀商品的收入仅下降 0.34%,主要由于消费者对自己喜欢的品牌表现出了更强的忠诚度。而体育用品(增长 28%)、家电(增长 26%)、工具/家装(增长 26%)和玩具(增长 25%)等类别的低价商品份额增幅均较小,这些类别的增幅也主要受品牌忠诚度影响,同时消费者更倾向于购买最高品质的此类产品。此外,“先买后付”(BNPL)支付方式在此期间也出现了持续增长。2024 年 1 月至 4 月,BNPL 推动了 259 亿美元的电商支出,较去年同期大幅增长 11.8%。Adobe 预计,BNPL 将在 2024 年全年推动 810 亿至 848 亿美元的支出,同比增长 8% 至 13%。
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
AMZ123 获悉,近日,市场分析机构 Mediapanel 公布了 2023 年 12 月波兰主流社交平台的最新用户统计数据。受 TikTok 的打击,Pinterest、Facebook 和 Instagram 的用户数量出现下降。根据 Mediapanel 的数据,截至 2023 年 12 月,TikTok 是波兰第三大社交媒体平台,拥有超过 1378 万用户,相当于波兰 46.45% 的互联网用户。排在 TikTok 之前的是 Facebook 和 Instagram,其中 Facebook 拥有超过 2435 万用户,相当于波兰 82.06% 的互联网用户;Instagram 则拥有超过 1409 万用户,相当于波兰 47.47% 的互联网用户。在用户使用时长方面,TikTok 排名第一。2023 年 12 月,TikTok 用户的平均使用时长为 17 小时 18 分钟 42 秒。Facebook 用户的平均使用时长为 15 小时 36 分钟 38 秒,位居第二。其次是 Instagram,平均使用时长为 5 小时 2 分钟 39 秒。与 11 月相比,12 月 Facebook 减少了 58.84 万用户(下降 2.4%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 32 分钟 50 秒(增长 3.6%)。Instagram 流失了 25.9 万用户(下降 1.8%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 15 分钟(增长 5.2%)。虽然 TikTok 的用户数量略有增长(增长 8.85 万,即 0.6%),但其用户平均使用时间减少了 47 分钟(减少 4.3%)。12 月份,波兰其他主流社交媒体平台的用户数据(与 11 月相比):X 增加了 39.64 万用户(增长 4.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 6 分钟 19 秒(增长 9.3%);Pinterest 增加了 23.02 万用户(增长 3.5%),用户平均使用时间增加了 7 分钟 9 秒(增长 16.1%);Snapchat 则增加了 9.04 万用户(增长 1.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 23 秒(增长 0.2%);LinkedIn 流失了 27.69 万用户(下降 6.2%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 36 秒(下降 11.7%);Reddit 流失了 18.6 万用户(下降 7.1%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 27 秒(下降 11.6%)。
178W应用、3700W注册开发者,图表详解苹果首个App Store数据透明度报告
178W应用、3700W注册开发者,图表详解苹果首个App Store数据透明度报告
近日,苹果发布 2022 年 App Store 透明度报告,展示了 App Store 在 175 个国家和地区运营的数据,包括在线/下架应用数量、提审被拒应用数量、每周访问量、搜索量等。为帮助开发者快速了解 App Store 新发布的各项数据情况,在本篇内容中,AppStare 拆解了各项数据,为开发者提供直观展示,可供参考。app 数据App Store 在线及下架 app 数量报告显示,2022 年,App Store 中在线 app 总数量超 178 万(1,783,232),从 App Store 下架的 app 数量超 18 万(186,195)。提交审核及被拒的 app 数量共有超 610 万(6,101,913)款 app 提交到 App Store 进行审核,其中近 168 万(1,679,694)款 app 提审被拒,占比 27.53%,审核拒绝的主要原因包括性能问题、违反当地法律、不符合设计规范等。此外,提审被拒后再次提交并通过审核的 app 数量超 25 万(253,466),占比 15.09%。不同原因提审被拒的 app 数量app 提审被 App Store 审核指南拒绝的原因包括 app 性能问题、违反当地法律、不符合设计规范、业务问题、存在安全风险及其他六大模块。从上图可见,性能问题是 app 提审被拒的最大原因,超 101 万(1,018,415)款 app 因此被 App Store 审核指南拒绝,占比达 50.98%。建议开发者在 app 提审前,针对 App Store 审核指南再做详细的自我审查,提升通过可能。从 App Store 下架的 app Top 10 分类2022 年,App Store 下架超 18 万(186,195)款 app,其中游戏类 app 是下架次数最多的应用类别,超 3.8 万(38,883)款,占比 20.88%,其次为 工具类 app,共下架 2 万(20,045)款,占比 10.77%。中国大陆下架 app 品类 top 10在中国大陆地区,下架 app 总计超 4 万(41,238)款。工具类 app 是下架数量最多的 app 子品类,达 9,077 款,占比 22.01%,其次为游戏类 app,下架 6,173 款,占比 14.97%。被下架后申诉的 app 数量在 175 个国家/地区中,被下架后申诉的 app 数量总计超 1.8 万(18,412)款。中国大陆下架后申诉的 app 数量最多,达 5,484 款,占比 29.78%。申诉后恢复上架的 app 数量申诉后恢复上架的 app 数量总计为 616 款,其中中国大陆申诉后恢复上架的 app 最多,为 169 款,占中国大陆下架后申诉 app 数量(5,484)的 3.08%。开发者数据注册苹果开发者总数近 3700 万(36,974,015),被终止开发者账户数量近 43 万(428,487),占比 1.16%。其中,开发者账户因违反开发者计划许可协议(DPLA)而被终止的主要原因分别有欺诈(428,249)、出口管制(238)等。被终止后申诉的开发者账户数量为 3,338,被终止后申诉并恢复的开发者账户数量为 159,占比 4.76%。用户数据在用户方面,平均每周访问 App Store 的用户数超 6.56 亿(656,739,889)。2022 年,App Store 终止用户账户数量超 2.82 亿(282,036,628)。值得注意的是,App Store 还阻止了金额超 $20.9亿($2,090,195,480)的欺诈交易。在用户 app 下载方面,平均每周下载 app 数量超 7.47 亿(747,873,877),平均每周重新下载 app 数量超 15.39 亿(1,539,274,266),是前者的 2 倍。因此,建议开发者多加重视对回访用户的唤醒,相关推广策略的制定可能起到较为理想的效果。在 app 更新方面,平均每周自动更新 app 数量超 408 亿(40,876,789,492),平均每周手动更新 app 数量超 5 亿(512,545,816)。可见,用户在 app 更新问题上更偏向依赖自动更新。搜索数据平均每周在 App Store 搜索的用户数超 3.73 亿(373,211,396),App Store 的高质流量有目共睹。在至少 1000 次搜索中出现在搜索结果前 10 名的 app 总数近 140 万(1,399,741),平均每周出现在至少 1000 次搜索结果前 10 名的 app 数量 近 20 万(197,430)。除了通过元数据优化等操作提升 app 的搜索排名外,Apple Search Ads 也是帮助开发者提升 app 曝光和下载的重要渠道。
全球大数据
   探索Discord注册的多重用途
探索Discord注册的多重用途
在当今数字化时代,社交网络平台是人们沟通、分享和互动的重要场所。而Discord作为一款功能强大的聊天和社交平台,正吸引着越来越多的用户。那么,Discord注册可以用来做什么呢?让我们来探索它的多重用途。 首先,通过Discord注册,您可以加入各种兴趣群组和社区,与志同道合的人分享共同的爱好和话题。不论是游戏、音乐、电影还是科技,Discord上有无数个群组等待着您的加入。您可以与其他成员交流、参与讨论、组织活动,结识新朋友并扩大自己的社交圈子。 其次,Discord注册也为个人用户和团队提供了一个协作和沟通的平台。无论您是在学校、工作场所还是志愿组织,Discord的群组和频道功能使得团队成员之间可以方便地分享文件、讨论项目、安排日程,并保持密切的联系。它的语音和视频通话功能还能让远程团队更好地协同工作,提高效率。 对于商业用途而言,Discord注册同样具有巨大潜力。许多品牌和企业已经认识到了Discord作为一个与年轻受众互动的渠道的重要性。通过创建自己的Discord服务器,您可以与客户和粉丝建立更紧密的联系,提供独家内容、产品促销和用户支持。Discord还提供了一些商业工具,如机器人和API,帮助您扩展功能并提供更好的用户体验。 总结起来,Discord注册不仅可以让您加入各种兴趣群组和社区,享受与志同道合的人交流的乐趣,还可以为个人用户和团队提供协作和沟通的平台。对于品牌和企业而言,Discord也提供了与受众互动、推广产品和提供用户支持的机会。所以,赶紧注册一个Discord账号吧,开启多重社交和商业可能性的大门! -->
  商海客discord群发软件:开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件
开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件作为一款前沿的营销工具,以其独特的特点和出色的功能,在商业领域掀起了一场营销革命。它不仅为企业带来了全新的营销方式,也为企业创造了巨大的商业价值。 首先,商海客discord群发软件以其高效的群发功能,打破了传统营销方式的束缚。传统营销常常面临信息传递效率低、覆盖范围有限的问题。而商海客discord群发软件通过其强大的群发功能,可以将信息迅速传递给大量的目标受众,实现广告的精准推送。不论是产品推广、品牌宣传还是促销活动,商海客discord群发软件都能帮助企业快速触达潜在客户,提高营销效果。 其次,商海客discord群发软件提供了丰富的营销工具和功能,为企业的营销活动增添了更多的可能性。商海客discord群发软件支持多种媒体形式的推送,包括文本、图片、音频和视频等。企业可以根据自身需求,定制个性化的消息内容和推广方案,以吸引目标受众的注意。此外,商海客discord群发软件还提供了数据分析和统计功能,帮助企业了解营销效果,进行精细化的调整和优化。 最后,商海客discord群发软件的用户体验和易用性也为企业带来了便利。商海客discord群发软件的界面简洁明了,操作简单易懂,即使对于非技术人员也能够快速上手。商海客discord群发软件还提供了稳定的技术支持和优质的客户服务,确保用户在使用过程中能够获得及时的帮助和解决问题。 -->
 Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord这个软件相信打游戏的各位多少都会有点了解。作为功能上和YY相类似的语音软件,已经逐渐成为各类游戏玩家的青睐。在这里你可以创建属于自己的频道,叫上三五个朋友一起开黑,体验线上五连坐的游戏体验。但Discord可不是我们口中说的美国版YY这么简单。 Discord最初是为了方便人们交流而创立的应用程序。游戏玩家、电影迷和美剧迷、包括NFT创作者和区块链项目都在Discord上装修起一个个属于自己的小家。而在互联网的不断发展中,Discord现如今已经发展成为一种高效的营销工具,其强大的社区的功能已远不止语音交谈这一单一功能了。本文我们将结合市场营销现有的一些概念,带你领略Discord背后的无穷价值。 初代海外社媒营销: 当我们谈及Marketing市场营销,我们大多能想到的就是广告,以广告投放去获得较为多的转化为最终目的。但随着公众利益的变化,市场营销的策略也在不断改变。社交媒体类别的营销是现在更多品牌更为看重的一块流量池。我们可以选择付费营销,当然也可以选择不付费,这正式大多数的品牌所处的阶段。如国内的微博,抖音。又好比海外的Facebook, Instagram等。 但是,当我们深入地了解这些社交媒体的算法时不难发现。人们经常会错过我们的内容,又或者在看到这是一个广告之后就选择离开,其推广的触达率并不显著。其原因其实和初代社交媒体的属性分不开。 我们来打个比方:当你在YouTube上看着喜爱的博主视频,YouTube突然暂停了你的视频,给你插入了品牌方的广告。试问你的心情如何?你会选择安心看完这个广告,对其推广的产品产生了兴趣。还是想尽一切办法去关掉这个烦人的广告?而在不付费的内容上:你更喜欢看那些能娱乐你,充实你生活的内容。还是选择去看一个可能和你毫不相干的品牌贴文?在大数据的加持下,品牌方可能绞尽脑汁的想去获得你这个用户。但选择权仍就在用户手上,用户选择社交媒体的原因更多是为了娱乐和社交。我们也不愿意和一个个客气的“品牌Logo”去对话。 Discord是如何改变营销世界的? Discord又有什么不一样呢?你觉的他的营销手段就像发Email一样,给你特定的社群发送一组消息?谈到Email,这里要插一嘴。其触达率表现也并不优异,你发送的重要通告,新闻稿,打折促销。都有可能在用户还未浏览收之前就已经进了垃圾箱,又或者是和其他数百封未读邮件中等待着缘分的到来。 其实Discord的频道属性很美妙的化解了社交媒体现在的窘境,我们再来打个比方:比如你很喜欢篮球,因此你进入到了这个Discord篮球频道。而在这个频道里又包含了中锋,前锋,后卫这些细分频道。后卫又细分到了控球后卫,得分后卫。但总的来说,这个频道的用户都是喜欢篮球的群体。Discord的属性也拉近了品牌和用户的距离,你们不再是用户和一个个官方的“品牌Logo”对话。取而代之的则是一个个亲近感十足的好兄弟。直播带货中的“家人们”好像就是这一形式哈哈。 因此在Discord 上你可以针对不同频道发送不同的公告消息,使目标用户能够及时获得你的任何更新。他可不像电子邮件一样,淹没在一堆未读邮件中,也不会像社媒贴文一样被忽视。更精准的去区分不同的目标受众这一独特性也注定了Discord Marketing的强大功能。 Discord拓展属性: 自Facebook更名Meta等一系列动作下,2021年被世人称为元宇宙元年。在这一大背景下,更多的社交媒体开始逐渐向元宇宙靠拢。Twitter逐渐成为各类项目方的首选宣发媒体。Discord的属性也被更多项目方所发现,现如今Discord已被广泛运用在区块链领域。Discord事实上已经成为加密货币社区的最大聚集地,学习使用Discord也已经成为了圈内最入门技能。随着未来大量的区块链项目的上线Discord也将获得更加直接的变现手段。 Discord的各类载体已经数不胜数,区块链、游戏开黑、公司办公软件、线上教课。Discord是否能成为海外社媒的下一个风口?还是他已经成为了?这个不是我们能说了算的,但甭管你是想做品牌推广,还是单纯的就想酣畅漓淋的和朋友一起开个黑。选择Discord都是一个不错的选择。 -->
社交媒体

                    100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
It feels like Instagram, more than any other social media platform, is evolving at a dizzying pace. It can take a lot of work to keep up as it continues to roll out new features, updates, and algorithm changes. That‘s where the Instagram stats come in. There’s a lot of research about Instagram — everything from its users' demographics, brand adoption stats, and all the difference between micro and nano influencers. I use this data to inform my marketing strategies and benchmark my efforts. Read on to uncover more social media stats to help you get ideas and improve your Instagram posting strategy. 80+ Instagram Stats Click on a category below to jump to the stats for that category: Instagram's Growth Instagram User Demographics Brand Adoption Instagram Post Content Instagram Posting Strategy Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics Instagram's Growth Usage 1. Instagram is expected to reach 1.44 billion users by 2025. (Statista) 2. The Instagram app currently has over 1.4 billion monthly active users. (Statista) 3. U.S. adults spend an average of 33.1 minutes per day on Instagram in 2024, a 3-minute increase from the year before. (Sprout Social) 4. Instagram ad revenue is anticipated to reach $59.61 billion in 2024. (Oberlo) 5. Instagram’s Threads has over 15 Million monthly active users. (eMarketer) 6. 53.7% of marketers plan to use Instagram reels for influencer marketing in 2024. (eMarketer) 7. 71% of marketers say Instagram is the platform they want to learn about most. (Skillademia) 8. There are an estimated 158.4 million Instagram users in the United States in 2024. (DemandSage) 9. As of January 2024, India has 362.9 million Instagram users, the largest Instagram audience in the world. (Statista) 10. As of January 2024, Instagram is the fourth most popular social media platform globally based on monthly active users. Facebook is first. YouTube and WhatsApp rank second and third. (Statista) https://youtu.be/EyHV8aZFWqg 11. Over 400 million Instagram users use the Stories feature daily. (Keyhole) 12. As of April 2024, the most-liked post on Instagram remains a carousel of Argentine footballer Lionel Messi and his teammates celebrating the 2022 FIFA World Cup win. (FIFA) 13. The fastest-growing content creator on Instagram in 2024 is influencer Danchmerk, who grew from 16k to 1.6 Million followers in 8 months. (Instagram) 14. The most-followed Instagram account as of March 2024 is professional soccer player Cristiano Ronaldo, with 672 million followers. (Forbes) 15. As of April 2024, Instagram’s own account has 627 million followers. (Instagram) Instagram User Demographics 16. Over half of the global Instagram population is 34 or younger. (Statista) 17. As of January 2024, almost 17% of global active Instagram users were men between 18 and 24. (Statista) 18. Instagram’s largest demographics are Millennials and Gen Z, comprising 61.8% of users in 2024. (MixBloom) 19. Instagram is Gen Z’s second most popular social media platform, with 75% of respondents claiming usage of the platform, after YouTube at 80%. (Later) 20. 37.74% of the world’s 5.3 billion active internet users regularly access Instagram. (Backlinko) 21. In January 2024, 55% of Instagram users in the United States were women, and 44% were men. (Statista) 22. Only 7% of Instagram users in the U.S. belong to the 13 to 17-year age group. (Statista) 23. Only 5.7% of Instagram users in the U.S. are 65+ as of 2024. (Statista) 24. Only 0.2% of Instagram users are unique to the platform. Most use Instagram alongside Facebook (80.8%), YouTube (77.4%), and TikTok (52.8%). (Sprout Social) 25. Instagram users lean slightly into higher tax brackets, with 47% claiming household income over $75,000. (Hootsuite) 26. Instagram users worldwide on Android devices spend an average of 29.7 minutes per day (14 hours 50 minutes per month) on the app. (Backlinko) 27. 73% of U.S. teens say Instagram is the best way for brands to reach them. (eMarketer) 28. 500 million+ accounts use Instagram Stories every day. (Facebook) 29. 35% of music listeners in the U.S. who follow artists on Facebook and Instagram do so to connect with other fans or feel like part of a community. (Facebook) 30. The average Instagram user spends 33 minutes a day on the app. (Oberlo) 31. 45% of people in urban areas use Instagram, while only 25% of people in rural areas use the app. (Backlinko) 32. Approximately 85% of Instagram’s user base is under the age of 45. (Statista) 33. As of January 2024, the largest age group on Instagram is 18-24 at 32%, followed by 30.6% between ages 25-34. (Statista) 34. Globally, the platform is nearly split down the middle in terms of gender, with 51.8% male and 48.2% female users. (Phyllo) 35. The numbers differ slightly in the U.S., with 56% of users aged 13+ being female and 44% male. (Backlinko) 36. As of January 2024, Instagram is most prevalent in India, with 358.55 million users, followed by the United States (158.45 million), Brazil (122.9 million), Indonesia (104.8 million), and Turkey (56.7 million). (Backlinko) 37. 49% of Instagram users are college graduates. (Hootsuite) 38. Over 1.628 Billion Instagram users are reachable via advertising. (DataReportal) 39. As of January 2024, 20.3% of people on Earth use Instagram. (DataReportal) Brand Adoption 40. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use it in 2024. (Sprout Social) 41. 29% of marketers plan to invest the most in Instagram out of any social media platform in 2023. (Statista) 42. Regarding brand safety, 86% of marketers feel comfortable advertising on Instagram. (Upbeat Agency) 43. 24% of marketers plan to invest in Instagram, the most out of all social media platforms, in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 44. 70% of shopping enthusiasts turn to Instagram for product discovery. (Omnicore Agency) 45. Marketers saw the highest engagement rates on Instagram from any other platform in 2024. (Hootsuite) 46. 29% of marketers say Instagram is the easiest platform for working with influencers and creators. (Statista) 47. 68% of marketers reported that Instagram generates high levels of ROI. (LIKE.TG) 48. 21% of marketers reported that Instagram yielded the most significant ROI in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 49. 52% of marketers plan to increase their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 50. In 2024, 42% of marketers felt “very comfortable” advertising on Instagram, and 40% responded “somewhat comfortable.” (LIKE.TG) 51. Only 6% of marketers plan to decrease their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 52. 39% of marketers plan to leverage Instagram for the first time in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 53. 90% of people on Instagram follow at least one business. (Instagram) 54. 50% of Instagram users are more interested in a brand when they see ads for it on Instagram. (Instagram) 55. 18% of marketers believe that Instagram has the highest growth potential of all social apps in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 56. 1 in 4 marketers say Instagram provides the highest quality leads from any social media platform. (LIKE.TG) 57. Nearly a quarter of marketers (23%) say that Instagram results in the highest engagement levels for their brand compared to other platforms. (LIKE.TG) 58. 46% of marketers leverage Instagram Shops. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Shops, 50% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 59. 41% of marketers leverage Instagram Live Shopping. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Live Shopping, 51% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 60. Education and Health and Wellness industries experience the highest engagement rates. (Hootsuite) 61. 67% of users surveyed have “swiped up” on the links of branded Stories. (LIKE.TG) 62. 130 million Instagram accounts tap on a shopping post to learn more about products every month. (Omnicore Agency) Instagram Post Content 63. Engagement for static photos has decreased by 44% since 2019, when Reels debuted. (Later) 64. The average engagement rate for photo posts is .059%. (Social Pilot) 65. The average engagement rate for carousel posts is 1.26% (Social Pilot) 66. The average engagement rate for Reel posts is 1.23% (Social Pilot) 67. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the best in-app search capabilities. (LIKE.TG) 68. The most popular Instagram Reel is from Samsung and has over 1 billion views. (Lifestyle Asia) 69. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the most accurate algorithm, followed by Facebook. (LIKE.TG) 70. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the most significant ROI when selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 71. Instagram Reels with the highest engagement rates come from accounts with fewer than 5000 followers, with an average engagement rate of 3.79%. (Social Pilot) 72. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the best tools for selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 73. Over 100 million people watch Instagram Live every day. (Social Pilot) 74. 70% of users watch Instagram stories daily. (Social Pilot) 75. 50% of people prefer funny Instagram content, followed by creative and informative posts. (Statista) 76. Instagram Reels are the most popular post format for sharing via DMs. (Instagram) 77. 40% of Instagram users post stories daily. (Social Pilot) 78. An average image on Instagram gets 23% more engagement than one published on Facebook. (Business of Apps) 79. The most geo-tagged city in the world is Los Angeles, California, and the tagged location with the highest engagement is Coachella, California. (LIKE.TG) Instagram Posting Strategy 80. The best time to post on Instagram is between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. on weekdays. (Social Pilot) 81. Posts with a tagged location result in 79% higher engagement than posts without a tagged location. (Social Pilot) 82. 20% of users surveyed post to Instagram Stories on their business account more than once a week. (LIKE.TG) 83. 44% of users surveyed use Instagram Stories to promote products or services. (LIKE.TG) 84. One-third of the most viewed Stories come from businesses. (LIKE.TG) 85. More than 25 million businesses use Instagram to reach and engage with audiences. (Omnicore Agency) 86. 69% of U.S. marketers plan to spend most of their influencer budget on Instagram. (Omnicore Agency) 87. The industry that had the highest cooperation efficiency with Instagram influencers was healthcare, where influencer posts were 4.2x more efficient than brand posts. (Emplifi) 88. Instagram is now the most popular social platform for following brands. (Marketing Charts) Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics 89. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use the platform for such purposes in 2024 (Oberlo) 90. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) comprise most of Instagram’s influencer population, at 65.4%. (Statista) 91. Micro-influencers (10,000 to 50,000 followers) account for 27.73% (Socially Powerful) 92. Mid-tier influencers (50,000 to 500,000 followers) account for 6.38% (Socially Powerful) 93. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) have the highest engagement rate at 5.6% (EmbedSocial) 94. Mega-influencers and celebrities with more than 1 million followers account for 0.23%. (EmbedSocial) 95. 77% of Instagram influencers are women. (WPBeginner) 96. 30% of markers say that Instagram is their top channel for ROI in influencer marketing (Socially Powerful) 97. 25% of sponsored posts on Instagram are related to fashion (Socially Powerful) 98. The size of the Instagram influencer marketing industry is expected to reach $22.2 billion by 2025. (Socially Powerful) 99. On average, Instagram influencers charge $418 for a sponsored post in 2024, approximately 15.17%​​​​​​​ higher than in 2023. (Collabstr) 100. Nano-influencers charge between $10-$100 per Instagram post. (ClearVoice) 101. Celebrities and macro influencers charge anywhere from $10,000 to over $1 million for a single Instagram post in 2024. (Shopify) 102. Brands can expect to earn $4.12 of earned media value for each $1 spent on Instagram influencer marketing. (Shopify) The landscape of Instagram is vast and ever-expanding. However, understanding these key statistics will ensure your Instagram strategy is well-guided and your marketing dollars are allocated for maximum ROI. There’s more than just Instagram out there, of course. So, download the free guide below for the latest Instagram and Social Media trends.

                    130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
In 2021, marketers that used influencer marketing said the trend resulted in the highest ROI. In fact, marketers have seen such success from influencer marketing that 86% plan to continue investing the same amount or increase their investments in the trend in 2022. But, if you’ve never used an influencer before, the task can seem daunting — who’s truly the best advocate for your brand? Here, we’ve cultivated a list of the most popular influencers in every industry — just click on one of the links below and take a look at the top influencers that can help you take your business to the next level: Top Food Influencers on Instagram Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Top Design Influencers on Instagram Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Top Influencers on Instagram Top Food Influencers on Instagram Jamie Oliver (9.1M followers) ladyironchef (620k followers) Megan Gilmore (188k followers) Ashrod (104k followers) David Chang (1.7M followers) Ida Frosk (299k followers) Lindsey Silverman Love (101k followers) Nick N. (60.5k followers) Molly Tavoletti (50.1k followers) Russ Crandall (39.1k followers) Dennis the Prescott (616k followers) The Pasta Queen (1.5M followers) Thalia Ho (121k followers) Molly Yeh (810k followers) C.R Tan (59.4k followers) Michaela Vais (1.2M followers) Nicole Cogan (212k followers) Minimalist Baker (2.1M followers) Yumna Jawad (3.4M followers) Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Annette White (100k followers) Matthew Karsten (140k followers) The Points Guy (668k followers) The Blonde Abroad (520k followers) Eric Stoen (330k followers) Kate McCulley (99k followers) The Planet D (203k followers) Andrew Evans (59.9k followers) Jack Morris (2.6M followers) Lauren Bullen (2.1M followers) The Bucket List Family (2.6M followers) Fat Girls Traveling (55K followers) Tara Milk Tea (1.3M followers) Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Alexa Chung (5.2M followers) Julia Berolzheimer (1.3M followers) Johnny Cirillo (719K followers) Chiara Ferragni (27.2M followers) Jenn Im (1.7M followers) Ada Oguntodu (65.1k followers) Emma Hill (826k followers) Gregory DelliCarpini Jr. (141k followers) Nicolette Mason (216k followers) Majawyh (382k followers) Garance Doré (693k followers) Ines de la Fressange (477k followers) Madelynn Furlong (202k followers) Giovanna Engelbert (1.4M followers) Mariano Di Vaio (6.8M followers) Aimee Song (6.5M followers) Danielle Bernstein (2.9M followers) Gabi Gregg (910k followers) Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Benjamin Lowy (218k followers) Michael Yamashita (1.8M followers) Stacy Kranitz (101k followers) Jimmy Chin (3.2M followers) Gueorgui Pinkhassov (161k followers) Dustin Giallanza (5.2k followers) Lindsey Childs (31.4k followers) Edith W. Young (24.9k followers) Alyssa Rose (9.6k followers) Donjay (106k followers) Jeff Rose (80.1k followers) Pei Ketron (728k followers) Paul Nicklen (7.3M followers) Jack Harries (1.3M followers) İlhan Eroğlu (852k followers) Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Jannid Olsson Delér (1.2 million followers) Oliver Proudlock (691k followers) Jeremy Jacobowitz (434k followers) Jay Caesar (327k followers) Jessie Chanes (329k followers) Laura Noltemeyer (251k followers) Adorian Deck (44.9k followers) Hind Deer (547k followers) Gloria Morales (146k followers) Kennedy Cymone (1.6M followers) Sydney Leroux Dwyer (1.1M followers) Joanna Stevens Gaines (13.6M followers) Lilly Singh (11.6M followers) Rosanna Pansino (4.4M followers) Top Design Influencers on Instagram Marie Kondo (4M followers) Ashley Stark Kenner (1.2M followers) Casa Chicks (275k followers) Paulina Jamborowicz (195k followers) Kasia Będzińska (218k followers) Jenni Kayne (500k followers) Will Taylor (344k followers) Studio McGee (3.3M followers) Mandi Gubler (207k followers) Natalie Myers (51.6k followers) Grace Bonney (840k followers) Saudah Saleem (25.3k followers) Niña Williams (196k followers) Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Michelle Phan (1.9M followers) Shaaanxo (1.3M followers) Jeffree Star (13.7M followers) Kandee Johnson (2M followers) Manny Gutierrez (4M followers) Naomi Giannopoulos (6.2M followers) Samantha Ravndahl (2.1M followers) Huda Kattan (50.5M followers) Wayne Goss (703k followers) Zoe Sugg (9.3M followers) James Charles (22.9M followers) Shayla Mitchell (2.9M followers) Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Massy Arias (2.7M followers) Eddie Hall (3.3M followers) Ty Haney (92.6k followers) Hannah Bronfman (893k followers) Kenneth Gallarzo (331k followers) Elisabeth Akinwale (113k followers) Laura Large (75k followers) Akin Akman (82.3k followers) Sjana Elise Earp (1.4M followers) Cassey Ho (2.3M followers) Kayla Itsines (14.5M followers) Jen Selter (13.4M followers) Simeon Panda (8.1M followers) Top Instagram InfluencersJamie OliverDavid ChangJack Morris and Lauren BullenThe Bucket List FamilyChiara FerragniAlexa ChungJimmy ChinJannid Olsson DelérGrace BonneyHuda KattanZoe SuggSjana Elise EarpMassy Arias 1. Jamie Oliver Jamie Oliver, a world-renowned chef and restaurateur, is Instagram famous for his approachable and delicious-looking cuisine. His page reflects a mix of food pictures, recipes, and photos of his family and personal life. His love of beautiful food and teaching others to cook is clearly evident, which must be one of the many reasons why he has nearly seven million followers. 2. David Chang Celebrity chef David Chang is best known for his world-famous restaurants and big personality. Chang was a judge on Top Chef and created his own Netflix show called Ugly Delicious, both of which elevated his popularity and likely led to his huge followership on Instagram. Most of his feed is filled with food videos that will make you drool. View this post on Instagram 3. Jack Morris and Lauren Bullen Travel bloggers Jack Morris (@jackmorris) and Lauren Bullen (@gypsea_lust)have dream jobs -- the couple travels to some of the most beautiful places around the world and documents their trips on Instagram. They have developed a unique and recognizable Instagram aesthetic that their combined 4.8 million Instagram followers love, using the same few filters and posting the most striking travel destinations. View this post on Instagram 4. The Bucket List Family The Gee family, better known as the Bucket List Family, travel around the world with their three kids and post videos and images of their trips to YouTube and Instagram. They are constantly sharing pictures and stories of their adventures in exotic places. This nomad lifestyle is enjoyed by their 2.6 million followers. View this post on Instagram 5. Chiara Ferragni Chiara Ferragni is an Italian fashion influencer who started her blog The Blonde Salad to share tips, photos, and clothing lines. Ferragni has been recognized as one of the most influential people of her generation, listed on Forbes’ 30 Under 30 and the Bloglovin’ Award Blogger of the Year. 6. Alexa Chung Model and fashion designer Alexa Chung is Instagram famous for her elegant yet charming style and photos. After her modeling career, she collaborated with many brands like Mulberry and Madewell to create her own collection, making a name for herself in the fashion world. Today, she shares artistic yet fun photos with her 5.2 million Instagram followers. 7. Jimmy Chin Jimmy Chin is an award-winning professional photographer who captures high-intensity shots of climbing expeditions and natural panoramas. He has won multiple awards for his work, and his 3.2 million Instagram followers recognize him for his talent. 8. Jannid Olsson Delér Jannid Olsson Delér is a lifestyle and fashion blogger that gathered a huge social media following for her photos of outfits, vacations, and her overall aspirational life. Her 1.2 million followers look to her for travel and fashion inspirations. 9. Grace Bonney Design*Sponge is a design blog authored by Grace Bonney, an influencer recognized by the New York Times, Forbes, and other major publications for her impact on the creative community. Her Instagram posts reflect her elegant yet approachable creative advice, and nearly a million users follow her account for her bright and charismatic feed. 10. Huda Kattan Huda Kattan took the beauty world by storm -- her Instagram began with makeup tutorials and reviews and turned into a cosmetics empire. Huda now has 1.3 million Instagram followers and a company valued at $1.2 billion. Her homepage is filled with makeup videos and snaps of her luxury lifestyle. View this post on Instagram 11. Zoe Sugg Zoe Sugg runs a fashion, beauty, and lifestyle blog and has nearly 10 million followers on Instagram. She also has an incredibly successful YouTube channel and has written best-selling books on the experience of viral bloggers. Her feed consists mostly of food, her pug, selfies, and trendy outfits. View this post on Instagram 12. Sjana Elise Earp Sjana Elise Earp is a lifestyle influencer who keeps her Instagram feed full of beautiful photos of her travels. She actively promotes yoga and healthy living to her 1.4 million followers, becoming an advocate for an exercise program called SWEAT. 13. Massy Arias Personal trainer Massy Arias is known for her fitness videos and healthy lifestyle. Her feed aims to inspire her 2.6 million followers to keep training and never give up on their health. Arias has capitalized on fitness trends on Instagram and proven to both herself and her followers that exercise can improve all areas of your life. View this post on Instagram

                    24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
Nowadays, Instagram is often someone's initial contact with a brand, and nearly half of its users shop on the platform each week. If it's the entryway for half of your potential sales, don't you want your profile to look clean and inviting? Taking the time to create an engaging Instagram feed aesthetic is one of the most effective ways to persuade someone to follow your business's Instagram account or peruse your posts. You only have one chance to make a good first impression — so it's critical that you put effort into your Instagram feed. Finding the perfect place to start is tough — where do you find inspiration? What color scheme should you use? How do you organize your posts so they look like a unit? We know you enjoy learning by example, so we've compiled the answers to all of these questions in a list of stunning Instagram themes. We hope these inspire your own feed's transformation. But beware, these feeds are so desirable, you'll have a hard time choosing just one. What is an Instagram theme?An instagram theme is a visual aesthetic created by individuals and brands to achieve a cohesive look on their Instagram feeds. Instagram themes help social media managers curate different types of content into a digital motif that brings a balanced feel to the profile. Tools to Create Your Own Instagram Theme Creating a theme on your own requires a keen eye for detail. When you’re editing several posts a week that follow the same theme, you’ll want to have a design tool handy to make that workflow easier. Pre-set filters, color palettes, and graphic elements are just a few of the features these tools use, but if you have a sophisticated theme to maintain, a few of these tools include advanced features like video editing and layout previews. Here are our top five favorite tools to use when editing photos for an Instagram theme. 1. VSCO Creators look to VSCO when they want to achieve the most unique photo edits. This app is one of the top-ranked photo editing tools among photographers because it includes advanced editing features without needing to pull out all the stops in Photoshop. If you’re in a hurry and want to create an Instagram theme quickly, use one of the 200+ VSCO presets including name-brand designs by Kodak, Agfa, and Ilford. If you’ll be including video as part of your content lineup on Instagram, you can use the same presets from the images so every square of content blends seamlessly into the next no matter what format it’s in. 2. FaceTune2 FaceTune2 is a powerful photo editing app that can be downloaded on the App Store or Google Play. The free version of the app includes all the basic editing features like brightness, lighting, cropping, and filters. The pro version gives you more detailed control over retouching and background editing. For video snippets, use FaceTune Video to make detailed adjustments right from your mobile device — you’ll just need to download the app separately for that capability. If you’re starting to test whether an Instagram theme is right for your brand, FaceTune2 is an affordable tool worth trying. 3. Canva You know Canva as a user-friendly and free option to create graphics, but it can be a powerful photo editing tool to curate your Instagram theme. For more abstract themes that mix imagery with graphic art, you can add shapes, textures, and text to your images. Using the photo editor, you can import your image and adjust the levels, add filters, and apply unique effects to give each piece of content a look that’s unique to your brand. 4. Adobe Illustrator Have you ever used Adobe Illustrator to create interesting overlays and tints for images? You can do the same thing to develop your Instagram theme. Traditionally, Adobe Illustrator is the go-to tool to create vectors and logos, but this software has some pretty handy features for creating photo filters and designs. Moreover, you can layout your artboards in an Instagram-style grid to see exactly how each image will appear in your feed. 5. Photoshop Photoshop is the most well-known photo editing software, and it works especially well for creating Instagram themes. If you have the capacity to pull out all the stops and tweak every detail, Photoshop will get the job done. Not only are the editing, filter, and adjustment options virtually limitless, Photoshop is great for batch processing the same edits across several images in a matter of seconds. You’ll also optimize your workflow by using photoshop to edit the composition, alter the background, and remove any unwanted components of an image without switching to another editing software to add your filter. With Photoshop, you have complete control over your theme which means you won’t have to worry about your profile looking exactly like someone else’s. Instagram ThemesTransitionBlack and WhiteBright ColorsMinimalistOne ColorTwo ColorsPastelsOne ThemePuzzleUnique AnglesText OnlyCheckerboardBlack or White BordersSame FilterFlatlaysVintageRepetitionMix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical BordersQuotesDark ColorsRainbowDoodleTextLinesAnglesHorizontal Lines 1. Transition If you aren’t set on one specific Instagram theme, consider the transition theme. With this aesthetic, you can experiment with merging colors every couple of images. For example, you could start with a black theme and include beige accents in every image. From there, gradually introduce the next color, in this case, blue. Eventually, you’ll find that your Instagram feed will seamlessly transition between the colors you choose which keeps things interesting without straying from a cohesive look and feel. 2. Black and White A polished black and white theme is a good choice to evoke a sense of sophistication. The lack of color draws you into the photo's main subject and suggests a timeless element to your business. @Lisedesmet's black and white feed, for instance, focuses the user’s gaze on the image's subject, like the black sneakers or white balloon. 3. Bright Colors If your company's brand is meant to imply playfulness or fun, there's probably no better way than to create a feed full of bright colors. Bright colors are attention-grabbing and lighthearted, which could be ideal for attracting a younger audience. @Aww.sam's feed, for instance, showcases someone who doesn't take herself too seriously. 4. Minimalist For an artsier edge, consider taking a minimalist approach to your feed, like @emwng does. The images are inviting and slightly whimsical in their simplicity, and cultivate feelings of serenity and stability. The pup pics only add wholesomeness to this minimalist theme. Plus, minimalist feeds are less distracting by nature, so it can be easier to get a true sense of the brand from the feed alone, without clicking on individual posts. 5. One Color One of the easiest ways to pick a theme for your feed is to choose one color and stick to it — this can help steer your creative direction, and looks clean and cohesive from afar. It's particularly appealing if you choose an aesthetically pleasing and calm color, like the soft pink used in the popular hashtag #blackwomeninpink. 6. Two Colors If you're interested in creating a highly cohesive feed but don't want to stick to the one-color theme, consider trying two. Two colors can help your feed look organized and clean — plus, if you choose branded colors, it can help you create cohesion between your other social media sites the website itself. I recommend choosing two contrasting colors for a punchy look like the one shown in @Dreaming_outloud’s profile. 7. Pastels Similar to the one-color idea, it might be useful to choose one color palette for your feed, like @creativekipi's use of pastels. Pastels, in particular, often used for Easter eggs or cupcake decorations, appear childlike and cheerful. Plus, they're captivating and unexpected. 8. One Subject As evident from @mustdoflorida's feed (and username), it's possible to focus your feed on one singular object or idea — like beach-related objects and activities in Florida. If you're aiming to showcase your creativity or photography skills, it could be compelling to create a feed where each post follows one theme. 9. Puzzle Creating a puzzle out of your feed is complicated and takes some planning, but can reap big rewards in terms of uniqueness and engaging an audience. @Juniperoats’ posts, for instance, make the most sense when you look at it from the feed, rather than individual posts. It's hard not to be both impressed and enthralled by the final result, and if you post puzzle piece pictures individually, you can evoke serious curiosity from your followers. 10. Unique Angles Displaying everyday items and activities from unexpected angles is sure to draw attention to your Instagram feed. Similar to the way lines create a theme, angles use direction to create interest. Taking an image of different subjects from similar angles can unite even the most uncommon photos into a consistent theme. 11. Text Only A picture is worth a thousand words, but how many pictures is a well-designed quote worth? Confident Woman Co. breaks the rules of Instagram that say images should have a face in them to get the best engagement. Not so with this Instagram theme. The bright colors and highlighted text make this layout aesthetically pleasing both in the Instagram grid format and as a one-off post on the feed. Even within this strict text-only theme, there’s still room to break up the monotony with a type-treated font and textured background like the last image does in the middle row. 12. Checkerboard If you're not a big fan of horizontal or vertical lines, you might try a checkerboard theme. Similar to horizontal lines, this theme allows you to alternate between content and images or colors as seen in @thefemalehustlers’ feed. 13. Black or White Borders While it is a bit jarring to have black or white borders outlining every image, it definitely sets your feed apart from everyone else's. @Beautifulandyummy, for instance, uses black borders to draw attention to her images, and the finished feed looks both polished and sophisticated. This theme will likely be more successful if you're aiming to sell fashion products or want to evoke an edgier feel for your brand. 14. Same Filter If you prefer uniformity, you'll probably like this Instagram theme, which focuses on using the same filter (or set of filters) for every post. From close up, this doesn't make much difference on your images, but from afar, it definitely makes the feed appear more cohesive. @marianna_hewitt, for example, is able to make her posts of hair, drinks, and fashion seem more refined and professional, simply by using the same filter for all her posts. 15. Flatlays If your primary goal with Instagram is to showcase your products, you might want a Flatlay theme. Flatlay is an effective way to tell a story simply by arranging objects in an image a certain way and makes it easier to direct viewers' attention to a product. As seen in @thedailyedited's feed, a flatlay theme looks fresh and modern. 16. Vintage If it aligns with your brand, vintage is a creative and striking aesthetic that looks both artsy and laid-back. And, while "vintage" might sound a little bit vague, it's easy to conjure. Simply try a filter like Slumber or Aden (built into Instagram), or play around with a third-party editing tool to find a soft, hazy filter that makes your photos look like they were taken from an old polaroid camera. 17. Repetition In @girleatworld's Instagram account, you can count on one thing to remain consistent throughout her feed: she's always holding up food in her hand. This type of repetition looks clean and engaging, and as a follower, it means I always recognize one of her posts as I'm scrolling through my own feed. Consider how you might evoke similar repetition in your own posts to create a brand image all your own. 18. Mix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical Borders While this admittedly requires some planning, the resulting feed is incredibly eye-catching and unique. Simply use the Preview app and choose two different white borders, Vela and Sole, to alternate between horizontal and vertical borders. The resulting feed will look spaced out and clean. 19. Quotes If you're a writer or content creator, you might consider creating an entire feed of quotes, like @thegoodquote feed, which showcases quotes on different mediums, ranging from paperback books to Tweets. Consider typing your quotes and changing up the color of the background, or handwriting your quotes and placing them near interesting objects like flowers or a coffee mug. 20. Dark Colors @JackHarding 's nature photos are nothing short of spectacular, and he highlights their beauty by filtering with a dark overtone. To do this, consider desaturating your content and using filters with cooler colors, like greens and blues, rather than warm ones. The resulting feed looks clean, sleek, and professional. 21. Rainbow One way to introduce color into your feed? Try creating a rainbow by slowly progressing your posts through the colors of the rainbow, starting at red and ending at purple (and then, starting all over again). The resulting feed is stunning. 22. Doodle Most people on Instagram stick to photos and filters, so to stand out, you might consider adding drawings or cartoon doodles on top of (or replacing) regular photo posts. This is a good idea if you're an artist or a web designer and want to draw attention to your artistic abilities — plus, it's sure to get a smile from your followers, like these adorable doodles shown below by @josie.doodles. 23. Content Elements Similar elements in your photos can create an enticing Instagram theme. In this example by The Container Store Custom Closets, the theme uses shelves or clothes in each image to visually bring the feed together. Rather than each photo appearing as a separate room, they all combine to create a smooth layout that displays The Container Store’s products in a way that feels natural to the viewer. 24. Structural Lines Something about this Instagram feed feels different, doesn’t it? Aside from the content focusing on skyscrapers, the lines of the buildings in each image turn this layout into a unique theme. If your brand isn’t in the business of building skyscrapers, you can still implement a theme like this by looking for straight or curved lines in the photos your capture. The key to creating crisp lines from the subjects in your photos is to snap them in great lighting and find symmetry in the image wherever possible. 25. Horizontal Lines If your brand does well with aligning photography with content, you might consider organizing your posts in a thoughtful way — for instance, creating either horizontal or vertical lines, with your rows alternating between colors, text, or even subject distance. @mariahb.makeup employs this tactic, and her feed looks clean and intriguing as a result. How to Create an Instagram Theme 1. Choose a consistent color palette. One major factor of any Instagram theme is consistency. For instance, you wouldn't want to regularly change your theme from black-and-white to rainbow — this could confuse your followers and damage your brand image. Of course, a complete company rebrand might require you to shift your Instagram strategy, but for the most part, you want to stay consistent with the types of visual content you post on Instagram. For this reason, you'll need to choose a color palette to adhere to when creating an Instagram theme. Perhaps you choose to use brand colors. LIKE.TG's Instagram, for instance, primarily uses blues, oranges, and teal, three colors prominently displayed on LIKE.TG's website and products. Alternatively, maybe you choose one of the themes listed above, such as black-and-white. Whatever the case, to create an Instagram theme, it's critical you stick to a few colors throughout all of your content. 2. Use the same filter for each post, or edit each post similarly. As noted above, consistency is a critical element in any Instagram theme, so you'll want to find your favorite one or two filters and use them for each of your posts. You can use Instagram's built-in filters, or try an editing app like VSCO or Snapseed. Alternatively, if you're going for a minimalist look, you might skip filters entirely and simply use a few editing features, like contrast and exposure. Whatever you choose, though, you'll want to continue to edit each of your posts similarly to create a cohesive feed. 3. Use a visual feed planner to plan posts far in advance. It's vital that you plan your Instagram posts ahead of time for a few different reasons, including ensuring you post a good variety of content and that you post it during a good time of day. Additionally, when creating an Instagram theme, you'll need to plan posts in advance to figure out how they fit together — like puzzle pieces, your individual pieces of content need to reinforce your theme as a whole. To plan posts far in advance and visualize how they reinforce your theme, you'll want to use a visual Instagram planner like Later or Planoly. Best of all, you can use these apps to preview your feed and ensure your theme is looking the way you want it to look before you press "Publish" on any of your posts. 4. Don't lock yourself into a theme you can't enjoy for the long haul. In middle school, I often liked to change my "look" — one day I aimed for preppy, and the next I chose a more athletic look. Of course, as I got older, I began to understand what style I could stick with for the long haul and started shopping for clothes that fit my authentic style so I wasn't constantly purchasing new clothes and getting sick of them a few weeks later. Similarly, you don't want to choose an Instagram theme you can't live with for a long time. Your Instagram theme should be an accurate reflection of your brand, and if it isn't, it probably won't last. Just because rainbow colors sound interesting at the get-go doesn't mean it's a good fit for your company's social media aesthetic as a whole. When in doubt, choose a more simple theme that provides you the opportunity to get creative and experiment without straying too far off-theme. How to Use an Instagram Theme on Your Profile 1. Choose what photos you want to post before choosing your theme. When you start an Instagram theme, there are so many options to choose from. Filters, colors, styles, angles — the choices are endless. But it’s important to keep in mind that these things won’t make your theme stand out. The content is still the star of the show. If the images aren’t balanced on the feed, your theme will look like a photo dump that happens to have the same filter on it. To curate the perfect Instagram theme, choose what photos you plan to post before choosing a theme. I highly recommend laying these photos out in a nine-square grid as well so you can see how the photos blend together. 2. Don’t forget the captions. Sure, no one is going to see the captions of your Instagram photos when they’re looking at your theme in the grid-view, but they will see them when you post each photo individually. There will be times when an image you post may be of something abstract, like the corner of a building, an empty suitcase, or a pair of sunglasses. On their own, these things might not be so interesting, but a thoughtful caption that ties the image to your overall theme can help keep your followers engaged when they might otherwise check out and keep scrolling past your profile. If you’re having a bit of writer’s block, check out these 201 Instagram captions for every type of post. 3. Switch up your theme with color blocks. Earlier, we talked about choosing a theme that you can commit to for the long haul. But there’s an exception to that rule — color transitions. Some of the best themes aren’t based on a specific color at all. Rather than using the same color palette throughout the Instagram feed, you can have colors blend into one another with each photo. This way, you can include a larger variety of photos without limiting yourself to specific hues. A Cohesive Instagram Theme At Your Fingertips Instagram marketing is more than numbers. As the most visual social media platform today, what you post and how it looks directly affects engagement, followers, and how your brand shows up online. A cohesive Instagram theme can help your brand convey a value proposition, promote a product, or execute a campaign. Colors and filters make beautiful themes, but there are several additional ways to stop your followers mid-scroll with a fun, unified aesthetic. Editor's note: This post was originally published in August 2018 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.
全球代理
 Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) has become an integral part of businesses competing on the internet. In order to achieve better rankings and visibility in search engine results, SEO professionals use various strategies and techniques to optimise websites. Among them, bulk IP addressing is an important part of the SEO business. In this article, we will delve into why SEO business needs bulk IP addresses and how to effectively utilise bulk IP addresses to boost your website's rankings and traffic.First, why does SEO business need bulk IP address?1. Avoid search engine blocking: In the process of SEO optimisation, frequent requests to search engines may be identified as malicious behaviour, resulting in IP addresses being blocked. Bulk IP addresses can be used to rotate requests to avoid being blocked by search engines and maintain the stability and continuity of SEO activities.2. Geo-targeting optimisation: Users in different regions may search through different search engines or search for different keywords. Bulk IP address can simulate different regions of the user visit, to help companies geo-targeted optimisation, to improve the website in a particular region of the search rankings.3. Multiple Keyword Ranking: A website is usually optimised for multiple keywords, each with a different level of competition. Batch IP address can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time and improve the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Website content testing: Bulk IP address can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the website content, so as to optimise the website content and structure and improve the user experience.5. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a lot of data collection and competition analysis, and bulk IP address can help enterprises efficiently obtain data information of target websites.Second, how to effectively use bulk IP address for SEO optimisation?1. Choose a reliable proxy service provider: Choose a proxy service provider that provides stable and high-speed bulk IP addresses to ensure the smooth progress of SEO activities.2. Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy: Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy to avoid frequent requests to search engines and reduce the risk of being banned.3. Geo-targeted optimisation: According to the target market, choose the appropriate geographical location of the IP address for geo-targeted optimisation to improve the search ranking of the website in a particular region.4. Keyword Optimisation: Optimise the ranking of multiple keywords through bulk IP addresses to improve the search ranking of the website on different keywords.5. Content Optimisation: Using bulk IP addresses for website content testing, to understand the reaction of users in different regions, optimise website content and structure, and improve user experience.Third, application Scenarios of Bulk IP Address in SEO Business1. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a large amount of data collection and competition analysis, through bulk IP address, you can efficiently get the data information of the target website, and understand the competitors' strategies and ranking.2. Website Geo-targeting Optimisation: For websites that need to be optimised in different regions, bulk IP addresses can be used to simulate visits from users in different regions and improve the search rankings of websites in specific regions.3. Multi-keyword Ranking Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time, improving the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Content Testing and Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the content of the website, optimise the content and structure of the website, and improve the user experience.Conclusion:In today's competitive Internet environment, SEO optimisation is a key strategy for companies to improve their website ranking and traffic. In order to achieve effective SEO optimisation, bulk IP addresses are an essential tool. By choosing a reliable proxy service provider, developing a reasonable IP address rotation strategy, geo-targeting optimisation and keyword optimisation, as well as conducting content testing and optimisation, businesses can make full use of bulk IP addresses to boost their website rankings and traffic, and thus occupy a more favourable position in the Internet competition.
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal: A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management: Exploring
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal
A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management
All You Need to Know About IPRoyal - A Reliable Proxy Service ProviderBenefits of Using IPRoyal:1. Enhanced Online Privacy:With IPRoyal, your online activities remain anonymous and protected. By routing your internet traffic through their secure servers, IPRoyal hides your IP address, making it virtually impossible for anyone to track your online behavior. This ensures that your personal information, such as banking details or browsing history, remains confidential.2. Access to Geo-Restricted Content:Many websites and online services restrict access based on your geographical location. IPRoyal helps you overcome these restrictions by providing proxy servers located in various countries. By connecting to the desired server, you can browse the internet as if you were physically present in that location, granting you access to region-specific content and services.3. Improved Browsing Speed:IPRoyal's dedicated servers are optimized for speed, ensuring a seamless browsing experience. By utilizing their proxy servers closer to your location, you can reduce latency and enjoy faster page loading times. This is particularly useful when accessing websites or streaming content that may be slow due to network congestion or geographical distance.Features of IPRoyal:1. Wide Range of Proxy Types:IPRoyal offers different types of proxies to cater to various requirements. Whether you need a datacenter proxy, residential proxy, or mobile proxy, they have you covered. Each type has its advantages, such as higher anonymity, rotational IPs, or compatibility with mobile devices. By selecting the appropriate proxy type, you can optimize your browsing experience.2. Global Proxy Network:With servers located in multiple countries, IPRoyal provides a global proxy network that allows you to choose the location that best suits your needs. Whether you want to access content specific to a particular country or conduct market research, their extensive network ensures reliable and efficient proxy connections.3. User-Friendly Dashboard:IPRoyal's intuitive dashboard makes managing and monitoring your proxy usage a breeze. From here, you can easily switch between different proxy types, select the desired server location, and view important usage statistics. The user-friendly interface ensures that even those with limited technical knowledge can make the most of IPRoyal's services.Conclusion:In a world where online privacy and freedom are increasingly threatened, IPRoyal provides a comprehensive solution to protect your anonymity and enhance your browsing experience. With its wide range of proxy types, global network, and user-friendly dashboard, IPRoyal is suitable for individuals, businesses, and organizations seeking reliable and efficient proxy services. Say goodbye to restrictions and safeguard your online presence with IPRoyal's secure and trusted proxy solutions.
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies: An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies: How They Work and Why You Need Them3. The Power of Proxies: Unlocking a World of Online Possibilities4. Exploring the Role of Proxies in Data S
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies
An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies
Title: Exploring the Role of Proxies in Ensuring Online Security and PrivacyDescription: In this blog post, we will delve into the world of proxies and their significance in ensuring online security and privacy. We will discuss the different types of proxies, their functionalities, and their role in safeguarding our online activities. Additionally, we will explore the benefits and drawbacks of using proxies, and provide recommendations for choosing the right proxy service.IntroductionIn today's digital age, where our lives have become increasingly interconnected through the internet, ensuring online security and privacy has become paramount. While we may take precautions such as using strong passwords and enabling two-factor authentication, another valuable tool in this endeavor is the use of proxies. Proxies play a crucial role in protecting our online activities by acting as intermediaries between our devices and the websites we visit. In this blog post, we will explore the concept of proxies, their functionalities, and how they contribute to enhancing online security and privacy.Understanding Proxies Proxies, in simple terms, are intermediate servers that act as connectors between a user's device and the internet. When we access a website through a proxy server, our request to view the webpage is first routed through the proxy server before reaching the website. This process helps ensure that our IP address, location, and other identifying information are not directly visible to the website we are accessing.Types of Proxies There are several types of proxies available, each with its own purpose and level of anonymity. Here are three common types of proxies:1. HTTP Proxies: These proxies are primarily used for accessing web content. They are easy to set up and can be used for basic online activities such as browsing, but they may not provide strong encryption or complete anonymity.2. SOCKS Proxies: SOCKS (Socket Secure) proxies operate at a lower level than HTTP proxies. They allow for a wider range of internet usage, including applications and protocols beyond just web browsing. SOCKS proxies are popular for activities such as torrenting and online gaming.Benefits and Drawbacks of Using Proxies Using proxies offers several advantages in terms of online security and privacy. Firstly, proxies can help mask our real IP address, making it difficult for websites to track our online activities. This added layer of anonymity can be particularly useful when accessing websites that may track or collect user data for advertising or other purposes.Moreover, proxies can also help bypass geolocation restrictions. By routing our internet connection through a proxy server in a different country, we can gain access to content that may be blocked or restricted in our actual location. This can be particularly useful for accessing streaming services or websites that are limited to specific regions.However, it is important to note that using proxies does have some drawbacks. One potential disadvantage is the reduced browsing speed that can occur when routing internet traffic through a proxy server. Since the proxy server acts as an intermediary, it can introduce additional latency, resulting in slower webpage loading times.Another potential concern with using proxies is the potential for malicious or untrustworthy proxy servers. If we choose a proxy service that is not reputable or secure, our online activities and data could be compromised. Therefore, it is crucial to research and select a reliable proxy service provider that prioritizes user security and privacy.Choosing the Right Proxy Service When selecting a proxy service, there are certain factors to consider. Firstly, it is essential to evaluate the level of security and encryption provided by the proxy service. Look for services that offer strong encryption protocols such as SSL/TLS to ensure that your online activities are protected.Additionally, consider the speed and availability of proxy servers. Opt for proxy service providers that have a wide network of servers in different locations to ensure optimal browsing speed and access to blocked content.Lastly, read user reviews and consider the reputation of the proxy service provider. Look for positive feedback regarding their customer support, reliability, and commitment to user privacy.Conclusion In an era where online security and privacy are of utmost importance, proxies offer a valuable tool for safeguarding our digital lives. By understanding the different types of proxies and their functionalities, we can make informed choices when it comes to selecting the right proxy service. While proxies provide enhanced privacy and security, it is crucial to be mindful of the potential drawbacks and choose reputable proxy service providers to ensure a safe online experience.
云服务
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
新的一年意味着你需要做出新的决定,这当然不仅限于发誓要减肥或者锻炼。商业和技术正飞速发展,你的公司需要及时跟上这些趋势。以下这几个数字能帮你在2018年制定工作规划时提供一定的方向。 人工智能(AI)在过去的12到18个月里一直是最热门的技术之一。11月,在CRM 软件服务提供商Salesforce的Dreamforce大会上,首席执行官Marc Benioff的一篇演讲中提到:Salesforce的人工智能产品Einstein每天都能在所有的云计算中做出了4.75亿次预测。 这个数字是相当惊人的。Einstein是在一年多前才宣布推出的,可现在它正在疯狂地“吐出”预测。而这仅仅是来自一个拥有15万客户的服务商。现在,所有主要的CRM服务商都有自己的人工智能项目,每天可能会产生超过10亿的预测来帮助公司改善客户交互。由于这一模式尚处于发展初期,所以现在是时候去了解能够如何利用这些平台来更有效地吸引客户和潜在客户了。 这一数字来自Facebook于2017年底的一项调查,该调查显示,人们之前往往是利用Messenger来与朋友和家人交流,但现在有越来越多人已经快速习惯于利用该工具与企业进行互动。 Facebook Messenger的战略合作伙伴关系团队成员Linda Lee表示,“人们提的问题有时会围绕特定的服务或产品,因为针对这些服务或产品,他们需要更多的细节或规格。此外,有时还会涉及到处理客户服务问题——或许他们已经购买了一个产品或服务,随后就会出现问题。” 当你看到一个3.3亿人口这个数字时,你必须要注意到这一趋势,因为在2018年这一趋势将很有可能会加速。 据Instagram在11月底发布的一份公告显示,该平台上80%的用户都关注了企业账号,每天有2亿Instagram用户都会访问企业的主页。与此相关的是,Instagram上的企业账号数量已经从7月的1500万增加到了2500万。 根据该公司的数据显示,Instagram上三分之一的小企业表示,他们已经通过该平台建立起了自己的业务;有45%的人称他们的销售额增加了;44%的人表示,该平台帮助了他们在其他城市、州或国家销售产品。 随着视频和图片正在吸引越多人们的注意力,像Instagram这样的网站,对B2C和B2B公司的重要性正在与日俱增。利用Instagram的广泛影响力,小型企业可以用更有意义的方式与客户或潜在客户进行互动。 谈到亚马逊,我们可以列出很多吸引眼球的数字,比如自2011年以来,它向小企业提供了10亿美元的贷款。而且在2017年的网络星期一,亚马逊的当天交易额为65.9亿美元,成为了美国有史以来最大的电商销售日。同时,网络星期一也是亚马逊平台卖家的最大销售日,来自全世界各地的顾客共从这些小企业订购了近1.4亿件商品。 亚马逊表示,通过亚马逊app订购的手机用户数量增长了50%。这也意味着,有相当数量的产品是通过移动设备销售出的。 所有这些大数据都表明,客户与企业的互动在未来将会发生巨大的变化。有些发展会比其他的发展更深入,但这些数字都说明了该领域的变化之快,以及技术的加速普及是如何推动所有这些发展的。 最后,希望这些大数据可以对你的2018年规划有一定的帮助。 (编译/LIKE.TG 康杰炜)
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020年9月10日至11日,作为一年一度云计算领域的大型科技盛会,2020 AWS技术峰会(https://www.awssummit.cn/) 正式在线上举行。今年的峰会以“构建 超乎所见”为主题,除了展示AWS最新的云服务,探讨前沿云端技术及企业最佳实践外,还重点聚焦垂直行业的数字化转型和创新。AWS宣布一方面加大自身在垂直行业的人力和资源投入,组建行业团队,充分利用AWS的整体优势,以更好的发掘、定义、设计、架构和实施针对垂直行业客户的技术解决方案和场景应用;同时携手百家中国APN合作伙伴发布联合解决方案,重点覆盖金融、制造、汽车、零售与电商、医疗与生命科学、媒体、教育、游戏、能源与电力九大行业,帮助这些行业的客户实现数字化转型,进行数字化创新。峰会期间,亚马逊云服务(AWS)还宣布与毕马威KPMG、神州数码分别签署战略合作关系,推动企业上云和拥抱数字化。 亚马逊全球副总裁、AWS大中华区执董事张文翊表示,“AWS一直致力于不断借助全球领先的云技术、广泛而深入的云服务、成熟和丰富的商业实践、全球的基础设施覆盖,安全的强大保障以及充满活力的合作伙伴网络,加大在中国的投入,助力中国客户的业务创新、行业转型和产业升级。在数字化转型和数字创新成为‘新常态’的今天,我们希望通过AWS技术峰会带给大家行业的最新动态、全球前沿的云计算技术、鲜活的数字创新实践和颇具启发性的文化及管理理念,推动中国企业和机构的数字化转型和创新更上层楼。” 构建场景应用解决方案,赋能合作伙伴和客户 当前,传统企业需要上云,在云上构建更敏捷、更弹性和更安全的企业IT系统,实现数字化转型。同时,在实现上云之后,企业又迫切需要利用现代应用开发、大数据、人工智能与机器学习、容器技术等先进的云技术,解决不断涌现的业务问题,实现数字化创新,推动业务增长。 亚马逊云服务(AWS)大中华区专业服务总经理王承华表示,为了更好的提升行业客户体验,截至目前,AWS在中国已经发展出了数十种行业应用场景及相关的技术解决方案。 以中国区域部署的数字资产管理和云上会议系统两个应用场景解决方案为例。其中,数字资产盘活机器人让客户利用AWS云上资源低成本、批处理的方式标记数字资产,已经在银行、证券、保险领域率先得到客户青睐;AWS上的BigBlueButton,让教育机构或服务商可以在AWS建一套自己的在线会议系统,尤其适合当前急剧增长的在线教育需求。 这些行业应用场景解决方案经过客户验证成熟之后,AWS把它们转化为行业解决方案,赋能APN合作伙伴,拓展给更多的行业用户部署使用。 发布百家APN合作伙伴联合解决方案 打造合作伙伴社区是AWS服务企业客户的一大重点,也是本次峰会的亮点。AWS通过名为APN(AWS合作伙伴网络)的全球合作伙伴计划,面向那些利用AWS为客户构建解决方案的技术和咨询企业,提供业务支持、技术支持和营销支持,从而赋能这些APN合作伙伴,更好地满足各行各业、各种规模客户地需求。 在于9月9日举行的2020 AWS合作伙伴峰会上,AWS中国区生态系统及合作伙伴部总经理汪湧表示,AWS在中国主要从四个方面推进合作伙伴网络的构建。一是加快AWS云服务和功能落地,从而使合作伙伴可以利用到AWS全球最新的云技术和服务来更好地服务客户;二是推动跨区域业务扩展,帮助合作伙伴业务出海,也帮助全球ISV落地中国,同时和区域合作伙伴一起更好地服务国内各区域市场的客户;三是与合作伙伴一起着力传统企业上云迁移;四是打造垂直行业解决方案。 一直以来,AWS努力推动将那些驱动中国云计算市场未来、需求最大的云服务优先落地中国区域。今年上半年,在AWS中国区域已经落地了150多项新服务和功能,接近去年的全年总和。今年4月在中国落地的机器学习服务Amazon SageMaker目前已经被德勤、中科创达、东软、伊克罗德、成都潜在(行者AI)、德比软件等APN合作伙伴和客户广泛采用,用以创新以满足层出不穷的业务需求,推动增长。 联合百家APN合作伙伴解决方案打造垂直行业解决方案是AWS中国区生态系统构建的战略重点。 以汽车行业为例,东软集团基于AWS构建了云原生的汽车在线导航业务(NOS),依托AWS全球覆盖的基础设施、丰富的安全措施和稳定可靠的云平台,实现车规级的可靠性、应用程序的持续迭代、地图数据及路况信息的实时更新,服务中国车企的出海需求。 上海速石科技公司构建了基于AWS云上资源和用户本地算力的一站式交付平台,为那些需要高性能计算、海量算力的客户,提供一站式算力运营解决方案,目标客户涵盖半导体、药物研发、基因分析等领域。利用云上海量的算力,其客户在业务峰值时任务不用排队,极大地提高工作效率,加速业务创新。 外研在线在AWS上构建了Unipus智慧教学解决方案,已经服务于全国1700多家高校、1450万师生。通过将应用部署在AWS,实现SaaS化的交付模式,外研在线搭建了微服务化、自动伸缩的架构,可以自动适应教学应用的波峰波谷,提供稳定、流畅的体验,并且节省成本。 与毕马威KPMG、神州数码签署战略合作 在2020AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会上,AWS还宣布与毕马威、神州数码签署战略合作关系,深化和升级合作。 AWS与毕马威将在中国开展机器学习、人工智能和大数据等领域的深入合作,毕马威将基于AWS云服务,结合其智慧之光系列数字化解决方案,为金融服务、制造业、零售、快消、以及医疗保健和生命科学等行业客户,提供战略规划、风险管理、监管与合规等咨询及实施服务。AWS将与神州数码将在赋能合作伙伴上云转型、全生命周期管理及助力全球独立软件开发商(ISV)落地中国方面展开深入合作,助力中国企业和机构的数字化转型与创新。
2021re:Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
2021re
Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
本文来源:LIKE.TG 作者:Ralf 全球最重磅的云计算大会,2021亚马逊云科技re:Invent全球大会已圆满落幕。re:Invent大会是亚马逊云科技全面展示新技术、产品、功能和服务的顶级行业会议,今年更是迎来十周年这一里程碑时刻。re:Invent,中文意为重塑,是亚马逊云科技一直以来坚持的“精神内核”。 作为Andy Jassy和新CEO Adam Selipsky 交接后的第一次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技用诸多新服务和新功能旗帜鲜明地致敬云计算探路者。 致敬云计算探路者 亚马逊云科技CEO Adam Selipsky盛赞云上先锋客户为“探路者”,他说,“这些客户都有巨大的勇气和魄力通过上云做出改变。他们勇于探索新业务、新模式,积极重塑自己和所在的行业。他们敢于突破边界,探索未知领域。有时候,我们跟客户共同努力推动的这些工作很艰难,但我们喜欢挑战。我们把挑战看作探索未知、发现新机遇的机会。回过头看,每一个这样的机构都是在寻找一条全新的道路。他们是探路者。” Adam 认为,探路者具有三个特征:创新不息,精进不止(Constant pursuit of a better way);独识卓见,领势而行(Ability to see what others don’t);授人以渔,赋能拓新(Enable others to forge their own paths)。 十五年前,亚马逊云科技缔造了云计算概念,彼时IT和基础设施有很大的局限。不仅贵,还反应慢、不灵活,大大限制了企业的创新。亚马逊云科技意识到必须探索一条新的道路,重塑企业IT。 从2006年的Amazon S3开始,IT应用的基础服务,存储、计算、数据库不断丰富。亚马逊云科技走过的15年历程 也是云计算产业发展的缩影。 目前,S3现在存储了超过100万亿个对象,EC2每天启用超过6000万个新实例。包括S3和EC2,亚马逊云科技已经提供了200大类服务,覆盖了计算、存储、网络、安全、数据库、数据分析、人工智能、物联网、混合云等各个领域,甚至包括最前沿的量子计算服务和卫星数据服务 (图:亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊) 对于本次大会贯穿始终的探路者主题,亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊表示:“大家对这个概念并不陌生,他们不被规则所限,从不安于现状;他们深入洞察,开放视野;还有一类探路者,他们不断赋能他人。我们周围有很多鲜活的例子,无论是科研人员发现新的治疗方案挽救生命,还是为身处黑暗的人带去光明; 无论是寻找新的手段打破物理边界,还是通过云进行独特的创新,探路源源不断。” 技术升级创新不断 本次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技发布涵盖计算、物联网、5G、无服务器数据分析、大机迁移、机器学习等方向的多项新服务和功能,为业界带来大量重磅创新服务和产品技术更新,包括发布基于新一代自研芯片Amazon Graviton3的计算实例、帮助大机客户向云迁移的Amazon Mainframe Modernization、帮助企业构建移动专网的Amazon Private 5G、四个亚马逊云科技分析服务套件的无服务器和按需选项以及为垂直行业构建的云服务和解决方案,如构建数字孪生的服务Amazon IoT TwinMaker和帮助汽车厂商构建车联网平台的Amazon IoT FleetWise。 (图:亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡) 亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡表示,新一代的自研ARM芯片Graviton3性能有显著提升。针对通用的工作负载,Graviton3比Graviton2的性能提升25%,而专门针对高性能计算里的科学类计算,以及机器学习等这样的负载会做更极致的优化。针对科学类的计算负载,Graviton3的浮点运算性能比Graviton2提升高达2倍;像加密相关的工作负载产生密钥加密、解密,这部分性能比Graviton2会提升2倍,针对机器学习负载可以提升高达3倍。Graviton3实例可以减少多达60%的能源消耗。 新推出的Amazon Private 5G,让企业可以轻松部署和扩展5G专网,按需配置。Amazon Private 5G将企业搭建5G专网的时间从数月降低到几天。客户只需在亚马逊云科技的控制台点击几下,就可以指定想要建立移动专网的位置,以及终端设备所需的网络容量。亚马逊云科技负责交付、维护、建立5G专网和连接终端设备所需的小型基站、服务器、5G核心和无线接入网络(RAN)软件,以及用户身份模块(SIM卡)。Amazon Private 5G可以自动设置和部署网络,并按需根据额外设备和网络流量的增长扩容。 传统工业云化加速 在亚马逊云科技一系列新服务和新功能中,针对传统工业的Amazon IoT TwinMaker和Amazon IoT FleetWise格外引人关注。 就在re:Invent大会前一天。工业和信息化部发布《“十四五”信息化和工业化深度融合发展规划》(《规划》),《规划》明确了到2025年发展的分项目标,其中包括工业互联网平台普及率达45%。 亚马逊云科技布局物联网已经有相当长的时间。包括工业互联网里的绿色产线的维护、产线的质量监控等,在数字孪生完全构建之前,已经逐步在实现应用的实体里面。亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部计算与存储总监周舸表示,“在产线上怎么自动化地去发现良品率的变化,包括Amazon Monitron在产线里面可以直接去用,这些传感器可以监测震动、温度等,通过自动的建模去提早的预测可能会出现的问题,就不用等到灾难发生,而是可以提早去换部件或者加点机油解决潜在问题。” 周舸认为工业互联的场景在加速。但很多中小型的工厂缺乏技术能力。“Amazon IoT TwinMaker做数字孪生的核心,就是让那些没有那么强的能力自己去构建或者去雇佣非常专业的构建的公司,帮他们搭建数字孪生,这个趋势是很明确的,我们也在往这个方向努力。” 对于汽车工业,特别是新能源汽车制造。数据的收集管理已经变得越来越重要。Amazon IoT FleetWise,让汽车制造商更轻松、经济地收集、管理车辆数据,同时几乎实时上传到云端。通过Amazon IoT FleetWise,汽车制造商可以轻松地收集和管理汽车中任何格式的数据(无论品牌、车型或配置),并将数据格式标准化,方便在云上轻松进行数据分析。Amazon IoT FleetWise的智能过滤功能,帮助汽车制造商近乎实时地将数据高效上传到云端,为减少网络流量的使用,该功能也允许开发人员选择需要上传的数据,还可以根据天气条件、位置或汽车类型等参数来制定上传数据的时间规则。当数据进入云端后,汽车制造商就可以将数据应用于车辆的远程诊断程序,分析车队的健康状况,帮助汽车制造商预防潜在的召回或安全问题,或通过数据分析和机器学习来改进自动驾驶和高级辅助驾驶等技术。
全球支付
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
  1210保税备货模式是一种跨境电商模式,它允许电商平台在境外仓库存储商品,以便更快、更便宜地满足国内消费者的需求。这种模式的名称“1210”代表了其核心特点,即1天出货、2周入仓、10天达到终端用户。它是中国跨境电商行业中的一种创新模式,为消费者提供了更快速、更便宜的购物体验,同时也促进了国际贸易的发展。   在1210保税备货模式中,电商平台会在国外建立仓库,将商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库进行存储。   由于商品已经在国内仓库存储,当消费者下单时,可以更快速地发货,常常在1天内出货,大大缩短了交付时间。   1210模式中,商品已经进入国内仓库,不再需要跨越国际海运、海关清关等环节,因此物流成本较低。   由于商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库,不需要在国内仓库大量储备库存,因此降低了库存成本。   1210模式可以更精确地控制库存,减少滞销和过期商品,提高了库存周转率。   在实施1210保税备货模式时,选择合适的第三方支付接口平台也是非常重要的,因为支付环节是电商交易中不可或缺的一环。   确保第三方支付接口平台支持国际信用卡支付、外币结算等功能,以便国际消费者能够顺利完成支付。   提供多种支付方式,以满足不同消费者的支付习惯。   第三方支付接口平台必须具备高度的安全性,包含数据加密、反欺诈措施等,以保护消费者的支付信息和资金安全。   了解第三方支付接口平台的跨境结算机制,确保可以顺利将国际销售收入转换为本地货币,并减少汇率风险。   选择一个提供良好技术支持和客户服务的支付接口平台,以应对可能出现的支付问题和故障。   了解第三方支付接口平台的费用结构,包含交易费率、结算费用等,并与自身业务规模和盈利能力相匹配。   确保第三方支付接口平台可以与电商平台进行顺畅的集成,以实现订单管理、库存控制和财务管理的无缝对接。   考虑未来业务扩展的可能性,选择一个具有良好扩展性的支付接口平台,以适应不断增长的交易量和新的市场需求。   在选择适合的第三方支付接口平台时,需要考虑到以上支付功能、安全性、成本、技术支持等因素,并与自身业务需求相匹配。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
  作为欧洲的经济大国,德国吸引了许多企业在该地区抢占市场。在德国的商务活动涉及增值税(VAT)难题是在所难免的。   1、决定是否务必注册VAT   2023年,德国的增值税注册门槛是前一年销售额超过17500欧。对在德国有固定经营场所的外国企业,不管销售状况怎样,都应开展增值税注册。   2、备好所需的材料   企业注册证实   业务地址及联络信息   德国银行帐户信息   预估销售信息   公司官方文件(依据公司类型可能有所不同)   3、填写申请表   要访问德国税务局的官网,下载并递交增值税注册申请表。确保填好精确的信息,由于不准确的信息可能会致使申请被拒或审计耽误。   4、提交申请   填写申请表后,可以经过电子邮箱把它发给德国税务局,或在某些地区,可以网上申请申请。确保另附全部必须的文件和信息。   5、等待审批   递交了申请,要耐心地等待德国税务局的准许。因为税务局的工作负荷和个人情况,准许时长可能会有所不同。一般,审计可能需要几周乃至几个月。   6、得到VAT号   假如申请获得批准,德国税务局可能授于一个增值税号。这个号码应当是德国增值税申报和支付业务视频的关键标示。   7、逐渐申报和付款   获得了增值税号,你应该根据德国的税收要求逐渐申报和付款。根据规定时间表,递交增值税申请表并缴纳相应的税款。   注意的事和提议   填写申请表时,确保信息精确,避免因错误报告导致审批耽误。   假如不强化对德国税制改革的探索,提议寻求专业税务顾问的支持,以保障申请和后续申报合规。   储存全部申请及有关文件的副本,用以日后的审查和审计。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
  在国际贸易和跨境电商领域,注册代理英国增值税(VAT)是一项关键且必要的步骤。2023年,许多企业为了遵守英国的税务法规和合规要求,选择注册代理VAT。   1. 注册代理英国VAT的背景:   英国是一个重要的国际贸易和电商市场,许多企业选择在英国注册VAT,以便更好地服务英国客户,并利用英国的市场机会。代理VAT是指经过一个英国境内的注册代理公司进行VAT申报和纳税,以简化税务流程。   2. 费用因素:   注册代理英国VAT的费用取决于多个因素,包括但不限于:   业务规模: 企业的业务规模和销售额可能会影响注册代理VAT的费用。常常来说,销售额较大的企业可能需要支付更高的费用。   代理公司选择: 不同的注册代理公司可能收取不同的费用。选择合适的代理公司很重要,他们的费用结构可能会因公司而异。   服务范围: 代理公司可能提供不同的服务范围,包括申报、纳税、咨询等。你选择的服务范围可能会影响费用。   附加服务: 一些代理公司可能提供附加服务,如法律咨询、报告生成等,这些服务可能会增加费用。   复杂性: 如果的业务涉及复杂的税务情况或特殊需求,可能需要额外的费用。   3. 典型费用范围:   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用范围因情况而异,但常常可以在几百英镑到数千英镑之间。对小规模企业,费用可能较低,而对大规模企业,费用可能较高。   4. 寻求报价:   如果计划在2023年注册代理英国VAT,建议与多家注册代理公司联系,获得费用报价。这样可以比较不同公司的费用和提供的服务,选择最适合你需求的代理公司。   5. 其他费用考虑:   除了注册代理VAT的费用,你还应考虑其他可能的费用,如VAT申报期限逾期罚款、税务咨询费用等。保持合规和及时申报可以避免这些额外费用。   6. 合理预算:   在注册代理英国VAT时,制定合理的预算非常重要。考虑到不同因素可能会影响费用,确保有足够的资金来支付这些费用是必要的。   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用因多个因素而异。了解这些因素,与多家代理公司沟通,获取费用报价,制定合理的预算,会有助于在注册VAT时做出聪明的决策。确保业务合规,并寻求专业税务顾问的建议,以保障一切顺利进行。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
广告投放
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
随着时间的推移,数字化已经在中国大量普及,越来越多的B2B企业意识到数字营销、内容营销、社交传播可以帮助业务加速推进。但是在和大量B2B出海企业的合作过程中,我们分析发现在实际的营销中存在诸多的瓶颈和痛点。 例如:传统B2B营销方式获客难度不断增大、获客受众局限、询盘成本高但质量不高、询盘数量增长不明显、线下展会覆盖客户的流失等,这些都是每天考验着B2B营销人的难题。 说到这些痛点和瓶颈,就不得不提到谷歌广告了,对比其他推广平台,Google是全球第一大搜索引擎,全球月活跃用户高达50亿人,覆盖80%全球互联网用户。受众覆盖足够的前提下,谷歌广告( Google Ads)还包括多种广告形式:搜索广告、展示广告(再营销展示广告、竞对广告)、视频广告、发现广告等全方位投放广告,关键字精准定位投放国家的相关客户,紧跟采购商的采购途径,增加获客。可以完美解决上面提到的痛点及瓶颈。 Google 360度获取优质流量: Google线上营销产品全方位助力: 营销网站+黄金账户诊断报告+定期报告=效果。 Google Ads为太多B2B出海企业带来了红利,这些红利也并不是简简单单就得来的,秘诀就是贵在坚持。多年推广经验总结:即使再好的平台,也有部分企业运营效果不好的时候,那应该怎么办?像正处在这种情况下的企业就应该放弃吗? 答案是:不,我们应该继续优化,那为什么这么说呢?就是最近遇到一个很典型的案例一家测控行业的企业,仅仅投放2个月的Google Ads,就因为询盘数量不多(日均150元,3-4封/月),投资回报率不成正比就打算放弃。 但其实2个月不足以说明什么,首先谷歌推广的探索期就是3个月,2个月基本处于平衡稳定的阶段。 其次对于刚刚做谷歌广告的新公司来说,国外客户是陌生的,即使看到广告进到网站也并不会第一时间就留言,货比三家,也会增加采购商的考虑时间,一直曝光在他的搜索结果页产生熟悉度,总会增加一些决定因素。 再有日预算150元,不足以支撑24小时点击,有时在搜索量较大的时候却没有了预算,导致了客户的流失。 最后不同的行业账户推广形式及效果也不一样,即使行业一样但是网站、公司实力等因素就不可能一模一样,即使一模一样也会因为流量竞争、推广时长等诸多因素导致效果不一样。 成功都是摸索尝试出来的,这个企业账户也一样,经过我们进一步的沟通分析决定再尝试一次, 这一次深度的分析及账户的优化后,最终效果翻了2-3倍,做到了从之前的高成本、低询盘量到现在低成本、高询盘的过渡。 这样的一个操作就是很好地开发了这个平台,通过充分利用达到了企业想要的一个效果。所以说啊,当谷歌广告做的不好的时候不应该放弃,那我们就来一起看一下这个企业是如何做到的。 2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控(上) 一、主角篇-雷达液位测量仪 成立时间:2010年; 业务:微波原理的物料雷达液位测量与控制仪器生产、技术研发,雷达开发; 产业规模:客户分布在11个国家和地区,包括中国、巴西、马来西亚和沙特阿拉伯; 公司推广目标:低成本获得询盘,≤200元/封。 本次分享的主角是测控行业-雷达液位测量仪,目前预算250元/天,每周6-7封有效询盘,广告形式以:搜索广告+展示再营销为主。 过程中从一开始的控制预算150/天以搜索和展示再营销推广形式为主,1-2封询盘/周,询盘成本有时高达1000/封,客户预期是100-300的单个询盘成本,对于公司来说是能承受的价格。 以增加询盘数量为目的尝试过竞对广告和Gmail广告的推广,但投放过程中的转化不是很明显,一周的转化数据只有1-2个相比搜索广告1:5,每天都会花费,因为预算问题客户计划把重心及预算放在搜索广告上面,分析后更改账户广告结构还是以搜索+再营销为主,所以暂停这2种广告的推广。 账户调整后大约2周数据表现流量稳定,每周的点击、花费及转化基本稳定,平均为588:1213:24,询盘提升到了3-5封/周。 账户稳定后新流量的获取方法是现阶段的目标,YouTube视频广告,几万次的展示曝光几天就可以完成、单次观看价格只有几毛钱,传达给客户信息建议后,达成一致,因为这正是该客户一直所需要的低成本获取流量的途径; 另一个计划投放视频广告的原因是意识到想要增加网站访客进而增加获客只靠文字和图片已经没有太多的竞争力了,同时换位思考能够观看到视频也能提升采购商的购买几率。 所以就有了这样的后期的投放规划:搜索+展示再营销+视频广告300/天的推广形式,在谷歌浏览器的搜索端、B2B平台端、视频端都覆盖广告,实现尽可能多的客户数量。 关于具体的关于YouTube视频广告的介绍我也在另一篇案例里面有详细说明哦,指路《YouTube视频广告助力B2B突破瓶颈降低营销成本》,邀请大家去看看,干货满满,绝对让你不虚此行~ 二、方向转变篇-推广产品及国家重新定位 下面我就做一个账户实际转变前后的对比,这样大家能够更清楚一些: 最关键的来了,相信大家都想知道这个转变是怎么来的以及谷歌账户做了哪些调整把效果做上来的。抓住下面几点,相信你也会有所收获: 1. 产品投放新定位 因为企业是专门研发商用雷达,所以只投放这类的测量仪,其中大类主要分为各种物料、料位、液位测量仪器,其他的不做。根据关键字规划师查询的产品关键字在全球的搜索热度,一开始推广的只有雷达液位计/液位传感器/液位测量作为主推、无线液位变送器作为次推,产品及图片比较单一没有太多的竞争力。 后期根据全球商机洞察的行业产品搜索趋势、公司计划等结合统计结果又添加了超声波传感器、射频/电容/导纳、无线、制导雷达液位传感器、高频雷达液位变送器、无接触雷达液位计,同时增加了图片及详情的丰富性,做到了行业产品推广所需的多样性丰富性。像静压液位变送器、差压变送器没有他足够的搜索热度就没有推广。 2. 国家再筛选 转变前期的国家选取是根据海关编码查询的进口一直处在增长阶段的国家,也参考了谷歌趋势的国家参考。2018年全球进口(采购量)200.58亿美金。 采购国家排名:美国、德国、日本、英国、法国、韩国、加拿大、墨西哥、瑞典、荷兰、沙特阿拉伯。这些国家只能是参考切记跟风投放,疫情期间,实际的询盘国家还要靠数据和时间积累,做到及时止损即可。 投放过程不断摸索,经过推广数据总结,也根据实际询盘客户所在地暂停了部分国家,例如以色列、日本、老挝、摩纳哥、卡塔尔等国家和地区,加大力度投放巴西、秘鲁、智利、俄罗斯等国家即提高10%-20%的出价,主要推广地区还是在亚洲、南美、拉丁美洲、欧洲等地。 发达国家像英美加、墨西哥由于采购商的参考层面不同就单独拿出来给一小部分预算,让整体的预算花到发展中国家。通过后期每周的询盘反馈及时调整国家出价,有了现在的转变: 转变前的TOP10消耗国家: 转变后的TOP10消耗国家: 推广的产品及国家定下来之后,接下来就是做账户了,让我们继续往下看。 三、装备篇-账户投放策略 说到账户投放,前提是明确账户投放策略的宗旨:确保投资回报率。那影响投资回报率的效果指标有哪些呢?其中包含账户结构 、效果再提升(再营销、视频、智能优化等等)、网站着陆页。 那首先说明一下第一点:账户的结构,那账户结构怎么搭建呢?在以产品营销全球为目标的广告投放过程中,该客户在3个方面都有设置:预算、投放策略、搜索+再营销展示广告组合拳,缺一不可,也是上面转变后整体推广的总结。 账户结构:即推广的广告类型主要是搜索广告+再营销展示广告,如下图所示,下面来分别说明一下。 1、搜索广告结构: 1)广告系列 创建的重要性:我相信有很大一部分企业小伙伴在创建广告系列的时候都在考虑一个大方向上的问题:广告系列是针对所有国家投放吗?还是说不同的广告系列投放不同的国家呢? 实操规则:其实建议选择不同广告系列投放不同的国家,为什么呢?因为每个国家和每个国家的特点不一样,所以说在广告投放的时候应该区分开,就是着重性的投放。所以搜索广告系列的结构就是区分开国家,按照大洲划分(投放的国家比较多的情况下,这样分配可以观察不同大洲的推广数据以及方便对市场的考察)。 优化技巧:这样操作也方便按照不同大洲的上班时间调整广告投放时间,做到精准投放。 数据分析:在数据分析方面更方便观察不同大洲的数据效果,从而调整国家及其出价;进而能了解到不同大洲对于不同产品的不同需求,从而方便调整关键字。 这也引出了第二个重点调整对象—关键字,那关键字的选取是怎么去选择呢? 2)关键字 分为2部分品牌词+产品关键字,匹配形式可以采用广泛带+修饰符/词组/完全。 精准投放关键字: 品牌词:品牌词是一直推广的关键字,拓展品牌在海外的知名度应为企业首要的目的。 广告关键词:根据投放1个月数据发现:该行业里有一部分是大流量词(如Sensors、water level controller、Ultrasonic Sensor、meter、transmitter),即使是关键字做了完全匹配流量依然很大,但是实际带来的转化却很少也没有带来更多的询盘,这些词的调整过程是从修改匹配形式到降低出价再到暂停,这种就属于无效关键字了,我们要做到的是让预算花费到具体的产品关键字上。 其次流量比较大的词(如+ultrasound +sensor)修改成了词组匹配。还有一类词虽然搜索量不大但是有效性(转化次数/率)较高(例如:SENSOR DE NIVEL、level sensor、capacitive level sensor、level sensor fuel),针对这些关键字再去投放的时候出价可以相对高一些,1-3元即可。调整后的关键字花费前后对比,整体上有了大幅度的变化: 转变前的TOP10热力关键字: 转变后的TOP10热力关键字: PS: 关键字状态显示“有效”—可以采用第一种(防止错失账户投放关键字以外其他的也适合推广的该产品关键字)、如果投放一周后有花费失衡的状态可以把该关键字修改为词组匹配,观察一周还是失衡状态可改为完全匹配。 关键字状态显示“搜索量较低”—广泛匹配观察一个月,如果依然没有展示,建议暂停,否则会影响账户评级。 3)调整关键字出价 次推产品的出价都降低到了1-2元,主推产品也和实际咨询、平均每次点击费用做了对比调整到了3-4元左右(这些都是在之前高出价稳定排名基础后调整的)。 4)广告系列出价策略 基本包含尽可能争取更多点击次数/每次点击费用人工出价(智能)/目标每次转化费用3种,那分别什么时候用呢? 当账户刚刚开始投放的时候,可以选择第一/二种,用来获取更多的新客,当账户有了一定的转化数据的时候可以把其中转化次数相对少一些的1-2个广告系列的出价策略更改为“目标每次转化费用”出价,用来增加转化提升询盘数量。转化次数多的广告系列暂时可以不用更换,等更改出价策略的广告系列的转化次数有增加后,可以尝试再修改。 5)广告 1条自适应搜索广告+2条文字广告,尽可能把更多的信息展示客户,增加点击率。那具体的广告语的侧重点是什么呢? 除了产品本身的特点优势外,还是着重于企业的具体产品分类和能够为客户做到哪些服务,例如:专注于各种物体、料位、液位测量仪器生产与研发、为客户提供一体化测量解决方案等。这样进到网站的也基本是寻找相关产品的,从而也进一步提升了转化率。 6)搜索字词 建议日均花费≥200元每周筛选一次,<200元每2周筛选一次。不相关的排除、相关的加到账户中,减少无效点击和花费,这样行业关键字才会越来越精准,做到精准覆盖意向客户。 7)账户广告系列预算 充足的账户预算也至关重要,200-300/天的预算,为什么呢?预算多少其实也就代表着网站流量的多少,之前150/天的预算,账户到下午6点左右就花完了,这样每天就会流失很大一部分客户。广告系列预算可以根据大洲国家的数量分配。数量多的可以分配多一些比如亚洲,预算利用率不足时可以共享预算,把多余的预算放到花费高的系列中。 说完了搜索广告的结构后,接下来就是再营销展示广告了。 2、效果再提升-再营销展示广告结构 因为广告投放覆盖的是曾到达过网站的客户,所以搜索广告的引流精准了,再营销会再抓取并把广告覆盖到因某些原因没有选择我们的客户,做到二次营销。(详细的介绍及操作可以参考文章《精准投放再营销展示广告,就抓住了提升Google营销效果的一大步》) 1)广告组:根据在GA中创建的受众群体导入到账户中。 2)图片: 选择3种产品,每种产品的图片必须提供徽标、横向图片、纵向图片不同尺寸至少1张,最多5张,横向图片可以由多张图片合成一张、可以添加logo和产品名称。 图片设计:再营销展示广告的图片选取从之前的直接选用网站上的产品图,到客户根据我给出的建议设计了独特的产品图片,也提升了0.5%的点击率。 PS: 在广告推广过程中,该客户做过2次产品打折促销活动,信息在图片及描述中曝光,转化率上升1%,如果企业有这方面的计划,可以尝试一下。 YouTube视频链接:如果有YouTube视频的话,建议把视频放在不同的产品页面方便客户实时查看视频,增加真实性,促进询盘及成单,如果视频影响网站打开速度,只在网站标头和logo链接即可。 智能优化建议:谷歌账户会根据推广的数据及状态给出相应的智能优化建议,优化得分≥80分为健康账户分值,每条建议可根据实际情况采纳。 3、网站着陆页 这也是沟通次数很多的问题了,因为即使谷歌为网站引来再多的有质量的客户,如果到达网站后没有看到想要或更多的信息,也是无用功。网站也是企业的第二张脸,做好网站就等于成功一半了。 转变前产品图片模糊、数量少、缺少实物图、工厂库存等体现实力及真实性的图片;产品详情也不是很多,没有足够的竞争力。多次沟通积极配合修改调整后上面的问题全部解决了。网站打开速度保持在3s内、网站的跳出率从之前的80%降到了70%左右、平均页面停留时间也增加了30%。 FAQ:除了正常的网站布局外建议在关于我们或产品详情页添加FAQ,会减少采购商的考虑时间,也会减少因时差导致的与客户失联。如下图所示: 四、账户效果反馈分享篇 1、效果方面 之前每周只有1-2封询盘,现在达到了每周3-5封询盘,确实是提高了不少。 2、询盘成本 从当初的≥1000到现在控制在了100-300左右。 3、转化率 搜索广告+再营销展示广告让网站访客流量得到了充分的利用,增加了1.3%转化率。 就这样,该客户的谷歌账户推广效果有了新的转变,询盘稳定后,又开启了Facebook付费广告,多渠道推广产品,全域赢为目标,产品有市场,这样的模式肯定是如虎添翼。 到此,本次的测控案例就分享完了到这里了,其实部分行业的推广注意事项大方向上都是相通的。催化剂并不难得,找到适合自己的方法~谷歌广告贵在坚持,不是说在一个平台上做的不好就不做了,效果不理想可以改进,改进就能做好。 希望本次的测控案例分享能在某些方面起到帮助作用,在当今大环境下,助力企业增加网站流量及询盘数量,2021祝愿看到这篇文章的企业能够更上一层楼!
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
我们可以在社交媒体上看到不同行业,各种类型的品牌和企业,这些企业里有耳熟能详的大企业,也有刚建立的初创公司。 海外社交媒体也与国内一样是一个广阔的平台,作为跨境企业和卖家,如何让自己的品牌在海外社媒上更引人注意,让更多人看到呢? 在社交媒体上有一个功能,可能让我们的产品、内容被看到,也能吸引更多人关注,那就是标签。 2022年海外社交媒体中不同行业流行哪些标签呢?今天为大家介绍十五个行业超过140多个热门标签,让你找到自己行业的流量密码。 1、银行业、金融业 据 Forrester咨询称,银行业目前已经是一个数万亿的行业,估值正以惊人的速度飙升。银行业正在加速创新,准备加大技术、人才和金融科技方面的投资。 Z世代是金融行业的积极追随者,他们希望能够赶上投资机会。 案例: Shibtoken 是一种去中心化的加密货币,它在社交媒体上分享了一段关于诈骗的视频,受到了很大的关注度,视频告诉观众如何识别和避免陷入诈骗,在短短 20 小时内收到了 1.2K 条评论、3.6K 条转发和 1.14 万个赞。 银行和金融的流行标签 2、娱乐行业 娱乐行业一直都是有着高热度的行业,OTT (互联网电视)平台则进一步提升了娱乐行业的知名度,让每个家庭都能享受到娱乐。 案例: 仅 OTT 视频收入就达 246 亿美元。播客市场也在创造价值 10 亿美元的广告收入。 Netflix 在 YouTube 上的存在则非常有趣,Netflix会发布最新节目预告,进行炒作。即使是非 Netflix 用户也几乎可以立即登录该平台。在 YouTube 上,Netflix的订阅者数量已达到 2220 万。 3、新型微交通 目前,越来越多的人开始关注绿色出行,选择更环保的交通工具作为短距离的出行工具,微型交通是新兴行业,全球市场的复合年增长率为 17.4%,预计到2030 年将达到 195.42 美元。 Lime 是一项倡导游乐设施对人类和环境更安全的绿色倡议。他们会使用#RideGreen 的品牌标签来刺激用户发帖并推广Lime倡议。他们已经通过定期发帖吸引更多人加入微交通,并在社交媒体形成热潮。 4、时尚与美容 到 2025 年,时尚产业将是一个万亿美元的产业,数字化会持续加快这一进程。96% 的美容品牌也将获得更高的社交媒体声誉。 案例: Zepeto 在推特上发布了他们的人物风格,在短短六个小时内就有了自己的品牌人物。 5、旅游业 如果疫情能够有所缓解,酒店和旅游业很快就能从疫情的封闭影响下恢复,酒店业的行业收入可以超过 1900 亿美元,一旦疫情好转,将实现跨越式增长。 案例: Amalfiwhite 在ins上欢迎大家到英国选择他们的酒店, 精彩的Instagram 帖子吸引了很多的关注。 6.健康与健身 健康和健身品牌在社交媒体上发展迅速,其中包括来自全球行业博主的DIY 视频。到 2022 年底,健身行业的价值可以达到 1365.9 亿美元。 案例: Dan The Hinh在 Facebook 页面 发布了锻炼视频,这些健身视频在短短几个小时内就获得了 7300 次点赞和 11000 次分享。 健康和健身的热门标签 #health #healthylifestyle #stayhealthy #healthyskin #healthcoach #fitness #fitnessfreak #fitnessfood #bodyfitness #fitnessjourney 7.食品饮料业 在社交媒体上经常看到的内容类型就是食品和饮料,这一细分市场有着全网超过30% 的推文和60% 的 Facebook 帖子。 案例: Suerte BarGill 在社交媒体上分享调酒师制作饮品的视频,吸引人的视频让观看的人都很想品尝这种饮品。 食品和饮料的热门标签 #food #foodpics #foodies #goodfood #foodgram #beverages #drinks #beverage #drink #cocktails 8. 家居装饰 十年来,在线家居装饰迎来大幅增长,该利基市场的复合年增长率为4%。家居市场现在发展社交媒体也是最佳时机。 案例: Home Adore 在推特上发布家居装饰创意和灵感,目前已经有 220 万粉丝。 家居装饰的流行标签 #homedecor #myhomedecor #homedecorinspo #homedecors #luxuryhomedecor #homedecorlover #home #interiordesign #interiordecor #interiordesigner 9. 房地产 美国有超过200 万的房地产经纪人,其中70% 的人活跃在社交媒体上,加入社交媒体,是一个好机会。 案例: 房地产专家Sonoma County在推特上发布了一篇有关加州一所住宅的豪华图。房地产经纪人都开始利用社交媒体来提升销售额。 房地产的最佳标签 #realestate #realestatesales #realestateagents #realestatemarket #realestateforsale #realestategoals #realestateexperts #broker #luxuryrealestate #realestatelife 10. 牙科 到 2030年,牙科行业预计将飙升至6988 亿美元。 案例: Bridgewater NHS 在推特上发布了一条客户推荐,来建立患者对牙医服务的信任。突然之间,牙科似乎没有那么可怕了! 牙科的流行标签 #dental #dentist #dentistry #smile #teeth #dentalcare #dentalclinic #oralhealth #dentalhygiene #teethwhitening 11. 摄影 摄影在社交媒体中无处不在,持续上传作品可以增加作品集的可信度,当图片参与度增加一倍,覆盖范围增加三倍时,会获得更多的客户。 案例: 著名摄影师理查德·伯纳贝(Richard Bernabe)在推特上发布了他令人着迷的点击。这篇犹他州的帖子获得了 1900 次点赞和 238 次转发。 摄影的热门标签 #photography #photooftheday #photo #picoftheday #photoshoot #travelphotography #portraitphotography #photographylovers #iphonephotography #canonphotography 12. 技术 超过 55% 的 IT 买家会在社交媒体寻找品牌相关资料做出购买决定。这个数字足以说服这个利基市场中的任何人拥有活跃的社交媒体。 案例: The Hacker News是一个广受欢迎的平台,以分享直观的科技新闻而闻名。他们在 Twitter 上已经拥有 751K+ 的追随者。 最佳技术标签 #technology #tech #innovation #engineering #design #business #science #technew s #gadgets #smartphone 13.非政府组织 全球90% 的非政府组织会利用社交媒体向大众寻求支持。社交媒体会有捐赠、公益等组织。 案例: Mercy Ships 通过创造奇迹赢得了全世界的心。这是一篇关于他们的志愿麻醉师的帖子,他们在乌干达挽救了几条生命。 非政府组织的热门标签 #ngo #charity #nonprofit #support #fundraising #donation #socialgood #socialwork #philanthropy #nonprofitorganization 14. 教育 教育行业在过去十年蓬勃发展,借助社交媒体,教育行业有望达到新的高度。电子学习预计将在 6 年内达到万亿美元。 案例: Coursera 是一个领先的学习平台,平台会有很多世界一流大学额课程,它在社交媒体上的可以有效激励人们继续学习和提高技能。 最佳教育标签 #education #learning #school #motivation #students #study #student #children #knowledge #college 15. 医疗保健 疫情进一步证明了医疗保健行业的主导地位,以及挽救生命的力量。到 2022 年,该行业的价值将达到 10 万亿美元。 随着全球健康问题的加剧,医疗保健的兴起也将导致科技和制造业的增长。 案例: CVS Health 是美国领先的药房,积他们的官方账号在社交媒体上分享与健康相关的问题,甚至与知名运动员和著名人物合作,来提高对健康问题的关注度。 医疗保健的热门标签 #healthcare #health #covid #medical #medicine #doctor #hospital #nurse #wellness #healthylifestyle 大多数行业都开始尝试社交媒体,利用社交媒体可以获得更多的关注度和产品、服务的销量,在社交媒体企业和卖家,要关注标签的重要性,标签不仅能扩大帖子的覆盖范围,还能被更多人关注并熟知。 跨境企业和卖家可以通过使用流量高的标签了解当下人们词和竞争对手的受众都关注什么。 焦点LIKE.TG拥有丰富的B2C外贸商城建设经验,北京外贸商城建设、上海外贸商城建设、 广东外贸商城建设、深圳外贸商城建设、佛山外贸商城建设、福建外贸商城建设、 浙江外贸商城建设、山东外贸商城建设、江苏外贸商城建设...... 想要了解更多搜索引擎优化、外贸营销网站建设相关知识, 请拨打电话:400-6130-885。
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
什么是收录? 通常,一个网站的页面想要在谷歌上获得流量,需要经历如下三个步骤: 抓取:Google抓取你的页面,查看是否值得索引。 收录(索引):通过初步评估后,Google将你的网页纳入其分类数据库。 排名:这是最后一步,Google将查询结果显示出来。 这其中。收录(Google indexing)是指谷歌通过其网络爬虫(Googlebot)抓取网站上的页面,并将这些页面添加到其数据库中的过程。被收录的页面可以出现在谷歌搜索结果中,当用户进行相关搜索时,这些页面有机会被展示。收录的过程包括三个主要步骤:抓取(Crawling)、索引(Indexing)和排名(Ranking)。首先,谷歌爬虫会抓取网站的内容,然后将符合标准的页面加入索引库,最后根据多种因素对这些页面进行排名。 如何保障收录顺利进行? 确保页面有价值和独特性 确保页面内容对用户和Google有价值。 检查并更新旧内容,确保内容高质量且覆盖相关话题。 定期更新和重新优化内容 定期审查和更新内容,以保持竞争力。 删除低质量页面并创建内容删除计划 删除无流量或不相关的页面,提高网站整体质量。 确保robots.txt文件不阻止抓取 检查和更新robots.txt文件,确保不阻止Google抓取。 检查并修复无效的noindex标签和规范标签 修复导致页面无法索引的无效标签。 确保未索引的页面包含在站点地图中 将未索引的页面添加到XML站点地图中。 修复孤立页面和nofollow内部链接 确保所有页面通过站点地图、内部链接和导航被Google发现。 修复内部nofollow链接,确保正确引导Google抓取。 使用Rank Math Instant Indexing插件 利用Rank Math即时索引插件,快速通知Google抓取新发布的页面。 提高网站质量和索引过程 确保页面高质量、内容强大,并优化抓取预算,提高Google快速索引的可能性。 通过这些步骤,你可以确保Google更快地索引你的网站,提高搜索引擎排名。 如何加快谷歌收录你的网站页面? 1、提交站点地图 提交站点地图Sitemap到谷歌站长工具(Google Search Console)中,在此之前你需要安装SEO插件如Yoast SEO插件来生成Sitemap。通常当你的电脑有了SEO插件并开启Site Map功能后,你可以看到你的 www.你的域名.com/sitemap.xml的形式来访问你的Site Map地图 在谷歌站长工具中提交你的Sitemap 2、转发页面or文章至社交媒体或者论坛 谷歌对于高流量高权重的网站是会经常去爬取收录的,这也是为什么很多时候我们可以在搜索引擎上第一时间搜索到一些最新社媒帖文等。目前最适合转发的平台包括Facebook、Linkedin、Quora、Reddit等,在其他类型的论坛要注意转发文章的外链植入是否违背他们的规则。 3、使用搜索引擎通知工具 这里介绍几个搜索引擎通知工具,Pingler和Pingomatic它们都是免费的,其作用是告诉搜索引擎你提交的某个链接已经更新了,吸引前来爬取。是的,这相当于提交站点地图,只不过这次是提交给第三方。 4、在原有的高权重页面上设置内链 假设你有一些高质量的页面已经获得不错的排名和流量,那么可以在遵循相关性的前提下,适当的从这些页面做几个内链链接到新页面中去,这样可以快速让新页面获得排名
虚拟流量

                                 12个独立站增长黑客办法
12个独立站增长黑客办法
最近总听卖家朋友们聊起增长黑客,所以就给大家总结了一下增长黑客的一些方法。首先要知道,什么是增长黑客? 增长黑客(Growth Hacking)是营销人和程序员的混合体,其目标是产生巨大的增长—快速且经常在预算有限的情况下,是实现短时间内指数增长的最有效手段。增长黑客户和传统营销最大的区别在于: 传统营销重视认知和拉新获客增长黑客关注整个 AARRR 转换漏斗 那么,增长黑客方法有哪些呢?本文总结了12个经典增长黑客方法,对一些不是特别普遍的方法进行了延伸说明,建议收藏阅读。目 录1. SEO 2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 3. PPC广告 4. Quora 流量黑客 5. 联合线上分享 6. 原生广告内容黑客 7. Google Ratings 8. 邮件营销 9. 调查问卷 10. 用户推荐 11. 比赛和赠送 12. 3000字文案营销1. SEO 查看 AdWords 中转化率最高的关键字,然后围绕这些关键字进行SEO策略的制定。也可以查看 Google Search Console 中的“搜索查询”报告,了解哪些关键字帮助你的网站获得了更多的点击,努力将关键词提升到第1页。用好免费的Google Search Console对于提升SEO有很大帮助。 使用Google Search Console可以在【Links】的部分看到哪个页面的反向连结 (Backlink)最多,从各个页面在建立反向连结上的优劣势。Backlink 的建立在 SEO 上来说是非常重要的! 在 【Coverage】 的部分你可以看到网站中是否有任何页面出现了错误,避免错误太多影响网站表现和排名。 如果担心Google 的爬虫程式漏掉一些页面,还可以在 Google Search Console 上提交网站的 Sitemap ,让 Google 的爬虫程式了解网站结构,避免遗漏页面。 可以使用XML-Sitemaps.com 等工具制作 sitemap,使用 WordPress建站的话还可以安装像Google XML Sitemaps、Yoast SEO 等插件去生成sitemap。2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 针对那些看过你的产品的销售页面但是没有下单的用户进行精准营销,这样一来受众就会变得非常小,专门针对这些目标受众的打广告还可以提高点击率并大幅提高转化率,非常节约成本,每天经费可能都不到 10 美元。3. PPC广告PPC广告(Pay-per-Click):是根据点击广告或者电子邮件信息的用户数量来付费的一种网络广告定价模式。PPC采用点击付费制,在用户在搜索的同时,协助他们主动接近企业提供的产品及服务。例如Amazon和Facebook的PPC广告。4. Quora 流量黑客 Quora 是一个问答SNS网站,类似于国内的知乎。Quora的使用人群主要集中在美国,印度,英国,加拿大,和澳大利亚,每月有6亿多的访问量。大部分都是通过搜索词,比如品牌名和关键词来到Quora的。例如下图,Quora上对于痘痘肌修复的问题就排在Google搜索相关词的前列。 通过SEMrush + Quora 可以提高在 Google 上的自然搜索排名: 进入SEMrush > Domain Analytics > Organic Research> 搜索 quora.com点击高级过滤器,过滤包含你的目标关键字、位置在前10,搜索流量大于 100 的关键字去Quora在这些问题下发布回答5. 联合线上分享 与在你的领域中有一定知名度的影响者进行线上讲座合作(Webinar),在讲座中传递一些意义的内容,比如一些与你产品息息相关的干货知识,然后将你的产品应用到讲座内容提到的一些问题场景中,最后向用户搜集是否愿意了解你们产品的反馈。 但是,Webinar常见于B2B营销,在B2C领域还是应用的比较少的,而且成本较高。 所以大家在做海外营销的时候不妨灵活转换思维,和领域中有知名度的影响者合作YouTube视频,TikTok/Instagram等平台的直播,在各大社交媒体铺开宣传,是未来几年海外营销的重点趋势。6. 原生广告内容黑客 Native Advertising platform 原生广告是什么?从本质上讲,原生广告是放置在网页浏览量最多的区域中的内容小部件。 简单来说,就是融合了网站、App本身的广告,这种广告会成为网站、App内容的一部分,如Google搜索广告、Facebook的Sponsored Stories以及Twitter的tweet式广告都属于这一范畴。 它的形式不受标准限制,是随场景而变化的广告形式。有视频类、主题表情原生广告、游戏关卡原生广告、Launcher桌面原生广告、Feeds信息流、和手机导航类。7. Google Ratings 在 Google 搜索结果和 Google Ads 上显示产品评分。可以使用任何与Google能集成的电商产品评分应用,并将你网站上的所有评论导入Google系统中。每次有人在搜索结果中看到你的广告或产品页面时,他们都会在旁边看到评分数量。 8. 邮件营销 据外媒统计,80% 的零售行业人士表示电子邮件营销是留住用户的一个非常重要的媒介。一般来说,邮件营销有以下几种类型: 弃单挽回邮件产品补货通知折扣、刮刮卡和优惠券发放全年最优价格邮件通知9. 用户推荐 Refer激励现有用户推荐他人到你的独立站下单。举个例子,Paypal通过用户推荐使他们的业务每天有 7% 到 10%的增长。因此,用户推荐是不可忽视的增长办法。10. 调查问卷 调查问卷是一种快速有效的增长方式,不仅可以衡量用户满意度,还可以获得客户对你产品的期望和意见。调查问卷的内容包括产品体验、物流体验、UI/UX等任何用户购买产品过程中遇到的问题。调查问卷在AARRR模型的Refer层中起到重要的作用,只有搭建好和客户之间沟通的桥梁,才能巩固你的品牌在客户心中的地位,增加好感度。 11. 比赛和赠送 这个增长方式的成本相对较低。你可以让你的用户有机会只需要通过点击就可以赢得他们喜欢的东西,同时帮你你建立知名度并获得更多粉丝。许多电商品牌都以比赛和赠送礼物为特色,而这也是他们成功的一部分。赠送礼物是增加社交媒体帐户曝光和电子邮件列表的绝佳方式。如果您想增加 Instagram 粉丝、Facebook 页面点赞数或电子邮件订阅者,比赛和赠送会创造奇迹。在第一种情况下,你可以让你的受众“在 Instagram 上关注我们来参加比赛”。同样,您可以要求他们“输入电子邮件地址以获胜”。有许多内容可以用来作为赠送礼物的概念:新产品发布/预发售、摄影比赛、节假日活动和赞助活动。12. 3000字文案营销 就某一个主题撰写 3,000 字的有深度博客文章。在文章中引用行业影响者的名言并链接到他们的博文中,然后发邮件让他们知道你在文章中推荐了他们,促进你们之间的互动互推。这种增长办法广泛使用于B2B的服务类网站,比如Shopify和Moz。 DTC品牌可以用这样的增长办法吗?其实不管你卖什么,在哪个行业,展示你的专业知识,分享新闻和原创观点以吸引消费者的注意。虽然这可能不会产生直接的销售,但能在一定程度上影响他们购买的决定,不妨在你的独立站做出一个子页面或单独做一个博客,发布与你产品/服务相关主题的文章。 数据显示,在阅读了品牌网站上的原创博客内容后,60%的消费者对品牌的感觉更积极。如果在博客中能正确使用关键词,还可以提高搜索引擎优化及排名。 比如Cottonbabies.com就利用博文把自己的SEO做得很好。他们有一个针对“布料尿布基础知识”的页面,为用户提供有关“尿布:”主题的所有问题的答案。小贴士:记得要在博客文章末尾链接到“相关产品”哦~本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
独立站的流量一般来自两个部分,一种是付费打广告,另外一种就是免费的自然流量,打广告带来的流量是最直接最有效的流量,免费流量可能效果不会那么直接,需要时间去积累和沉淀。但是免费的流量也不容忽视,第一,这些流量是免费的,第二,这些流量是长久有效的。下面分享几个免费流量的获取渠道和方法。 1.SNS 社交媒体营销 SNS 即 Social Network Services,国外最主流的 SNS 平台有 Facebook、Twitter、Linkedin、Instagram 等。SNS 营销就是通过运营这些社交平台,从而获得流量。 SNS 营销套路很多,但本质还是“眼球经济”,简单来说就是把足够“好”的内容,分享给足够“好”的人。好的内容就是足够吸引人的内容,而且这些内容确保不被人反感;好的人就是对你内容感兴趣的人,可能是你的粉丝,也可能是你潜在的粉丝。 如何把你想要发的内容发到需要的人呢?首先我们要确定自己的定位,根据不同的定位在社交媒体平台发布不同的内容,从而自己品牌的忠实粉丝。 1、如果你的定位是营销类的,一般要在社交媒体发布广告贴文、新品推送、优惠信息等。适合大多数电商产品,它的带货效果好,不过需要在短期内积累你的粉丝。如果想要在短期内积累粉丝就不可避免需要使用付费广告。 2、如果你的定位是服务类的,一般要在社交媒体分享售前售后的信息和服务,一般 B2B 企业使用的比较多。 3、如果你的定位是专业类科技产品,一般要在社交媒体分享产品开箱测评,竞品分析等。一般 3C 类的产品适合在社交媒体分享这些内容,像国内也有很多评测社区和网站,这类社区的粉丝一般购买力都比较强。 4、如果你的定位是热点类的,一般要在社交媒体分享行业热点、新闻资讯等内容。因为一般都是热点,所以会带来很多流量,利用这些流量可以快速引流,实现变现。 5、如果你的定位是娱乐类的:一般要在社交媒体分享泛娱乐内容,适合分享钓具、定制、改装类的内容。 2.EDM 邮件营销 很多人对邮件营销还是不太重视,国内一般都是使用在线沟通工具,像微信、qq 比较多,但是在国外,电子邮件则是主流的沟通工具,很多外国人每天使用邮箱的频率跟吃饭一样,所以通过电子邮件营销也是国外非常重要的营销方式。 定期制作精美有吸引力的邮件内容,发给客户,把邮件内容设置成跳转到网站,即可以给网站引流。 3.联盟营销 卖家在联盟平台上支付一定租金并发布商品,联盟平台的会员领取联盟平台分配的浏览等任务,如果会员对这个商品感兴趣,会领取优惠码购买商品,卖家根据优惠码支付给联盟平台一定的佣金。 二、网站SEO引流 SEO(Search Engine Optimization)搜索引擎优化,是指通过采用易于搜索引擎索引的合理手段,使网站各项基本要素适合搜索引擎的检索原则并且对用户更友好,从而更容易被搜索引擎收录及优先排序。 那 SEO 有什么作用嘛?简而言之分为两种,让更多的用户更快的找到他想要的东西;也能让有需求的客户首先找到你。作为卖家,更关心的是如何让有需求的客户首先找到你,那么你就要了解客户的需求,站在客户的角度去想问题。 1.SEO 标签书写规范 通常标签分为标题、关键词、描述这三个部分,首先你要在标题这个部分你要说清楚“你是谁,你干啥,有什么优势。”让人第一眼就了解你,这样才能在第一步就留住有效用户。标题一般不超过 80 个字符;其次,关键词要真实的涵盖你的产品、服务。一般不超过 100 个字符;最后在描述这里,补充标题为表达清楚的信息,一般不超过 200 个字符。 标题+描述 值得注意的是标题+描述,一般会成为搜索引擎检索结果的简介。所以标题和描述一定要完整表达你的产品和品牌的特点和优势。 关键词 关键词的设定也是非常重要的,因为大多数用户购买产品不会直接搜索你的商品,一般都会直接搜索想要购买产品的关键字。关键词一般分为以下四类。 建议目标关键词应该是品牌+产品,这样用户无论搜索品牌还是搜索产品,都能找到你的产品,从而提高命中率。 那如何选择关键词呢?拿我们最常使用的目标关键词举例。首先我们要挖掘出所有的相关关键词,并挑选出和网站自身直接相关的关键词,通过分析挑选出的关键词热度、竞争力,从而确定目标关键词。 注:一般我们都是通过关键词分析工具、搜索引擎引导词、搜索引擎相关搜索、权重指数以及分析同行网站的关键词去分析确定目标关键词。 几个比较常用的关键词分析工具: (免费)MozBar: https://moz.com (付费)SimilarWeb: https://www.similarweb.com/ 2.链接锚文本 什么是锚文本? 一个关键词,带上一个链接,就是一个链接锚文本。带链接的关键词就是锚文本。锚文本在 SEO 过程中起到本根性的作用。简单来说,SEO 就是不断的做锚文本。锚文本链接指向的页面,不仅是引导用户前来访问网站,而且告诉搜索引擎这个页面是“谁”的最佳途径。 站内锚文本 发布站内描文本有利于蜘蛛快速抓取网页、提高权重、增加用户体验减少跳出、有利搜索引擎判断原创内容。你在全网站的有效链接越多,你的排名就越靠前。 3 外部链接什么是外部链接? SEO 中的外部链接又叫导入链接,简称外链、反链。是由其他网站上指向你的网站的链接。 如何知道一个网站有多少外链? 1.Google Search Console 2.站长工具 3.MozBar 4.SimilarWeb 注:低权重、新上线的网站使用工具群发外链初期会得到排名的提升,但被搜索引擎发现后,会导致排名大幅度下滑、降权等。 如何发布外部链接? 通过友情链接 、自建博客 、软文 、论坛 、问答平台发布外链。以下几个注意事项: 1.一个 url 对应一个关键词 2.外链网站与自身相关,像鱼竿和鱼饵,假发和假发护理液,相关却不形成竞争是最好。 3.多找优质网站,大的门户网站(像纽约时报、BBC、WDN 新闻网) 4.内容多样性, 一篇帖子不要重复发 5.频率自然,一周两三篇就可以 6.不要作弊,不能使用隐藏链接、双向链接等方式发布外链 7.不要为了发外链去发外链,“好”的内容才能真正留住客户 4.ALT 标签(图片中的链接) 在产品或图片管理里去编辑 ALT 标签,当用户搜索相关图片时,就会看到图片来源和图片描述。这样能提高你网站关键词密度,从而提高你网站权重。 5.网页更新状态 网站如果经常更新内容的话,会加快这个页面被收录的进度。此外在网站上面还可以添加些“最新文章”版块及留言功能。不要只是为了卖产品而卖产品,这样一方面可以增加用户的粘性,另一方面也加快网站的收录速度。 6.搜索跳出率 跳出率越高,搜索引擎便越会认为你这是个垃圾网站。跳出率高一般有两个原因,用户体验差和广告效果差,用户体验差一般都是通过以下 5 个方面去提升用户体验: 1.优化网站打开速度 2.网站内容整洁、排版清晰合理 3.素材吸引眼球 4.引导功能完善 5.搜索逻辑正常、产品分类明确 广告效果差一般通过这两个方面改善,第一个就是真实宣传 ,确保你的产品是真实的,切勿挂羊头卖狗肉。第二个就是精准定位受众,你的产品再好,推给不需要的人,他也不会去看去买你的产品,这样跳出率肯定会高。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
受新冠疫情影响,从2020年下半年开始,国际物流市场出现大规模涨价、爆舱、缺柜等情况。中国出口集装箱运价综合指数去年12月末攀升至1658.58点,创近12年来新高。去年3月苏伊士运河“世纪大堵船”事件的突发,导致运力紧缺加剧,集运价格再创新高,全球经济受到影响,国际物流行业也由此成功出圈。 加之各国政策变化、地缘冲突等影响,国际物流、供应链更是成为近两年行业内关注的焦点。“拥堵、高价、缺箱、缺舱”是去年海运的关键词条,虽然各方也尝试做出了多种调整,但2022年“高价、拥堵”等国际物流特点仍影响着国际社会的发展。 总体上来看,由疫情带来的全球供应链困境会涉及到各行各业,国际物流业也不例外,将继续面对运价高位波动、运力结构调整等状况。在这一复杂的环境中,外贸人要掌握国际物流的发展趋势,着力解决当下难题,找到发展新方向。 国际物流发展趋势 由于内外部因素的影响,国际物流业的发展趋势主要表现为“运力供需矛盾依旧存在”“行业并购整合风起云涌”“新兴技术投入持续增长”“绿色物流加快发展”。 1.运力供需矛盾依旧存在 运力供需矛盾是国际物流业一直存在的问题,近两年这一矛盾不断加深。疫情的爆发更是成了运力矛盾激化、供需紧张加剧的助燃剂,使得国际物流的集散、运输、仓储等环节无法及时、高效地进行连接。各国先后实施的防疫政策,以及受情反弹和通胀压力加大影响,各国经济恢复程度不同,造成全球运力集中在部分线路与港口,船只、人员难以满足市场需求,缺箱、缺舱、缺人、运价飙升、拥堵等成为令物流人头疼的难题。 对物流人来说,自去年下半年开始,多国疫情管控政策有所放松,供应链结构加快调整,运价涨幅、拥堵等难题得到一定缓解,让他们再次看到了希望。2022年,全球多国采取的一系列经济恢复措施,更是缓解了国际物流压力。但由运力配置与现实需求之间的结构性错位导致的运力供需矛盾,基于纠正运力错配短期内无法完成,这一矛盾今年会继续存在。 2.行业并购整合风起云涌 过去两年,国际物流行业内的并购整合大大加快。小型企业间不断整合,大型企业和巨头则择机收购,如Easysent集团并购Goblin物流集团、马士基收购葡萄牙电商物流企业HUUB等,物流资源不断向头部靠拢。 国际物流企业间的并购提速,一方面,源于潜在的不确定性和现实压力,行业并购事件几乎成为必然;另一方面,源于部分企业积极准备上市,需要拓展产品线,优化服务能力,增强市场竞争力,提升物流服务的稳定性。与此同时,由疫情引发的供应链危机,面对供需矛盾严重,全球物流失控,企业需要打造自主可控的供应链。此外,全球航运企业近两年大幅增长的盈利也为企业发起并购增加了信心。 在经历两个年度的并购大战后,今年的国际物流行业并购会更加集中于垂直整合上下游以提升抗冲击能力方面。对国际物流行业而言,企业积极的意愿、充足的资本以及现实的诉求都将使并购整合成为今年行业发展的关键词。 3.新兴技术投入持续增长 受疫情影响,国际物流企业在业务开展、客户维护、人力成本、资金周转等方面的问题不断凸显。因而,部分中小微国际物流企业开始寻求改变,如借助数字化技术降低成本、实现转型,或与行业巨头、国际物流平台企业等合作,从而获得更好的业务赋能。电子商务、物联网、云计算、大数据、区块链、5G、人工智能等数字技术为突破这些困难提供了可能性。 国际物流数字化领域投融资热潮也不断涌现。经过近些年来的发展,处于细分赛道头部的国际物流数字化企业受到追捧,行业大额融资不断涌现,资本逐渐向头部聚集,如诞生于美国硅谷的Flexport在不到五年时间里总融资额高达13亿美元。另外,由于国际物流业并购整合的速度加快,新兴技术的应用就成了企业打造和维持核心竞争力的主要方式之一。因而,2022年行业内新技术的应用或将持续增长。 4.绿色物流加快发展 近年来全球气候变化显著,极端天气频繁出现。自1950年以来,全球气候变化的原因主要来自于温室气体排放等人类活动,其中,CO₂的影响约占三分之二。为应对气候变化,保护环境,各国政府积极开展工作,形成了以《巴黎协定》为代表的一系列重要协议。 而物流业作为国民经济发展的战略性、基础性、先导性产业,肩负着实现节能降碳的重要使命。根据罗兰贝格发布的报告,交通物流行业是全球二氧化碳排放的“大户”,占全球二氧化碳排放量的21%,当前,绿色低碳转型加速已成为物流业共识,“双碳目标”也成行业热议话题。 全球主要经济体已围绕“双碳”战略,不断深化碳定价、碳技术、能源结构调整等重点措施,如奥地利政府计划在2040年实现“碳中和/净零排放”;中国政府计划在2030年实现“碳达峰”,在2060年实现“碳中和/净零排放”。基于各国在落实“双碳”目标方面做出的努力,以及美国重返《巴黎协定》的积极态度,国际物流业近两年围绕“双碳”目标进行的适应性调整在今年将延续,绿色物流成为市场竞争的新赛道,行业内减少碳排放、推动绿色物流发展的步伐也会持续加快。 总之,在疫情反复、突发事件不断,运输物流链阶段性不畅的情况下,国际物流业仍会根据各国政府政策方针不断调整业务布局和发展方向。 运力供需矛盾、行业并购整合、新兴技术投入、物流绿色发展,将对国际物流行业的发展产生一定影响。对物流人来说,2022年仍是机遇与挑战并存的一年。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo
LIKE精选
LIKE.TG出海| 推荐出海人最好用的LINE营销系统-云控工具
LIKE.TG出海| 推荐出海人最好用的LINE营销系统-云控工具
在数字化营销的快速发展中,各种社交应用和浏览器为企业提供了丰富的营销系统。其中,LINE营销系统作为一种新兴的社交媒体营销手段,越来越受到企业的重视。同时,比特浏览器作为一种注重隐私和安全的浏览器,也为用户提供了更安全的上网体验。本文LIKE.TG将探讨这两者之间的相互作用,分析它们如何结合为企业带来更高效的营销效果。最好用的LINE营销系统:https://tool.like.tg/免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel一、LINE营销系统概述LINE营销系统是指通过LINE平台开展的一系列营销活动。它利用LINE的即时通讯功能,帮助企业与客户建立紧密的联系。LINE营销系统的核心要素包括:1.群组和频道管理:企业可以创建和管理LINE群组与频道,实时与用户互动,分享产品信息、促销活动和品牌故事。2.用户数据分析:通过分析用户在LINE上的行为,企业能够获取市场洞察,优化产品与服务。3.自动化工具:利用LINE的API,企业可以创建自动化聊天机器人,提供24小时客户服务,提升用户体验。这种系统的优势在于其高效的沟通方式,使品牌能够快速响应客户需求,并通过个性化服务增强客户忠诚度。二、比特浏览器的特点比特浏览器是一款强调用户隐私和安全的浏览器,它在保护用户数据和提供优质上网体验方面具有明显优势。其特点包括:1.隐私保护:比特浏览器通过多重加密保护用户的浏览数据,防止个人信息泄露。2.去中心化特性:用户可以更自由地访问内容,而不受传统浏览器的限制。3.扩展功能:比特浏览器支持多种扩展,能够满足用户个性化的需求,比如广告拦截和隐私保护工具。比特浏览器的设计理念使得它成为那些关注隐私和安全用户的理想选择,这对企业在进行线上营销时,尤其是在数据保护方面提出了更高的要求。三、LINE营销系统与比特浏览器的互补作用 1.用户体验的提升 LINE营销系统的目标是通过即时通讯与用户建立良好的互动关系,而比特浏览器则为用户提供了一个安全的上网环境。当企业通过LINE进行营销时,用户使用比特浏览器访问相关内容,能够享受到更加安全、流畅的体验。这样的组合使得企业能够更好地满足用户的需求,从而提高客户的满意度和忠诚度。 2.数据安全的保障 在数字营销中,数据安全至关重要。企业在使用LINE营销系统收集用户数据时,面临着数据泄露的风险。比特浏览器提供的隐私保护功能能够有效降低这一风险,确保用户在访问企业页面时,个人信息不会被泄露。通过结合这两者,企业不仅能够进行有效的营销,还能够在用户中建立起良好的信任感。 3.营销活动的有效性 LINE营销系统可以帮助企业精准定位目标受众,而比特浏览器则使得用户在浏览营销内容时感受到安全感,这样的结合有助于提升营销活动的有效性。当用户对品牌产生信任后,他们更可能参与活动、购买产品,并进行二次传播,形成良好的口碑效应。四、实际案例分析 为了更好地理解LINE营销系统与比特浏览器的结合效果,我们可以考虑一个成功的案例。一家新兴的电商平台决定通过LINE进行一项促销活动。他们在LINE频道中发布了一系列关于新产品的宣传信息,并引导用户访问专门为此次活动设置的页面。 为了提升用户体验,该平台鼓励用户使用比特浏览器访问这些页面。用户通过比特浏览器访问时,能够享受到更安全的浏览体验,从而更加放心地参与活动。此外,平台还利用LINE的自动化工具,为用户提供实时的咨询和支持。 这一策略取得了显著的效果。通过LIKE.TG官方云控大师,LINE营销系统,电商平台不仅成功吸引了大量用户参与活动,转化率也显著提升。同时,用户反馈表明,他们在使用比特浏览器时感到非常安心,愿意继续关注该品牌的后续活动。五、营销策略的优化建议 尽管LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合能够带来诸多优势,但在实际应用中,企业仍需注意以下几点:1.用户教育:许多用户可能对LINE和比特浏览器的结合使用不够了解,因此企业应提供必要的教育和培训,让用户了解如何使用这两种工具进行安全的在线互动。2.内容的多样性:为了吸引用户的兴趣,企业需要在LINE营销中提供多样化的内容,包括视频、图文和互动问答等,使用户在使用比特浏览器时有更丰富的体验。3.持续的效果评估:企业应定期对营销活动的效果进行评估,了解用户在使用LINE和比特浏览器时的反馈,及时调整策略以提升活动的有效性。六、未来展望 随着数字营销的不断演进,LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合将会变得越来越重要。企业需要不断探索如何更好地利用这两者的优势,以满足日益增长的用户需求。 在未来,随着技术的发展,LINE营销系统可能会集成更多智能化的功能,例如基于AI的个性化推荐和精准广告投放。而比特浏览器也可能会进一步加强其隐私保护机制,为用户提供更为安全的上网体验。这些发展将为企业带来更多的营销机会,也将改变用户与品牌之间的互动方式。 在数字化营销的新时代,LINE营销系统和比特浏览器的结合为企业提供了一个全新的营销视角。通过优化用户体验、保障数据安全和提升营销活动的有效性,企业能够在激烈的市场竞争中占据优势。尽管在实施过程中可能面临一些挑战,但通过合理的策略,企业将能够充分利用这一结合,最终实现可持续的发展。未来,随着技术的不断进步,这一领域将继续为企业提供更多的机会与挑战。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区。
LIKE.TG出海|kookeey:团队优选的住宅代理服务
LIKE.TG出海|kookeey
团队优选的住宅代理服务
在当今互联网时代, 住宅代理IP 已成为许多企业和团队绕不开的技术工具。为了确保这些代理的顺利运行,ISP白名单的设置显得尤为重要。通过将 住宅代理IP 添加至白名单,可以有效提升代理连接的稳定性,同时避免因网络限制而引发的不必要麻烦。isp whitelist ISP白名单(Internet Service Provider Whitelist)是指由网络服务提供商维护的一组信任列表,将信任的IP地址或域名标记为无需进一步检查或限制的对象。这对使用 住宅代理IP 的用户尤其重要,因为某些ISP可能对陌生或不常见的IP流量采取防护措施,从而影响网络访问的速度与体验。二、设置isp whitelist(ISP白名单)的重要性与优势将 住宅代理IP 添加到ISP白名单中,不仅能优化网络连接,还能带来以下显著优势:提升网络连接稳定性ISP白名单能够有效避免IP地址被错误标记为异常流量或潜在威胁,这对使用 住宅代理IP 的团队而言尤为重要。通过白名单设置,网络通信的中断率将显著降低,从而保证代理服务的连续性。避免验证环节在某些情况下,ISP可能会针对未知的IP地址触发额外的验证流程。这些验证可能导致操作延迟,甚至直接限制代理的功能。而通过将 住宅代理IP 纳入白名单,团队可以免除不必要的干扰,提升工作效率。增强数据传输的安全性白名单机制不仅可以优化性能,还能确保流量来源的可信度,从而降低网络攻击的风险。这对于依赖 住宅代理IP 处理敏感数据的企业来说,尤为重要。三、如何将住宅代理IP添加到ISP白名单添加 住宅代理IP 到ISP白名单通常需要以下步骤:确认代理IP的合法性在向ISP提交白名单申请前,确保代理IP来源合法,且服务商信誉良好。像 LIKE.TG 提供的住宅代理IP 就是一个值得信赖的选择,其IP资源丰富且稳定。联系ISP提供支持与ISP的技术支持团队联系,说明将特定 住宅代理IP 添加到白名单的需求。多数ISP会要求填写申请表格,并提供使用代理的具体场景。提交必要文档与信息通常需要提交代理服务的基本信息、IP范围,以及使用目的等细节。像 LIKE.TG 平台提供的服务,可以帮助用户快速获取所需的相关材料。等待审核并测试连接在ISP完成审核后,测试 住宅代理IP 的连接性能,确保其运行无异常。四、为何推荐LIKE.TG住宅代理IP服务当谈到住宅代理服务时, LIKE.TG 是业内的佼佼者,其提供的 住宅代理IP 不仅数量丰富,而且连接速度快、安全性高。以下是选择LIKE.TG的几大理由:全球覆盖范围广LIKE.TG的 住宅代理IP 覆盖全球多个国家和地区,无论是本地化业务需求,还是跨国访问,都能轻松满足。高效的客户支持无论在IP分配还是白名单设置中遇到问题,LIKE.TG都能提供及时的技术支持,帮助用户快速解决难题。灵活的定制服务用户可根据自身需求,选择合适的 住宅代理IP,并通过LIKE.TG的平台进行灵活配置。安全与隐私保障LIKE.TG对数据安全有严格的保护措施,其 住宅代理IP 服务采用先进的加密技术,确保传输过程中的隐私无忧。五、ISP白名单与住宅代理IP的完美结合将 住宅代理IP 纳入ISP白名单,是提升网络效率、保障数据安全的关键步骤。无论是出于业务需求还是隐私保护,选择优质的代理服务商至关重要。而 LIKE.TG 提供的住宅代理服务,以其卓越的性能和优质的用户体验,成为团队和企业的理想选择。如果您正在寻找稳定、安全的 住宅代理IP,并希望与ISP白名单功能完美结合,LIKE.TG无疑是值得信赖的合作伙伴。LIKE.TG海外住宅IP代理平台1.丰富的静/动态IP资源/双ISP资源提供大量可用的静态和动态IP,低延迟、独享使用,系统稳定性高达99%以上,确保您的网络体验流畅无忧。2.全球VPS服务器覆盖提供主要国家的VPS服务器,节点资源充足,支持低延迟的稳定云主机,为您的业务运行保驾护航。3.LIKE.TG全生态支持多平台多账号防关联管理。无论是海外营销还是账号运营,都能为您打造最可靠的网络环境。4.全天候技术支持真正的24小时人工服务,专业技术团队随时待命,为您的业务需求提供个性化咨询和技术解决方案。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
LIKE.TG出海|Line智能云控拓客营销系统   一站式营销平台助您实现海外推广
LIKE.TG出海|Line智能云控拓客营销系统 一站式营销平台助您实现海外推广
在数字时代,即时通讯应用已成为企业营销的重要工具之一。LINE,作为全球主流的即时通讯平台,不仅提供了一个安全的沟通环境,还因其开放性和灵活性,成为企业进行营销推广和客户开发的热门选择。为了帮助企业更高效地利用LINE进行营销推广,LIKE.TG--LINE云控应运而生,它是一款专门针对LINE开发的高效获客工具,旨在帮助用户实现客户流量的快速增长。Line智能云控拓客营销系统适用于台湾、日本、韩国、泰国、美国、英国等多个国家地区。它集批量注册、加粉、拉群、群发、客服等功能于一体,为您提供全方位的LINE海外营销解决方案。最好用的LINE云控系统:https://news.like.tg/免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel什么是云控?云控是一种智能化的管理方式,您只需要一台电脑作为控制端,即可通过发布控制指令,自动化完成营销工作,并且不受数量限制。一、Line智能云控拓客营销系统主要功能1、云控群控多开:允许用户在无需实体设备的情况下,通过网页云控群控大量LINE账号。这种方式不仅降低了设备成本,还能够在一个网页运营管理多个LINE账号,提高了操作的便捷性和效率。2、一键养号:系统通过互动话术的自动化处理,帮助用户快速养成老号,从而提高账号的活跃度和质量。这对于提升账号的信任度和营销效果尤为重要。3、员工聊天室:支持全球100多种语言的双向翻译功能,以及多账号聚合聊天,极大地方便了全球交流和团队协作。二、Line智能云控拓客营销系统优势:LINE养号:通过老号带动新号或降权号的权重提升,实现自动添加好友和对话功能;LINE加好友:设置添加好友的数量任务、间隔时间和添加好友的数据,批量增加好友;LINE群发:设定群发的时间周期和间隔频率,支持发送文本、图片和名片;LINE拉群:设置群上限数量,过滤已拉群,提供多种拉群模式选择;LINE筛选:支持对号码数据进行筛选,找到已开通LINE的用户号码;LINE批量注册:支持全球200多个国家和地区的卡商号码,一键选择在线批量注册;LINE坐席客服系统:支持单个客服绑定多个账号,实现对账号聊天记录的实时监控;LINE超级名片推送:支持以普通名片或超级名片的形式推送自定义内容,实现推广引流。 Line智能云控拓客营销系统提供了一个全面的解决方案,无论是快速涨粉还是提升频道活跃度,都能在短时间内达到显著效果。对于想要在LINE上推广产品、维护客户关系和提升品牌形象的企业来说,Line智能云控拓客营销系统无疑是一个值得考虑的强大工具。通过Line智能云控拓客营销系统,实现营销的快速、准确传递,让您的营销策略更加高效、有力。通过LIKE.TG,出海之路更轻松!免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel感兴趣的小伙伴,可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服进行咨询领取官方福利哦!
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈